Fix typos

Reviewed-on: https://gerrit.libreoffice.org/21209
Tested-by: Jenkins <ci@libreoffice.org>
Reviewed-by: Ashod Nakashian <ashnakash@gmail.com>
(cherry picked from commit 64d624b65124ac02d8ee59b135593fd9d8eb9067)

Change-Id: I9a5940027423ff0791fa7da0b79b617412ce6b86

904 files changed, 1150 insertions, 1150 deletions

diff --git a/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx b/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx
index 6176b7745e39..46546829ad79 100644
--- a/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx
+++ b/accessibility/source/standard/vclxaccessibletoolbox.cxx
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ void VCLXAccessibleToolBox::UpdateAllItems_Impl()
         for ( i = 0; i < nCount; ++i )
         {
             Any aNewValue;
-            aNewValue <<= getAccessibleChild( (sal_Int32)i );;
+            aNewValue <<= getAccessibleChild( (sal_Int32)i );
             NotifyAccessibleEvent( AccessibleEventId::CHILD, Any(), aNewValue );
         }
     }
diff --git a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java
index be8639ba627b..b5534c2a22be 100644
--- a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java
+++ b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/FormattingController.java
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public class FormattingController implements View.OnClickListener {
     @Override
     public void onClick(View view) {
         ImageButton button = (ImageButton) view;
-        boolean selected = button.isSelected();;
+        boolean selected = button.isSelected();
         button.setSelected(selected);
 
         if (selected) {
diff --git a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java
index 978056dab1d7..7b2e9b27f04a 100644
--- a/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java
+++ b/android/source/src/java/org/libreoffice/LOKitThread.java
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ import java.util.ArrayList;
 import java.util.List;
 import java.util.concurrent.LinkedBlockingQueue;
 
-/**
+/*
  * Thread that communicates with LibreOffice through LibreOfficeKit JNI interface. The thread
  * consumes events from other threads (mainly the UI thread) and acts accordingly.
  */
diff --git a/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx b/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx
index 89e974c35cc7..3cbecdd19fd5 100644
--- a/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx
+++ b/avmedia/source/vlc/vlcplayer.hxx
@@ -82,9 +82,9 @@ public:
     ::rtl::OUString SAL_CALL getImplementationName()
             throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override;
     sal_Bool SAL_CALL supportsService( const ::rtl::OUString& serviceName )
-            throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override;;
+            throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override;
     css::uno::Sequence< ::rtl::OUString > SAL_CALL getSupportedServiceNames()
-            throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override;;
+            throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception ) override;
 
 private:
     void replay();
diff --git a/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx b/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx
index 9d042c64049d..b6d91bf7ad7c 100644
--- a/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx
+++ b/basctl/source/dlged/dlgedclip.cxx
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ bool DlgEdTransferableImpl::compareDataFlavors( const DataFlavor& lFlavor, const
     // compare mime content types
     Reference< uno::XComponentContext >  xContext = getProcessComponentContext();
     Reference< datatransfer::XMimeContentTypeFactory >
-        xMCntTypeFactory = MimeContentTypeFactory::create(xContext);;
+        xMCntTypeFactory = MimeContentTypeFactory::create(xContext);
 
     // compare full media types
     Reference< datatransfer::XMimeContentType > xLType = xMCntTypeFactory->createMimeContentType( lFlavor.MimeType );
diff --git a/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx b/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx
index 577d8509c7eb..e2ab5de63796 100644
--- a/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx
+++ b/basic/source/basmgr/basmgr.cxx
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ bool BasicManager::LoadLib( sal_uInt16 nLib )
         {
             OUString aLibName = rLibInfo.GetLibName();
             xLibContainer->loadLibrary( aLibName );
-            bDone = xLibContainer->isLibraryLoaded( aLibName );;
+            bDone = xLibContainer->isLibraryLoaded( aLibName );
         }
         else
         {
diff --git a/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx b/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx
index 62e4790eb411..72ae4de533b4 100644
--- a/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx
+++ b/basic/source/classes/eventatt.cxx
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ void RTL_Impl_CreateUnoDialog( StarBASIC* pBasic, SbxArray& rPar, bool bWrite )
     Reference< XControl > xCntrl;
     try
     {
-       Reference< XDialogProvider >  xDlgProv;;
+       Reference< XDialogProvider >  xDlgProv;
        if( bDocDialog )
            xDlgProv = css::awt::DialogProvider::createWithModelAndScripting( xContext, xModel, xInput, aDlgLib, xScriptListener );
        else
diff --git a/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx b/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx
index 01f60db422b9..0910aef37f26 100644
--- a/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx
+++ b/basic/source/sbx/sbxexec.cxx
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ SbxVariable* SbxObject::FindQualified( const OUString& rName, SbxClassType t )
     p = SkipWhitespace( p );
     if( !*p )
     {
-        return nullptr;;
+        return nullptr;
     }
     pVar = QualifiedName( this, this, &p, t );
     p = SkipWhitespace( p );
diff --git a/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx b/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx
index b059f496ed8b..d9c82de52361 100644
--- a/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx
+++ b/chart2/source/controller/main/ObjectHierarchy.cxx
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ void ImplObjectHierarchy::createAxesTree(
                     ObjectIdentifier( ObjectIdentifier( ObjectIdentifier::createClassifiedIdentifierForGrid( xAxis, xChartModel ) ) ) );
             }
 
-            Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() );;
+            Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() );
             sal_Int32 nSubGrid = 0;
             for( nSubGrid = 0; nSubGrid < aSubGrids.getLength(); ++nSubGrid )
             {
diff --git a/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx b/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx
index 891719454084..ac9018ed5c55 100644
--- a/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx
+++ b/chart2/source/tools/AxisHelper.cxx
@@ -889,7 +889,7 @@ Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > AxisHelper::getAllGrids( const Refe
         if( xGridProperties.is() )
             aGridVector.push_back( xGridProperties );
 
-        Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() );;
+        Sequence< Reference< beans::XPropertySet > > aSubGrids( xAxis->getSubGridProperties() );
         sal_Int32 nSubGrid = 0;
         for( nSubGrid = 0; nSubGrid < aSubGrids.getLength(); ++nSubGrid )
         {
diff --git a/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx b/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx
index 10e4058c52ab..bfc62eabad93 100644
--- a/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx
+++ b/chart2/source/tools/LifeTime.cxx
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ bool LifeTimeManager::dispose()
     //--do the disposing of listeners after calling this method
     {
         uno::Reference< lang::XComponent > xComponent =
-            uno::Reference< lang::XComponent >(m_pComponent);;
+            uno::Reference< lang::XComponent >(m_pComponent);
         if(xComponent.is())
         {
             // notify XCLoseListeners
@@ -222,12 +222,12 @@ bool CloseableLifeTimeManager::g_close_startTryClose(bool bDeliverOwnership)
     try
     {
         uno::Reference< util::XCloseable > xCloseable =
-            uno::Reference< util::XCloseable >(m_pCloseable);;
+            uno::Reference< util::XCloseable >(m_pCloseable);
         if(xCloseable.is())
         {
             //--call queryClosing on all registered close listeners
             ::cppu::OInterfaceContainerHelper* pIC = m_aListenerContainer.getContainer(
-                        cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get());;
+                        cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get());
             if( pIC )
             {
                 lang::EventObject aEvent( xCloseable );
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ void CloseableLifeTimeManager::impl_doClose()
         {
             //--call notifyClosing on all registered close listeners
             ::cppu::OInterfaceContainerHelper* pIC = m_aListenerContainer.getContainer(
-                        cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get());;
+                        cppu::UnoType<util::XCloseListener>::get());
             if( pIC )
             {
                 lang::EventObject aEvent( xCloseable );
diff --git a/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx b/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx
index 0c9a9450215b..aefd265ac689 100644
--- a/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx
+++ b/chart2/source/view/main/ChartView.cxx
@@ -887,8 +887,8 @@ void SeriesPlotterContainer::AdaptScaleOfYAxisWithoutAttachedSeries( ChartModel&
                 ExplicitScaleData aExplicitScaleSource = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitScale( 1,nAttachedAxisIndex );
                 ExplicitIncrementData aExplicitIncrementSource = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitIncrement( 1,nAttachedAxisIndex );
 
-                ExplicitScaleData aExplicitScaleDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitScale( 1,nAxisIndex );;
-                ExplicitIncrementData aExplicitIncrementDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitIncrement( 1,nAxisIndex );;
+                ExplicitScaleData aExplicitScaleDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitScale( 1,nAxisIndex );
+                ExplicitIncrementData aExplicitIncrementDest = aVCooSysList_Y[nC]->getExplicitIncrement( 1,nAxisIndex );
 
                 aExplicitScaleDest.Orientation = aExplicitScaleSource.Orientation;
                 aExplicitScaleDest.Scaling = aExplicitScaleSource.Scaling;
diff --git a/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx b/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx
index 78e2bbeb63cf..98cacdaa16e3 100644
--- a/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx
+++ b/chart2/source/view/main/GL3DRenderer.cxx
@@ -1112,7 +1112,7 @@ void OpenGL3DRenderer::Set3DSenceInfo(sal_uInt32 nColor, bool twoSidesLighting)
     else
     {
         m_iLightNum = 0;
-        m_Ambient = getColorAsVector(nColor);;
+        m_Ambient = getColorAsVector(nColor);
     }
     SetLightInfo(true, 0xFFFFFF, glm::vec4(-1.0, -1.0, 1.0, 0.0));
     SetLightInfo(true, 0xFFFFFF, glm::vec4(-1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0));
diff --git a/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs b/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs
index 63a8888ed42a..5dd9a9f18967 100644
--- a/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs
+++ b/cli_ure/qa/climaker/climaker.cs
@@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ public sealed class Test
             l.assure(aXComponent == outXComponent);
             l.assure(aSeqBool == outSeqBool);
 
-            bool inoutBool = false;;
+            bool inoutBool = false;
             byte inoutByte = 10;
             short inoutShort = 11;
             ushort inoutUShort = 12;
diff --git a/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx b/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx
index 5568a2d94534..aa496bde76b1 100644
--- a/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx
+++ b/codemaker/source/codemaker/global.cxx
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ OString createFileNameFromType( const OString& destination,
     OUString uSysFileName;
     OSL_VERIFY( FileBase::getSystemPathFromFileURL(
         convertToFileUrl(fileName), uSysFileName) == FileBase::E_None );
-    return OUStringToOString(uSysFileName, osl_getThreadTextEncoding());;
+    return OUStringToOString(uSysFileName, osl_getThreadTextEncoding());
 }
 
 bool fileExists(const OString& fileName)
diff --git a/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx b/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx
index 5295ca4376b0..ff746bf23ba1 100644
--- a/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx
+++ b/compilerplugins/clang/unreffun.cxx
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ bool UnrefFun::VisitFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl const * decl) {
     }
 
     //TODO, filtering out any functions relating to (class) templates for now:
-    CXXRecordDecl const * r = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(decl->getDeclContext());;
+    CXXRecordDecl const * r = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(decl->getDeclContext());
     if (r != nullptr
         && (r->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != TSK_Undeclared
             || r->isDependentContext()))
diff --git a/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx b/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx
index f746121e9823..278ff6a03c26 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/commontools/TKeyColumns.cxx
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ sdbcx::ObjectType OKeyColumnsHelper::createObject(const OUString& _rName)
                 }
                 catch(const SQLException&)
                 {
-                    // somethimes we get an error when asking for this param
+                    // sometimes we get an error when asking for this param
                 }
 
                 OKeyColumn* pRet = new OKeyColumn(aRefColumnName,
diff --git a/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx b/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx
index 616785da4957..1894f531c458 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/commontools/dbtools2.cxx
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ namespace
     Reference< XModel> lcl_getXModel(const Reference< XInterface>& _xIface)
     {
         Reference< XInterface > xParent = _xIface;
-        Reference< XModel > xModel(xParent,UNO_QUERY);;
+        Reference< XModel > xModel(xParent,UNO_QUERY);
         while( xParent.is() && !xModel.is() )
         {
             Reference<XChild> xChild(xParent,UNO_QUERY);
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx
index 2e581fe873ad..3a8bfc0c7bf8 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/ado/APreparedStatement.cxx
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Reference< XResultSet > SAL_CALL OPreparedStatement::executeQuery(  ) throw(SQLE
         m_RecordSet.Close();
     m_RecordSet.clear();
 
-    // the create the new onces
+    // then create the new ones
     m_RecordSet.Create();
     OLEVariant aCmd;
     aCmd.setIDispatch(m_Command);
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx
index 9ad366c3f78b..2f998b93b3f1 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/dbase/DIndex.cxx
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ void ODbaseIndex::Collect(ONDXPage* pPage)
 
 void ODbaseIndex::Release(bool bSave)
 {
-    // Release the Index-recources
+    // Release the Index-resources
     m_bUseCollector = false;
 
     if (m_aCurLeaf.Is())
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx
index c791cf54dbdb..74695da2e4c5 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/evoab2/NStatement.hxx
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ namespace connectivity
             virtual void SAL_CALL close(  ) throw(::com::sun::star::sdbc::SQLException, ::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override;
 
         protected:
-            /** will return the EBookQuery representing the stamement's WHERE condition, or throw
+            /** will return the EBookQuery representing the statement WHERE condition, or throw
 
                 Also, all statement dependent members (such as the parser/iterator) will be inited afterwards.
             */
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx
index 1b475af6e06d..bf1c7ce628d4 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FDateFunctions.cxx
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ ORowSetValue OOp_CurDate::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const
         return ORowSetValue();
 
     Date aCurDate( Date::SYSTEM );
-    return aCurDate.GetUNODate();;
+    return aCurDate.GetUNODate();
 }
 
 ORowSetValue OOp_CurTime::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ ORowSetValue OOp_CurTime::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const
         return ORowSetValue();
 
     tools::Time aCurTime( tools::Time::SYSTEM );
-    return aCurTime.GetUNOTime();;
+    return aCurTime.GetUNOTime();
 }
 
 ORowSetValue OOp_Now::operate(const ::std::vector<ORowSetValue>& lhs) const
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx
index a93eee2f7398..e60b24c3a0d5 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/file/FNoException.cxx
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ void OPreparedStatement::scanParameter(OSQLParseNode* pParseNode,::std::vector<
         DBG_ASSERT(pParseNode->getChild(0)->getNodeType() == SQL_NODE_PUNCTUATION,"OResultSet: Parse Tree fehlerhaft");
 
         _rParaNodes.push_back(pParseNode);
-        // Further descend not nessesary
+        // Further descend not necessary
         return;
     }
 
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx
index 5a1982a9be6f..40617462f94b 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/Blob.hxx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace connectivity
             isc_db_handle*      m_pDatabaseHandle;
             isc_tr_handle*      m_pTransactionHandle;
             // We store our own copy of the blob id as typically the statement
-            // manages it's own blob id, and blobs are independent of a statement
+            // manages its own blob id, and blobs are independent of a statement
             // in firebird.
             ISC_QUAD            m_blobID;
             isc_blob_handle     m_blobHandle;
@@ -123,4 +123,4 @@ namespace connectivity
 }
 
 #endif // INCLUDED_CONNECTIVITY_SOURCE_DRIVERS_FIREBIRD_BLOB_HXX
-/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
\ No newline at end of file
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx
index 2a8f2bd63f35..dac2b84f9d1a 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/DatabaseMetaData.cxx
@@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ uno::Reference< XResultSet > SAL_CALL ODatabaseMetaData::getTablePrivileges(
     ODatabaseMetaDataResultSet::ORow aRow(8);
     aRow[0] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // Unused
     aRow[1] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // TABLE_CAT unsupported
-    aRow[2] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // TABLE_SCHEM unussported.
+    aRow[2] = new ORowSetValueDecorator(); // TABLE_SCHEM unsupported.
 
     while( rs->next() )
     {
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx
index 2da269cd6693..df5ef4eab6f9 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/firebird/ResultSetMetaData.cxx
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL OResultSetMetaData::isCaseSensitive(sal_Int32 column)
     throw(SQLException, RuntimeException, std::exception)
 {
     // Firebird is generally case sensitive when using quoted identifiers.
-    // IF THIS CHANGES make ResultSet::findColumn to be case-insenstive as needed.
+    // IF THIS CHANGES make ResultSet::findColumn to be case-insensitive as needed.
     // Generally names that are entirely UPPERCASE are case insensitive, however
     // there remains some ambiguity if there is another mixed-case-named column
     // of the same name. For safety always assume case insensitive.
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx
index f010ab9179e8..20f78b333d40 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/jdbc/DatabaseMetaData.cxx
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Reference< XResultSet > SAL_CALL java_sql_DatabaseMetaData::getTablePrivileges(
 
     if ( xReturn.is() )
     {
-        // we have to check the result columns for the tables privleges
+        // we have to check the result columns for the tables privileges
         Reference< XResultSetMetaDataSupplier > xMetaSup(xReturn,UNO_QUERY);
         if ( xMetaSup.is() )
         {
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx
index a08759fa9f0d..caf1db78bc9e 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabRecords.cxx
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ MacabHeader *MacabRecords::createHeaderForRecordType(const CFArrayRef _records,
         {
             /* The order of these matters (we want all address properties
              * before any phone properties, or else things will look weird),
-             * so we get all possibilitities for each property, going through
+             * so we get all possibilities for each property, going through
              * each record, and then go onto the next property.
              * (Note: the reason that we have to go through all records
              * in the first place is that properties like address, phone, and
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx
index 1b91c10f3ce8..5cdfc1ca0e0c 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/macab/MacabStatement.cxx
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ OSL_TRACE("Mac OS Address book - SQL Request: %s", OUtoCStr(sql));
             impl_throwError(STR_QUERY_TOO_COMPLEX);
     }
 
-    m_xResultSet = Reference<XResultSet>(pResult);;
+    m_xResultSet = Reference<XResultSet>(pResult);
     return xRS;
 }
 
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README
index 9d8eb818e5fb..0d4207b0ca0d 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mork/README
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Description
 Cross Platform Mozilla Mork format reader.
 
 
-Compillation
+Compilation
 ------------
 
 g++ -o MorkParser main.cpp MorkParser.cpp
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx
index d97a1bf41e04..e5f264315e58 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/mozab/bootstrap/MNSFolders.cxx
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ namespace
         {
             OUString sProductPath;
 
-            // check whether we have an anevironment variable which helps us
+            // check whether we have an environment variable which help us
             const char* pProfileByEnv = getenv( ProductRootEnvironmentVariable[ productIndex ] );
             if ( pProfileByEnv )
             {
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx
index 6a5687396566..be16b1cd5b45 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/odbc/OStatement.cxx
@@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ bool OStatement_Base::isUsingBookmarks() const
 bool OStatement_Base::getEscapeProcessing() const
 {
     OSL_ENSURE( m_aStatementHandle, "StatementHandle is null!" );
-    return SQL_NOSCAN_OFF == getStmtOption<SQLULEN, SQL_IS_UINTEGER>(SQL_ATTR_USE_BOOKMARKS, SQL_NOSCAN_OFF);;
+    return SQL_NOSCAN_OFF == getStmtOption<SQLULEN, SQL_IS_UINTEGER>(SQL_ATTR_USE_BOOKMARKS, SQL_NOSCAN_OFF);
 }
 
 void OStatement_Base::setUsingBookmarks(bool _bUseBookmark)
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx
index 749e63591e5c..2b412926a442 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_preparedstatement.hxx
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ private:
 
 public:
     /**
-     * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessisble
+     * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessible
      *                     as long as a reference to paramenter con is held.
      */
     PreparedStatement( const rtl::Reference< RefCountedMutex > & refMutex,
diff --git a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx
index 0ab2e4b5a843..920ff5df8b5a 100644
--- a/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx
+++ b/connectivity/source/drivers/postgresql/pq_statement.hxx
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ private:
 
 public:
     /**
-     * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessisble
+     * @param ppConnection The piece of memory, pConnection points to, is accessible
      *                     as long as a reference to paramenter con is held.
      */
     Statement( const rtl::Reference< RefCountedMutex > & refMutex,
diff --git a/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx b/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx
index c232bd14bf39..9861d9739abe 100644
--- a/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx
+++ b/cppu/source/threadpool/threadpool.cxx
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ namespace cppu_threadpool
             if( (*ii).second.first )
             {
                 // all oneway request have been processed, now
-                // synchronus requests may go on
+                // synchronous requests may go on
                 (*ii).second.first->resume();
             }
         }
diff --git a/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx b/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx
index 5f5b13878c9f..f1ec222e4e2d 100644
--- a/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx
+++ b/cppu/source/uno/copy.hxx
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ inline uno_Sequence * icopyConstructSequence(
                 break;
             }
             default:
-                OSL_FAIL( "### unexepcted sequence element type!" );
+                OSL_FAIL( "### unexpected sequence element type!" );
                 pDest = nullptr;
                 break;
             }
diff --git a/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx b/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx
index 525a7c89ba2f..dea336d52bf3 100644
--- a/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/customize/cfg.cxx
@@ -4347,7 +4347,7 @@ void ToolbarSaveInData::RestoreToolbar( SvxConfigEntry* pToolbar )
     OUString url = pToolbar->GetCommand();
 
     // Restore of toolbar is done by removing it from
-    // it's configuration manager and then getting it again
+    // its configuration manager and then getting it again
     bool bParentToolbar = pToolbar->IsParentData();
 
     // Cannot restore parent toolbar
diff --git a/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx b/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx
index e1f55a3ad7b1..d9b2cba55238 100644
--- a/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/dialogs/SpellDialog.cxx
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@ bool SentenceEditWindow_Impl::PreNotify( NotifyEvent& rNEvt )
                 break;
 //    6 - on field FS and on error UE
                 case BRACE      :
-                    nAction = bHasField ? ACTION_SELECTFIELD : ACTION_UNDOEDIT;;
+                    nAction = bHasField ? ACTION_SELECTFIELD : ACTION_UNDOEDIT;
                 break;
 //    7 - UE
 //    8 - UE
diff --git a/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx b/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx
index 790bb050da54..6aecfd9b2e85 100644
--- a/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/dialogs/about.cxx
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ AboutDialog::AboutDialog(vcl::Window* pParent)
     m_aVersionTextStr = m_pVersion->GetText();
     m_aBasedTextStr = get<FixedText>("libreoffice")->GetText();
     m_aBasedDerivedTextStr = get<FixedText>("derived")->GetText();
-    m_aLocaleStr = get<FixedText>("locale")->GetText();;
+    m_aLocaleStr = get<FixedText>("locale")->GetText();
 
     m_pVersion->SetText(GetVersionString());
 
diff --git a/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx b/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx
index bc1e5ce32a75..90dbfa82602f 100644
--- a/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx
+++ b/cui/source/inc/measure.hxx
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 class SdrView;
 
-/// Dialog for changing TextAtrributes
+/// Dialog for changing TextAttributes
 class SvxMeasurePage : public SvxTabPage
 {
 private:
diff --git a/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx b/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx
index a5d410ee2170..a352e5130766 100644
--- a/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/options/optgdlg.cxx
@@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ OfaLanguagesTabPage::OfaLanguagesTabPage(vcl::Window* pParent, const SfxItemSet&
     }
     catch (const Exception &e)
     {
-        // we'll just leave the box in it's default setting and won't
+        // we'll just leave the box in its default setting and won't
         // even give it event handler...
         SAL_WARN("cui.options", "ignoring Exception \"" << e.Message << "\"");
     }
@@ -1288,7 +1288,7 @@ bool OfaLanguagesTabPage::FillItemSet( SfxItemSet* rSet )
     }
     catch (const Exception& e)
     {
-        // we'll just leave the box in it's default setting and won't
+        // we'll just leave the box in its default setting and won't
         // even give it event handler...
         SAL_WARN("cui.options", "ignoring Exception \"" << e.Message << "\"");
     }
diff --git a/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx b/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx
index 9d41996f23d6..c3b806527e0c 100644
--- a/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/options/optjava.cxx
@@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxJavaClassPathDlg, AddArchiveHdl_Impl, Button*, void)
 IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxJavaClassPathDlg, AddPathHdl_Impl, Button*, void)
 {
     Reference < XComponentContext > xContext( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );
-    Reference < XFolderPicker2 > xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext);;
+    Reference < XFolderPicker2 > xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext);
 
     OUString sOldFolder;
     if ( m_pPathList->GetSelectEntryCount() > 0 )
diff --git a/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx b/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx
index a4122a903641..db2db7c3950a 100644
--- a/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/options/optpath.cxx
@@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxPathTabPage, PathHdl_Impl, Button*, void)
         try
         {
             Reference < XComponentContext > xContext( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );
-            xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext);;
+            xFolderPicker = FolderPicker::create(xContext);
 
             INetURLObject aURL( sWritable, INetProtocol::File );
             xFolderPicker->setDisplayDirectory( aURL.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::NO_DECODE ) );
diff --git a/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx b/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx
index 8efbd0fc951d..dfaf9e3ef064 100644
--- a/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/tabpages/numpages.cxx
@@ -3698,7 +3698,7 @@ void SvxNumOptionsTabPage::PageCreated(const SfxAllItemSet& aSet)
     {
         ListBox& myCharFmtLB = GetCharFmtListBox();
         const std::vector<OUString> &aList = pListItem->GetList();
-        sal_uInt32 nCount = aList.size();;
+        sal_uInt32 nCount = aList.size();
         for(sal_uInt32 i = 0; i < nCount; i++)
             myCharFmtLB.InsertEntry(aList[i]);
     }
diff --git a/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx b/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx
index 93833063cca0..266d8a074c44 100644
--- a/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/tabpages/tparea.cxx
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ SvxAreaTabPage::SvxAreaTabPage( vcl::Window* pParent, const SfxItemSet& rInAttrs
     // #i76307# always paint the preview in LTR, because this is what the document does
     m_pCtlXRectPreview->EnableRTL(false);
 
-    // Calcualte size of dropdown listboxes
+    // Calculate size of dropdown listboxes
     Size aSize = LogicToPixel(Size(108, 103), MAP_APPFONT);
 
     m_pLbColor->set_width_request(aSize.Width());
diff --git a/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx b/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx
index bcac795e1651..2dca969491a0 100644
--- a/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx
+++ b/cui/source/tabpages/tpline.cxx
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ void SvxLineTabPage::ActivatePage( const SfxItemSet& rSet )
         {
             if( m_nPageType == 2 ) // 1
             {
-                m_pLbLineStyle->SelectEntryPos( *m_pPosDashLb + 2 ); // +2 due to SOLID and INVLISIBLE
+                m_pLbLineStyle->SelectEntryPos( *m_pPosDashLb + 2 ); // +2 due to SOLID and INVISIBLE
                 ChangePreviewHdl_Impl( nullptr );
             }
             if( m_nPageType == 3 )
diff --git a/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java b/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java
index 03db63289ef1..673f22d24677 100644
--- a/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java
+++ b/dbaccess/qa/complex/dbaccess/DatabaseDocument.java
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ public class DatabaseDocument extends TestCase implements com.sun.star.document.
                 return;
             }
 
-            assertEquals("interaction handleer called in wrong state", STATE_LOADING_DOC, m_loadDocState);
+            assertEquals("interaction handler called in wrong state", STATE_LOADING_DOC, m_loadDocState);
 
             // auto-approve
             final XInteractionContinuation continuations[] = _request.getContinuations();
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ public class DatabaseDocument extends TestCase implements com.sun.star.document.
         assertEquals("wrong URL after loading the document", documentURL, databaseDoc.getURL());
         impl_checkDocumentInitState(databaseDoc, true);
 
-        // and while we are here ... initilizing the same document again should not be possible
+        // and while we are here ... initializing the same document again should not be possible
         assureException( databaseDoc, XLoadable.class, "initNew", new Object[0],
             DoubleInitializationException.class );
         assureException( databaseDoc, XLoadable.class, "load", new Object[] { new PropertyValue[0] },
@@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ public class DatabaseDocument extends TestCase implements com.sun.star.document.
         assertTrue( "The test case marker did not survive re-retrieval of the doc from the data source.",
             impl_hasMarker( databaseDoc.getArgs() ) );
 
-        // on the other hand, closing and regurlarly re-loading the doc *without* the marker should indeed
+        // on the other hand, closing and regulary re-loading the doc *without* the marker should indeed
         // lose it
         impl_closeDocument( databaseDoc );
         databaseDoc = impl_loadDocument( documentURL, impl_getDefaultLoadArgs() );
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx
index 1c967f754e47..a16d3395c3e3 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/KeySet.hxx
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ namespace dbaccess
                                        sal_Int32 _nType,
                                        sal_Int32 _nScale );
         OUStringBuffer createKeyFilter( );
-        bool doTryRefetch_throw() throw(css::sdbc::SQLException, css::uno::RuntimeException);;
+        bool doTryRefetch_throw() throw(css::sdbc::SQLException, css::uno::RuntimeException);
         void tryRefetch(const ORowSetRow& _rInsertRow,bool bRefetch);
         void executeUpdate(const ORowSetRow& _rInsertRow ,const ORowSetRow& _rOriginalRow,const OUString& i_sSQL,const OUString& i_sTableName,const ::std::vector<sal_Int32>& _aIndexColumnPositions = ::std::vector<sal_Int32>());
         void executeInsert( const ORowSetRow& _rInsertRow,const OUString& i_sSQL,const OUString& i_sTableName = OUString(),bool bRefetch = false);
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx
index 04a7ada7574c..f0ff2696750c 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSet.cxx
@@ -880,7 +880,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ORowSet::insertRow(  ) throw(SQLException, RuntimeException, std::
     // insertRow is not allowed when
     // standing not on the insert row nor
     // when the row isn't modified
-    // or the concurency is read only
+    // or the concurrency is read only
     ::osl::ResettableMutexGuard aGuard( *m_pMutex );
 
     if(!m_pCache || !m_bNew || !m_bModified || m_nResultSetConcurrency == ResultSetConcurrency::READ_ONLY)
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx
index 3f99a545df32..66851c512072 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/RowSetBase.hxx
@@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ namespace dbaccess
         */
         explicit ORowSetNotifier( ORowSetBase* m_pRowSet );
 
-        /** use this one to consturct an vector for change value notification
+        /** use this one to construct an vector for change value notification
         */
         ORowSetNotifier( ORowSetBase* m_pRowSet,const ORowSetValueVector::Vector& i_aRow );
 
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx
index 2846c25b4eca..aaaf28f40a57 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/SingleSelectQueryComposer.cxx
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ Reference< XNameAccess > SAL_CALL OSingleSelectQueryComposer::getColumns(  ) thr
             }
             else if ( aRealFind == aSelectColumns->get().end() )
             {
-                // we can now only look if we found it under the realname propertery
+                // we can now only look if we found it under the realname property
                 // here we have to make the assumption that the position is correct
                 OSQLColumns::Vector::iterator aFind2 = aSelectColumns->get().begin() + i-1;
                 Reference<XPropertySet> xProp(*aFind2,UNO_QUERY);
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx
index 14b9540f94ac..f32168acba52 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/api/resultset.cxx
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ OResultSet::OResultSet(const css::uno::Reference< css::sdbc::XResultSet >& _xRes
             {
                 m_bIsBookmarkable = ::comphelper::getBOOL(xSet->getPropertyValue(PROPERTY_ISBOOKMARKABLE));
                 OSL_ENSURE( !m_bIsBookmarkable || Reference< XRowLocate >(m_xDelegatorResultSet, UNO_QUERY).is(),
-                    "OResultSet::OResultSet: aggregate is inconsistent in it's bookmarkable attribute!" );
+                    "OResultSet::OResultSet: aggregate is inconsistent in its bookmarkable attribute!" );
                 m_bIsBookmarkable = m_bIsBookmarkable && Reference< XRowLocate >(m_xDelegatorResultSet, UNO_QUERY).is();
             }
         }
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx
index 16895634d59e..624bc13e0c37 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/connection.cxx
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ OConnection::OConnection(ODatabaseSource& _rDB
                          , const Reference< XComponentContext >& _rxORB)
             :OSubComponent(m_aMutex, static_cast< OWeakObject* >(&_rDB))
                 // as the queries reroute their refcounting to us, this m_aMutex is okey. If the queries
-                // container would do it's own refcounting, it would have to acquire m_pMutex
+                // container would do its own refcounting, it would have to acquire m_pMutex
                 // same for tables
             ,m_aTableFilter(_rDB.m_pImpl->m_aTableFilter)
             ,m_aTableTypeFilter(_rDB.m_pImpl->m_aTableTypeFilter)
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx
index 3b07612b313e..30849f18f5d4 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/dataaccess/databasedocument.cxx
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ namespace
                 continue;
             }
 
-            // TODO: clarify: anything else to care for? Both the sub componbents with and without model
+            // TODO: clarify: anything else to care for? Both the sub components with and without model
             // should support the XModifiable interface, so I think nothing more is needed here.
             OSL_FAIL( "lcl_hasAnyModifiedSubComponent_throw: anything left to do here?" );
         }
@@ -992,7 +992,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL ODatabaseDocument::getLocation(  ) throw (RuntimeException, st
     DocumentGuard aGuard( *this, DocumentGuard::MethodWithoutInit );
     return m_pImpl->getURL();
         // both XStorable::getLocation and XModel::getURL have to return the URL of the document, *not*
-        // the location of the file which the docunment was possibly recovered from (which would be getDocFileLocation)
+        // the location of the file which the document was possibly recovered from (which would be getDocFileLocation)
 }
 
 sal_Bool SAL_CALL ODatabaseDocument::isReadonly(  ) throw (RuntimeException, std::exception)
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx
index 47dcdb9ed30c..5089c53aa5aa 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/FilteredContainer.hxx
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ namespace dbaccess
         virtual OUString getNameForObject(const ::connectivity::sdbcx::ObjectType& _xObject) override;
 
         /** tell the container to free all elements and all additional resources.<BR>
-            After using this method the object may be reconstructed by calling one of the <code>constrcuct</code> methods.
+            After using this method the object may be reconstructed by calling one of the <code>construct</code> methods.
         */
         virtual void SAL_CALL disposing() override;
 
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx
index 318b663ce06d..1f7c594b3593 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/core/inc/definitioncontainer.hxx
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ protected:
     // helper
     virtual void SAL_CALL disposing() override;
 
-    /** create a object from it's persistent data within the configuration. To be overwritten by derived classes.
+    /** create a object from its persistent data within the configuration. To be overwritten by derived classes.
         @param      _rName          the name the object has within the container
         @return                     the newly created object or an empty reference if something went wrong
     */
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx
index ad9cafae96dc..7da651439903 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/app/AppController.hxx
@@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ namespace dbaui
         void    impl_validateObjectTypeAndName_throw( const sal_Int32 _nObjectType, const ::boost::optional< OUString >& i_rObjectName );
 
     protected:
-        // initalizing members
+        // initializing members
 
         // state of a feature. 'feature' may be the handle of a css::util::URL somebody requested a dispatch interface for OR a toolbar slot.
         virtual FeatureState    GetState(sal_uInt16 nId) const override;
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx
index 92e1778cdaf2..36425d0f9c7f 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/brwctrlr.cxx
@@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ void SbaXDataBrowserController::Execute(sal_uInt16 nId, const Sequence< Property
                 break;
 
             bool bNeedPostReload = preReloadForm();
-            // reset the filter and the sort property simutaneously so only _one_ new statement has to be
+            // reset the filter and the sort property simultaneously so only _one_ new statement has to be
             // sent
             Reference< XPropertySet >  xSet(getRowSet(), UNO_QUERY);
             if ( xSet.is() )
@@ -2287,7 +2287,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED(SbaXDataBrowserController, OnInvalidateClipboard, Timer*, _pTime
     InvalidateFeature(ID_BROWSER_COPY);
 
     // if the invalidation was triggered by the timer, we do not need to invalidate PASTE.
-    // The timer is only for checking the CUT/COPY slots regulariry, which depend on the
+    // The timer is only for checking the CUT/COPY slots regulary, which depend on the
     // selection state of the active cell
     // TODO: get a callback at the Edit which allows to be notified when the selection
     // changes. This would be much better than this cycle-eating polling mechanism here ....
@@ -2375,7 +2375,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED(SbaXDataBrowserController, OnFoundData, FmFoundRecordInformation
     // move the cursor
     xCursor->moveToBookmark(rInfo.aPosition);
 
-    // let the grid snyc it's display with the cursor
+    // let the grid sync its display with the cursor
     Reference< XPropertySet >  xModelSet(getControlModel(), UNO_QUERY);
     OSL_ENSURE(xModelSet.is(), "SbaXDataBrowserController::OnFoundData : no model set ?!");
     Any aOld = xModelSet->getPropertyValue("DisplayIsSynchron");
@@ -2500,7 +2500,7 @@ void SbaXDataBrowserController::initializeParser() const
 void SbaXDataBrowserController::loaded(const EventObject& /*aEvent*/) throw( RuntimeException, std::exception )
 {
     // not interested in
-    // we're loading within an separate thread and have a handling  for it's "finished event"
+    // we're loading within an separate thread and have a handling for its "finished event"
 }
 
 void SbaXDataBrowserController::unloading(const EventObject& /*aEvent*/) throw( RuntimeException, std::exception )
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx
index 3ef0e018a028..4505431b1396 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/browser/sbagrid.cxx
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ bool SbaGridHeader::ImplStartColumnDrag(sal_Int8 _nAction, const Point& _rMouseP
     }
     if (!bResizingCol)
     {
-        // force the base class to end it's drag mode
+        // force the base class to end its drag mode
         EndTracking(TrackingEventFlags::Cancel | TrackingEventFlags::End);
 
         // because we have 3d-buttons the select handler is called from MouseButtonUp, but StartDrag
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx
index 6a746901883c..c42afc808dbb 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/control/tabletree.cxx
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ SvTreeListEntry* OTableTreeListBox::implAddEntry(
     if ( !_rxMeta.is() )
         return nullptr;
 
-    // split the complete name into it's components
+    // split the complete name into its components
     OUString sCatalog, sSchema, sName;
     qualifiedNameComponents( _rxMeta, _rTableName, sCatalog, sSchema, sName, ::dbtools::eInDataManipulation );
 
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ SvTreeListEntry* OTableTreeListBox::getEntryByQualifiedName( const OUString& _rN
         if ( !impl_getAndAssertMetaData( xMeta ) )
             return nullptr;
 
-        // split the complete name into it's components
+        // split the complete name into its components
         OUString sCatalog, sSchema, sName;
         qualifiedNameComponents(xMeta, _rName, sCatalog, sSchema, sName,::dbtools::eInDataManipulation);
 
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx
index 2a507262a3d1..ee2b0ba7b442 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/directsql.cxx
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ namespace dbaui
 
             if (_bUpdateListBox)
             {
-                // selecte the normalized statement in the list box
+                // select the normalized statement in the list box
                 m_pSQLHistory->SelectEntryPos((sal_uInt16)_nHistoryPos);
                 OSL_ENSURE(m_pSQLHistory->GetSelectEntry() == m_aNormalizedHistory[_nHistoryPos],
                     "DirectSQLDialog::switchToHistory: inconsistent listbox entries!");
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx
index c5105f940c4b..93115beab46c 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/dlg/queryfilter.cxx
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( DlgFilterCrit, PredicateLoseFocus, Control&, rControl, void )
     Edit* _pField = static_cast<Edit*>(&rControl);
     // retrieve the field affected
     Reference< XPropertySet> xColumn( getMatchingColumn( *_pField ) );
-    // and normalize it's content
+    // and normalize its content
     if ( xColumn.is() )
     {
         OUString sText( _pField->GetText() );
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx
index 901b9b32a690..097999169adc 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/ConnectionLineData.hxx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace dbaui
 
     /**
         the class OConnectionLineData contains the data of a connection
-        e.g. the source and the destanation field
+        e.g. the source and the destination field
     **/
     class OConnectionLineData : public ::salhelper::SimpleReferenceObject
     {
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx
index 07029cef9f8e..8144a44c45ab 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/FieldDescriptions.hxx
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ namespace dbaui
         void SetPrimaryKey(bool _bPKey);
         void SetCurrency(bool _bIsCurrency);
 
-        /** copies the content of the field eescription into the column
+        /** copies the content of the field description into the column
             @param  _rxColumn the dest
         */
         void copyColumnSettingsTo(const css::uno::Reference< css::beans::XPropertySet >& _rxColumn);
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx
index 71aec1282f65..c06038be478e 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/TableWindow.hxx
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ namespace dbaui
                 The EndPosition after resizing.
         */
         void                        setSizingFlag(const Point& _rPos);
-        /** set the rsizing flag to NONE.
+        /** set the resizing flag to NONE.
         */
         void                        resetSizingFlag() { m_nSizingFlags = SIZING_NONE; }
 
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx
index adc390ba7f05..9f27c2e73d70 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/tabletree.hxx
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ public:
     /** fill the table list with the tables and views determined by the two given containers.
         The views sequence is used to determine which table is of type view.
         @param      _rxConnection   the connection where you got the object names from. Must not be NULL.
-                                    Used to split the full qualified names into it's parts.
+                                    Used to split the full qualified names into its parts.
         @param      _rTables        table/view sequence
         @param      _rViews         view sequence
     */
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ protected:
 
     /** fill the table list with the tables and views determined by the two given containers
         @param      _rxConnection   the connection where you got the object names from. Must not be NULL.
-                                    Used to split the full qualified names into it's parts.
+                                    Used to split the full qualified names into its parts.
         @param      _rTables        table/view sequence, the second argument is <TRUE/> if it is a table, otherwise it is a view.
     */
     void    UpdateTableList(
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx
index a2e516757c5f..98d7e0b77e62 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/inc/unosqlmessage.hxx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ protected:
     virtual void SAL_CALL initialize(css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Any > const & args) throw (css::uno::Exception, css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override;
 
 // OPropertySetHelper overridables
-    // (overwrittin these three, because we have some special handling for our property)
+    // (overwriting these three, because we have some special handling for our property)
     virtual sal_Bool SAL_CALL convertFastPropertyValue( css::uno::Any& _rConvertedValue, css::uno::Any& _rOldValue, sal_Int32 _nHandle, const css::uno::Any& _rValue) throw(css::lang::IllegalArgumentException) override;
 
 // OGenericUnoDialog overridables
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx
index d39a21af25db..c83d285c8d4f 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryDesignView.cxx
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ namespace
         // The first element is (again) an AND condition
         else if ( SQL_ISRULE(pCondition,boolean_term) )
         {
-            OSL_ENSURE(pCondition->count() == 3,"Illegal definifiton of boolean_term");
+            OSL_ENSURE(pCondition->count() == 3,"Illegal definition of boolean_term");
             eErrorCode = GetANDCriteria(_pView,_pSelectionBrw,pCondition->getChild(0), nLevel,bHaving,bAddOrOnOneLine );
             if ( eErrorCode == eOk )
                 eErrorCode = GetANDCriteria(_pView,_pSelectionBrw,pCondition->getChild(2), nLevel,bHaving,bAddOrOnOneLine );
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx
index 504540f2e3e2..5ac1436a80c3 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/QueryMoveTabWinUndoAct.cxx
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ void OJoinMoveTabWinUndoAct::TogglePosition()
 
     // it looks like ptFrameScrollPos is meaningless, then I subtract it here and add it to ptNext, and
     // next time I subtract again...
-    // AbetptFrameScrollPos could have changed next time...
+    // Albeit ptFrameScrollPos could have changed next time...
     m_pOwner->EnsureVisible(m_pTabWin);
 
     m_ptNextPosition = ptNext;
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx
index c49b8dd3b943..cd425478d37e 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/querydesign/TableConnectionData.cxx
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ bool OTableConnectionData::SetConnLine( sal_uInt16 nIndex, const OUString& rSour
     if (sal_uInt16(m_vConnLineData.size()) < nIndex)
         return false;
 
-        // == still allowed, this correponds to a Append
+        // == still allowed, this corresponds to an Append
 
     if (m_vConnLineData.size() == nIndex)
         return AppendConnLine(rSourceFieldName, rDestFieldName);
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx
index 2feca27ed36e..97fd96e8dc1d 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/tabledesign/TableController.cxx
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OTableController::disposing( const EventObject& _rSource ) throw(R
 
 void OTableController::losingConnection( )
 {
-    // let the base class do it's reconnect
+    // let the base class do its reconnect
     OTableController_BASE::losingConnection( );
 
     // remove from the table
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx
index 177d22140c2c..bdfd531da0aa 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/copytablewizard.cxx
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ namespace dbaui
 
             Effectively, this method extracts m_xSourceResultSet, m_aSourceSelection, and m_bSourceSelectionBookmarks.
 
-            If an inconsistent/insufficent sub set of those properties is present in the descriptor, and exception
+            If an inconsistent/insufficient sub set of those properties is present in the descriptor, and exception
             is thrown.
         */
         void    impl_extractSourceResultSet_throw(
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ namespace
     /** tries to obtain the InteractionHandler associated with a given data source
 
         If the data source is a sdb-level data source, it will have a DatabaseDocument associated
-        with it. This doocument may have an InteractionHandler used while loading it.
+        with it. This document may have an InteractionHandler used while loading it.
 
         @throws RuntimeException
             if it occurs during invoking any of the data source's methods, or if any of the involved
diff --git a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx
index 35f8a599f7ee..7bfab1306def 100644
--- a/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx
+++ b/dbaccess/source/ui/uno/dbinteraction.cxx
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ namespace dbaui
 
         Sequence< Reference< XInteractionContinuation > > aContinuations( i_Request->getContinuations() );
 
-        // try to extract an SQLException (or one of it's derived members
+        // try to extract an SQLException (or one of its derived members
         SQLExceptionInfo aInfo( aRequest );
         if ( aInfo.isValid() )
         {
diff --git a/desktop/source/app/app.cxx b/desktop/source/app/app.cxx
index 8170e034334f..9fcd750ad008 100644
--- a/desktop/source/app/app.cxx
+++ b/desktop/source/app/app.cxx
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ void Desktop::Init()
             // this crack with two (if not more) levels of our own
             // error codes hiding the actual system error code is
             // broken, but that is done all over the code, let's leave
-            // re-enginering that to another year.
+            // reengineering that to another year.
             SetBootstrapError( BE_PATHINFO_MISSING, OUString() );
 #endif
         }
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ bool Desktop::isUIOnSessionShutdownAllowed()
 
     @param  bSessionDataExists [boolean ... out!]
             there exists some session data.
-            Because the user may be logged out last time from it's
+            Because the user may be logged out last time from its
             unix session...
 */
 void impl_checkRecoveryState(bool& bCrashed           ,
@@ -2217,7 +2217,7 @@ void Desktop::OpenClients()
     // The reason behind: AutoSave/EmergencySave/AutoRecovery share the same data.
     // But the require that all documents, which are saved as backup should exists inside
     // memory. May be this mechanism will be inconsistent if the configuration exists...
-    // but no document inside memory corrspond to this data.
+    // but no document inside memory corresponds to this data.
     // Further it's not acceptable to recover such documents without any UI. It can
     // need some time, where the user wont see any results and wait for finishing the office startup...
     bool bAllowRecoveryAndSessionManagement = ( !rArgs.IsNoRestore() ) && ( !rArgs.IsHeadless()  );
@@ -2791,7 +2791,7 @@ void Desktop::CheckFirstRun( )
         m_firstRunTimer.Start();
 
 #ifdef WNT
-        // Check if Quckstarter should be started (on Windows only)
+        // Check if Quickstarter should be started (on Windows only)
         TCHAR szValue[8192];
         DWORD nValueSize = sizeof(szValue);
         HKEY hKey;
diff --git a/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx b/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx
index 7f00b9ac4313..8cbcf58b741f 100644
--- a/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx
+++ b/desktop/source/app/cmdlinehelp.cxx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
 
 namespace desktop
 {
-    // to be able to display the help nicely in a dialog box with propotional font,
+    // to be able to display the help nicely in a dialog box with proportional font,
     // we need to split it in chunks...
     //  ___HEAD___
     //  LEFT RIGHT
diff --git a/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx b/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx
index ed78ab015988..ba0a9c0f0365 100644
--- a/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx
+++ b/desktop/source/deployment/misc/dp_ucb.cxx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ bool create_ucb_content(
     bool throw_exc )
 {
     try {
-        // Existense check...
+        // Existence check...
         // content ctor/isFolder() will throw exception in case the resource
         // does not exist.
 
diff --git a/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx b/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx
index 9f35cae5afe2..f4fca4ca3044 100644
--- a/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx
+++ b/desktop/source/migration/migration_impl.hxx
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace desktop
 
 struct install_info
 {
-    OUString productname;  // human readeable product name
+    OUString productname;  // human readable product name
     OUString userdata;     // file: url for user installation
 };
 
diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx
index c3d5119fc46c..25e03d8978e4 100644
--- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx
+++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/borderlineprimitive2d.cxx
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ primitive2d::Primitive2DReference makeSolidLinePrimitive(
                             basegfx::B2DPolygon aDash = aDashed.getB2DPolygon(i);
                             if (bIsHairline)
                             {
-                                // Convert a rectanglar polygon into a line.
+                                // Convert a rectangular polygon into a line.
                                 basegfx::B2DPolygon aDash2;
                                 basegfx::B2DRange aRange = aDash.getB2DRange();
                                 aDash2.append(basegfx::B2DPoint(aRange.getMinX(), aRange.getMinY()));
diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx
index f2ba0606a09f..6975a1e9947d 100644
--- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx
+++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/fillgradientprimitive2d.cxx
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             // PolyPolygons where each one describes a 'ring' for the gradient such
             // that the rings will not overlap. This is useful for the old XOR-paint
             // 'trick' of VCL which is recorded in Metafiles; so this version may be
-            // used from the MetafilePrimitive2D in it's decomposition.
+            // used from the MetafilePrimitive2D in its decomposition.
 
             if(!getFillGradient().isDefault())
             {
diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx
index 4df709aa5973..62a82b870781 100644
--- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx
+++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/metafileprimitive2d.cxx
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ namespace
     /** helper to handle the change of RasterOp. It takes care of encapsulating all current
         geometry to the current RasterOp (if changed) and needs to be called on any RasterOp
         change. It will also start a new geometry target to embrace to the new RasterOp if
-        a changuing RasterOp is used. Currently, ROP_XOR and ROP_INVERT are supported using
+        a changing RasterOp is used. Currently, ROP_XOR and ROP_INVERT are supported using
         InvertPrimitive2D, and ROP_0 by using a ModifiedColorPrimitive2D to force to black paint
      */
     void HandleNewRasterOp(
@@ -2097,7 +2097,7 @@ namespace
                         // VCL AFAP.
                         // Since AddTextRectActions is the only way as long as we do not have
                         // a simple text layouter available, i will try to add it to the
-                        // TextLayouterDevice isloation.
+                        // TextLayouterDevice isolation.
                         drawinglayer::primitive2d::TextLayouterDevice aTextLayouterDevice;
                         aTextLayouterDevice.setFont(rPropertyHolders.Current().getFont());
                         GDIMetaFile aGDIMetaFile;
@@ -2995,7 +2995,7 @@ namespace
                                 // apply general current transformation
                                 aSubTransform = rPropertyHolders.Current().getTransformation() * aSubTransform;
 
-                                // evtl. embed sub-content to it's transformation
+                                // evtl. embed sub-content to its transformation
                                 if(!aSubTransform.isIdentity())
                                 {
                                     const drawinglayer::primitive2d::Primitive2DReference aEmbeddedTransform(
@@ -3090,7 +3090,7 @@ namespace
                     {
                         // XGRAD_SEQ_BEGIN, XGRAD_SEQ_END should be supported since the
                         // pure recorded paint of the gradients uses the XOR paint functionality
-                        // ('trick'). This is (and will be) broblematic with AntAliasing, so it's
+                        // ('trick'). This is (and will be) problematic with AntAliasing, so it's
                         // better to use this info
                         const MetaGradientExAction* pMetaGradientExAction = nullptr;
                         bool bDone(false);
diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx
index 5cb7640affca..1f157ff6f2f5 100644
--- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx
+++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/polygonprimitive2d.cxx
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
                     // range by half line width will not work, so use decomposition. Interestingly,
                     // the grow method below works perfectly for LineCap_ROUND since the grow is in
                     // all directions and the rounded cap needs the same grow in all directions independent
-                    // from it's orientation. Unfortunately this is not the case for drawing::LineCap_SQUARE
+                    // from its orientation. Unfortunately this is not the case for drawing::LineCap_SQUARE
                     bUseDecomposition = true;
                 }
 
diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx
index 5e9e7bd41dd6..a4c3a6cbfe3c 100644
--- a/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx
+++ b/drawinglayer/source/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.cxx
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
                         -getRotationCenter().getX(), -getRotationCenter().getY()));
                     aBackTransform.rotate(-getDirection());
 
-                    // prepare transform of sub-group back to it's position and rotation
+                    // prepare transform of sub-group back to its position and rotation
                     basegfx::B2DHomMatrix aForwardTransform(basegfx::tools::createRotateB2DHomMatrix(getDirection()));
                     aForwardTransform.translate(getRotationCenter().getX(), getRotationCenter().getY());
 
diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx
index 2b646b461083..3dcc164eed35 100644
--- a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx
+++ b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclmetafileprocessor2d.cxx
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             Used inside OutputDevice::DrawGradient to mark the start and end of a MetaGradientEx action.
             It is used in various exporters/importers to have direct access to the gradient before it
             is rendered by VCL (and thus fragmented to polygon color actions and others). On that base, e.g.
-            the Metafile to SdrObject import creates it's gradient objects.
+            the Metafile to SdrObject import creates its gradient objects.
             Best (and safest) way to support it here is to use PRIMITIVE2D_ID_POLYPOLYGONGRADIENTPRIMITIVE2D,
             map it back to the corresponding tools tools::PolyPolygon and the Gradient and just call
             OutputDevice::DrawGradient which creates the necessary compatible actions.
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             - TextHierarchyParagraphPrimitive2D: Encapsulates single paragraph
             - TextHierarchyBlockPrimitive2D: encapsulates object texts (only one ATM)
             Those are now supported in hierarchy. This means the MetaFile renderer will support them
-            by using them, reculrively using their content and adding MetaFile comments as needed.
+            by using them, recursively using their content and adding MetaFile comments as needed.
             This also means that when another text layouter will be used it will be necessary to
             create/support the same HierarchyPrimitives to support users.
             To transport the information using this hierarchy is best suited to all future needs;
diff --git a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx
index 45a92aeec6ba..b1281bc65968 100644
--- a/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx
+++ b/drawinglayer/source/processor2d/vclprocessor2d.cxx
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             // to primitives) it is necessary to reduce maximum pixel size by 1 in X and Y and to use
             // the inner pixel bounds accordingly (ceil resp. floor). This will also be done for logic
             // units e.g. when creating a new MetaFile, but since much huger value ranges are used
-            // there typically will be okay for this compromize.
+            // there typically will be okay for this compromise.
             Rectangle aDestRectView(
                 // !!CAUTION!! Here, ceil and floor are exchanged BY PURPOSE, do NOT copy when
                 // looking for a standard conversion to rectangle (!)
diff --git a/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx b/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx
index 2a5af784742a..9c1fa0bf0b56 100644
--- a/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx
+++ b/dtrans/source/generic/clipboardmanager.cxx
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ClipboardManager::dispose()
         rBHelper.aLC.disposeAndClear( aEvt );
 
         // removeClipboard is still allowed here,  so make a copy of the
-        // list (to ensure integrety) and clear the original.
+        // list (to ensure integrity) and clear the original.
         ClearableMutexGuard aGuard2( rBHelper.rMutex );
         ClipboardMap aCopy(m_aClipboardMap);
         m_aClipboardMap.clear();
diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx b/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx
index e3b45a22f73d..3c9f4620784e 100644
--- a/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx
+++ b/dtrans/source/win32/clipb/MtaOleClipb.cxx
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ public:
     {
         /*
             we only call CoUninitialize when
-            CoInitailize returned S_FALSE, what
+            CoInitialize returned S_FALSE, what
             means that com was already initialize
             for that thread so we keep the balance
             if CoInitialize returned S_OK what means
diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx
index 5a7a0b430c3c..8b263dd6f11c 100644
--- a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx
+++ b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/DOTransferable.cxx
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL CDOTransferable::isDataFlavorSupported( const DataFlavor& aFla
 }
 
 // helper function
-// the list of datafalvors currently on the clipboard will be initialized
+// the list of dataflavors currently on the clipboard will be initialized
 // only once; if the client of this Transferable will hold a reference
 // to it und the underlying clipboard content changes, the client does
 // possible operate on a invalid list
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ LCID SAL_CALL CDOTransferable::getLocaleFromClipboard( )
     return lcid;
 }
 
-// i think it's not necessary to call ReleaseStgMedium
+// I think it's not necessary to call ReleaseStgMedium
 // in case of failures because nothing should have been
 // allocated etc.
 
diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx
index 4f86c691bc94..e3480c46701a 100644
--- a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx
+++ b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/Fetc.hxx
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
 /**********************************************************************
  stl container elements must fulfill the following requirements:
  1. they need a copy ctor and assignement operator(?)
- 2. they must be compareable
+ 2. they must be comparable
  because the FORMATETC structure has a pointer to a TARGETDEVICE
  structure we need a simple wrapper class to fulfill these needs
 ***********************************************************************/
diff --git a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx
index 7eba9fd20cd8..2b4db3fff80b 100644
--- a/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx
+++ b/dtrans/source/win32/dtobj/FetcList.cxx
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL CFormatRegistrar::isLocaleAnsiCodePage( LCID lcid, sal_uInt32
 
 BOOL CALLBACK CFormatRegistrar::EnumLocalesProc( LPSTR lpLocaleStr )
 {
-    // the lpLocaleStr parametere is hexadecimal
+    // the lpLocaleStr parameter is hexadecimal
     LCID lcid = strtol( lpLocaleStr, NULL, 16 );
 
     if ( isLocaleAnsiCodePage( lcid, CFormatRegistrar::m_TxtCodePage ) ||
diff --git a/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx b/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx
index 1d25a45085de..eac046e8d002 100644
--- a/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/accessibility/AccessibleEditableTextPara.cxx
@@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ namespace accessibility
                 //the text value doesn't contain the bullet characters. all of the bullet and numbering info are exposed
                 //by the IAText::attributes(). So here must do special support for bullet line.
                 sal_Int32 nCurIndex=0, nLastIndex=0, nCurLineLen=0;
-                sal_Int32 nLastLineLen = 0, nBulletLen = 0;;
+                sal_Int32 nLastLineLen = 0, nBulletLen = 0;
                 // get the line before the line the index points into
                 for( nLine=0, nCurIndex=0, nLastIndex=0; nLine<nLineCount; ++nLine )
                 {
diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx
index 39902418c47f..a023b25c2368 100644
--- a/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/editeng/editeng.cxx
@@ -1654,7 +1654,7 @@ void EditEngine::InsertParagraph( sal_Int32 nPara, const EditTextObject& rTxtObj
 
     pImpEditEngine->UndoActionStart( EDITUNDO_INSERT );
 
-    // No Undo componding needed.
+    // No Undo compounding needed.
     EditPaM aPaM( pImpEditEngine->InsertParagraph( nPara ) );
     // When InsertParagraph from the outside, no hard attributes
     // should be taken over!
diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx
index 8404c995cd90..ea1e64f74d87 100644
--- a/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/editeng/editobj.cxx
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ ContentInfo::ContentInfo( SfxItemPool& rPool ) :
 {
 }
 
-// the real Copy constructor is nonsens, since I have to work with another Pool!
+// the real Copy constructor is nonsense, since I have to work with another Pool!
 ContentInfo::ContentInfo( const ContentInfo& rCopyFrom, SfxItemPool& rPoolToUse ) :
     maText(rCopyFrom.maText),
     aStyle(rCopyFrom.aStyle),
diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx
index a3b271b2ebba..63a896620428 100644
--- a/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/editeng/eertfpar.cxx
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ void EditRTFParser::SetAttrInDoc( SvxRTFItemStackType &rSet )
     EditPaM aStartPaM( pSttNode, rSet.GetSttCnt() );
     EditPaM aEndPaM( pEndNode, rSet.GetEndCnt() );
 
-    // If possible adjust the Escapemant-Item:
+    // If possible adjust the Escapement-Item:
     const SfxPoolItem* pItem;
 
     // #i66167# adapt font heights to destination MapUnit if necessary
diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx
index de9961bf93b6..328cecb84956 100644
--- a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit2.cxx
@@ -2523,7 +2523,7 @@ EditPaM ImpEditEngine::AutoCorrect( const EditSelection& rCurSel, sal_Unicode c,
         aSel.Max().SetIndex( aAuto.GetCursor() );
 
         // #i78661 since the SvxAutoCorrect object used here is
-        // shared we need to reset the value to it's original state.
+        // shared we need to reset the value to its original state.
         pAutoCorrect->SetAutoCorrFlag( CapitalStartSentence, bOldCapitalStartSentence );
     }
     return aSel.Max();
@@ -4056,7 +4056,7 @@ void ImpEditEngine::CalcHeight( ParaPortion* pPortion )
                 const SvxULSpaceItem& rPrevULItem = static_cast<const SvxULSpaceItem&>(pPrev->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_ULSPACE ));
                 const SvxLineSpacingItem& rPrevLSItem = static_cast<const SvxLineSpacingItem&>(pPrev->GetNode()->GetContentAttribs().GetItem( EE_PARA_SBL ));
 
-                // In realation between WinWord6/Writer3:
+                // In relation between WinWord6/Writer3:
                 // With a proportional line spacing the paragraph spacing is
                 // also manipulated.
                 // Only Writer3: Do not add up, but minimum distance.
diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx
index ad58252a41c4..4c987d3151d5 100644
--- a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit3.cxx
@@ -4333,7 +4333,7 @@ OUString ImpEditEngine::convertDigits(const OUString &rString, sal_Int32 nStt, s
 // Either sets the digit mode at the output device
 void ImpEditEngine::ImplInitDigitMode(OutputDevice* pOutDev, LanguageType eCurLang)
 {
-    assert(pOutDev); //persumably there isn't any case where pOutDev should be NULL ?
+    assert(pOutDev); //presumably there isn't any case where pOutDev should be NULL?
     if (pOutDev)
         pOutDev->SetDigitLanguage(ImplCalcDigitLang(eCurLang));
 }
diff --git a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx
index 9e9812e2b4ee..cf5ef20d61f1 100644
--- a/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/editeng/impedit4.cxx
@@ -1465,7 +1465,7 @@ SpellInfo * ImpEditEngine::CreateSpellInfo( bool bMultipleDocs )
         *pSpellInfo = SpellInfo();  // reset to default values
 
     pSpellInfo->bMultipleDoc = bMultipleDocs;
-    // always spell draw objects completely, startting at the top.
+    // always spell draw objects completely, starting at the top.
     // (spelling in only a selection or not starting with the top requires
     // further changes elsewhere to work properly)
     pSpellInfo->aSpellStart = EPaM();
diff --git a/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx b/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx
index 8593ed0518fa..e2731d71ebac 100644
--- a/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/misc/svxacorr.cxx
@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ bool SvxAutoCorrect::FnChgWeightUnderl( SvxAutoCorrDoc& rDoc, const OUString& rT
                                         sal_Int32 , sal_Int32 nEndPos )
 {
     // Condition:
-    //  at the beginning:   _ or * after Space with the folloeing !Space
+    //  at the beginning:   _ or * after Space with the following !Space
     //  at the end:         _ or * before Space (word delimiter?)
 
     sal_Unicode cInsChar = rTxt[ nEndPos ];  // underline or bold
diff --git a/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx b/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx
index 3f295efa08b5..5396aba786ee 100644
--- a/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/misc/unolingu.cxx
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ LinguMgrExitLstnr::~LinguMgrExitLstnr()
         xDesktop->removeEventListener( this );
         xDesktop = nullptr;    //! release reference to desktop
     }
-    OSL_ENSURE(!xDesktop.is(), "reference to desktop should be realeased");
+    OSL_ENSURE(!xDesktop.is(), "reference to desktop should be released");
 }
 
 void LinguMgrExitLstnr::disposing(const EventObject& rSource)
diff --git a/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx b/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx
index ed9e44481f0c..063707b10a5c 100644
--- a/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/rtf/rtfitem.cxx
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ SET_FONTALIGNMENT:
                         nTokenValue *= 10;
 // #i66167#
 // for the SwRTFParser 'IsCalcValue' will be false and for the EditRTFParser
-// the converiosn takes now place in EditRTFParser since for other reasons
+// the conversion takes now place in EditRTFParser since for other reasons
 // the wrong MapUnit might still be use there
 //                   if( IsCalcValue() )
 //                       CalcValue();
diff --git a/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx b/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx
index ef7eb81bb171..7b4fb438705a 100644
--- a/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx
+++ b/editeng/source/rtf/svxrtf.cxx
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ INSINGLECHAR:
 
     // !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
     // First overwrite all (all have to be in one group!!)
-    // Could also appear in the RTF-filewithout the IGNORE-Flag; all Groups
+    // Could also appear in the RTF-file without the IGNORE-Flag; all Groups
     // with the IGNORE-Flag are overwritten in the default branch.
 
     case RTF_SWG_PRTDATA:
diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx
index 1c7886c61a2d..f00be260e861 100644
--- a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx
+++ b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/embedobj.cxx
@@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OCommonEmbeddedObject::changeState( sal_Int32 nNewState )
             // in case the object is already in requested state
             if ( m_nObjectState == nNewState )
             {
-                // if active object is activated again, bring it's window to top
+                // if active object is activated again, bring its window to top
                 if ( m_nObjectState == embed::EmbedStates::ACTIVE )
                     m_pDocHolder->Show();
 
diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx
index e260d63436a4..525b49c76ac8 100644
--- a/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx
+++ b/embeddedobj/source/commonembedding/persistence.cxx
@@ -1594,7 +1594,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OCommonEmbeddedObject::storeOwn()
 
     if ( m_bIsLink )
     {
-        // TODO: just store the document to it's location
+        // TODO: just store the document to its location
         uno::Reference< frame::XStorable > xStorable( m_pDocHolder->GetComponent(), uno::UNO_QUERY );
         if ( !xStorable.is() )
             throw uno::RuntimeException(); // TODO
diff --git a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx
index 96fa642d63ff..3fbf05a21c13 100644
--- a/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx
+++ b/embeddedobj/source/msole/olepersist.cxx
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ void OleEmbeddedObject::InsertVisualCache_Impl( const uno::Reference< io::XStrea
 void OleEmbeddedObject::RemoveVisualCache_Impl( const uno::Reference< io::XStream >& xTargetStream )
         throw ( uno::Exception )
 {
-    OSL_ENSURE( xTargetStream.is(), "Invalid argumant!\n" );
+    OSL_ENSURE( xTargetStream.is(), "Invalid argument!\n" );
     if ( !xTargetStream.is() )
         throw uno::RuntimeException();
 
diff --git a/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx b/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx
index 8df7f2c6df91..ba8d88ab71cb 100644
--- a/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/abpilot/datasourcehandling.hxx
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ namespace abp
         */
         bool    connect( vcl::Window* _pMessageParent );
 
-        /// returns <TRUE/> if the object has a valid connection, obtained from it's data source
+        /// returns <TRUE/> if the object has a valid connection, obtained from its data source
         bool    isConnected( ) const;
 
         /// disconnects from the data source (i.e. disposes the UNO connection hold internally)
diff --git a/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx b/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx
index a551da9ff075..4d7b07c8562a 100644
--- a/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx
+++ b/extensions/source/abpilot/fieldmappingimpl.cxx
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ namespace abp
                     // but this list above is the intersection)
 
 
-                // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names
+                // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names
                 OUString sDriverAliasesNodeName(
                     OUStringLiteral(sDriverSettingsNodeName)
                     + "/ColumnAliases");
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ namespace abp
             // want to have a non-const map for easier handling
             MapString2String aFieldAssignment( _rFieldAssignment );
 
-            // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names
+            // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names
 
             // create a config node for this
             OConfigurationTreeRoot aAddressBookSettings = OConfigurationTreeRoot::createWithComponentContext(
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ namespace abp
         void writeTemplateAddressSource( const Reference< XComponentContext >& _rxContext,
             const OUString& _rDataSourceName, const OUString& _rTableName )
         {
-            // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names
+            // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names
 
             // create a config node for this
             OConfigurationTreeRoot aAddressBookSettings = OConfigurationTreeRoot::createWithComponentContext(
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ namespace abp
 
         void markPilotSuccess( const Reference< XComponentContext >& _rxContext )
         {
-            // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining it's column names
+            // access the configuration information which the driver uses for determining its column names
 
             // create a config node for this
             OConfigurationTreeRoot aAddressBookSettings = OConfigurationTreeRoot::createWithComponentContext(
diff --git a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx
index d65a946eea7d..206514c8a70e 100644
--- a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx
+++ b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.cxx
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ static void checkLdapReturnCode(const sal_Char *aOperation,
 void  LdapConnection::connectSimple(const LdapDefinition& aDefinition)
    throw (ldap::LdapConnectionException, ldap::LdapGenericException)
 {
-    OSL_ENSURE(!isValid(), "Recoonecting an LDAP connection that is already established");
+    OSL_ENSURE(!isValid(), "Re-connecting to an LDAP connection that is already established");
     if (isValid()) disconnect();
 
     mLdapDefinition = aDefinition;
diff --git a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx
index 98ef263019e3..d8fe63c5543c 100644
--- a/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/config/ldap/ldapaccess.hxx
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ struct LdapDefinition
 
 typedef std::map< OUString, OUString > LdapData; // key/value pairs
 
-/** Class encapulating all LDAP functionality */
+/** Class encapsulating all LDAP functionality */
 class LdapConnection
 {
     friend struct LdapMessageHolder;
diff --git a/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx b/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx
index 91b0d21b4072..ae2c63ff9265 100644
--- a/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx
+++ b/extensions/source/dbpilots/gridwizard.cxx
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ namespace dbp
         // preserve it's "relative position" entry data
         rMoveTo.SetEntryData(nInsertPos, reinterpret_cast<void*>(nRelativeIndex));
 
-        // remove the entry from it's old list
+        // remove the entry from its old list
         if (bMoveRight)
         {
             sal_Int32 nSelectPos = m_pExistFields->GetSelectEntryPos();
diff --git a/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx b/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx
index 391fc5a3189f..eaccdc4e4a05 100644
--- a/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx
+++ b/extensions/source/dbpilots/groupboxwiz.cxx
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ namespace dbp
 
     bool OGroupBoxWizard::onFinish()
     {
-        // commit the basic control setttings
+        // commit the basic control settings
         commitControlSettings(&m_aSettings);
 
         // create the radio buttons
diff --git a/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx b/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx
index e4f93e72f227..2a2b7eb256f1 100644
--- a/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx
+++ b/extensions/source/ole/oleobjw.cxx
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Any IUnknownWrapper_Impl::queryInterface(const Type& t)
         return Any();
     if ( ( t == cppu::UnoType<XInvocation>::get() || t == cppu::UnoType<XAutomationInvocation>::get() ) && !m_spDispatch)
         return Any();
-    // XDirectInvocation seems to be an oracle replacement for XAutomationInvocation, however it is flawed esecially wrt. assumptions about whether to invoke a
+    // XDirectInvocation seems to be an oracle replacement for XAutomationInvocation, however it is flawed especially wrt. assumptions about whether to invoke a
     // Put or Get property, the implementation code has no business guessing that, it's up to the caller to decide that. Worse XDirectInvocation duplicates lots of code.
     // XAutomationInvocation provides separate calls for put& get
     // properties. Note: Currently the basic runtime doesn't call put properties directly, it should... after all the basic runtime should know whether it is calling a put or get property.
@@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ Any  IUnknownWrapper_Impl::invokeWithDispIdComTlb(FuncDesc& aFuncDesc,
                 //Basic:  obj.func() ' first parameter left out because it is optional
                 else if (paramFlags & PARAMFLAG_FHASDEFAULT)
                 {
-                    //optional arg with defaulteithter as direct arg : VT_XXX or
+                    //optional arg with default either as direct arg : VT_XXX or
                     VariantCopy( & arArgs[revIndex],
                         & aFuncDesc->lprgelemdescParam[i].paramdesc.
                             pparamdescex->varDefaultValue);
diff --git a/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx b/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx
index 06ced5eb136a..0650f4b379ad 100644
--- a/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/ole/servprov.hxx
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ protected:
     Implementation of the UNO service com.sun.star.bridge.OleApplicationRegistration.
     Register the calling application as OLE automation server for
     standard OLE object. The objects will be registered while instanciating
-    this implementation and deregistrated, if this implementation is destroyed.
+    this implementation and deregistered, if this implementation is destroyed.
 
 *****************************************************************************/
 
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx
index 860af6fb571b..6e7f103cf08d 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.cxx
@@ -462,8 +462,8 @@ namespace pcr
         }
 
         // disallow for some types
-        // TODO: shouldn't the XBindableValue supply a list of supported types, and we can distingusih
-        // using this list? The current behavior below is somewhat hackish ...
+        // TODO: shouldn't the XBindableValue supply a list of supported types, and we can distinguish
+        // using this list? The current behavior below is somewhat hackish...
         if ( bAllow )
         {
             try
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx
index 1bc9adf4c467..c044a2ef72f7 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/cellbindinghelper.hxx
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ namespace pcr
         /** determines whether the given model is a spreadsheet document model
 
             <p>If this method returns <FALSE/>, you cannot instantiate a CellBindingHelper with
-            the document, since then no of it's functionality will be available.</p>
+            the document, since then no of its functionality will be available.</p>
         */
         static  bool    isSpreadsheetDocument(
                                 const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XModel >& _rxContextDocument
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx
index 2bd8ce785d59..96ebc3934269 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/eformshelper.hxx
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ namespace pcr
         /** determines whether the given document is an eForm
 
             If this method returns <FALSE/>, you cannot instantiate a EFormsHelper with
-            this document, since then no of it's functionality will be available.
+            this document, since none of its functionality will be available then.
         */
         static  bool
                 isEForm(
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx
index 7950566b70f7..b3e6c76504a8 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/formcomponenthandler.hxx
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ namespace pcr
             If the component is a RowSet itself, it's returned directly. Else, the parent
             is examined for the XRowSet interface. If the parent is no XRowSet, then
             a check is made whether our component is a grid control column, and if so,
-            the parent of the grid control is examined for the XRowSet interace.
+            the parent of the grid control is examined for the XRowSet interface.
 
             Normally, at least one of those methods should succeed.
         */
@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ namespace pcr
             @precond
                 our component actually has a Font property
             @param _out_rNewValue
-                a value desribing the new font, as <code>Sequence&lt; NamedValue &gt;</code>
+                a value describing the new font, as <code>Sequence&lt; NamedValue &gt;</code>
             @return
                 <TRUE/> if and only if the user successfully changed the font of our component
         */
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx
index b228e232429e..ada62ff30687 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/handlerhelper.hxx
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ namespace pcr
 
         /** gets the window of the ObjectInspector in which an property handler lives
 
-            The method looks up a value called "DialogParentWindow" in the given UNO copmonent context,
+            The method looks up a value called "DialogParentWindow" in the given UNO component context,
             queries it for XWindow, and returns the respective vcl::Window*. If either of those steps fails,
             this is asserted in a non-product version, and silently ignore otherwise.
 
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx
index 78b277cc1a77..c36462bf14eb 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/pcrcommon.hxx
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace pcr
     //= helper
 
     // small helper to make the "swap" call on an STL container a single-line call, which
-    // in it's canonic form "aFoo.swap( Container() )" doesn't compile with GCC
+    // in its canonic form "aFoo.swap( Container() )" doesn't compile with GCC
     template< class CONTAINER >
     void clearContainer( CONTAINER& _rContainer )
     {
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx
index df5baf5c2bcd..5d86adc8e502 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertycomposer.hxx
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace pcr
     typedef ::cppu::WeakComponentImplHelper    <   css::inspection::XPropertyHandler
                                                 ,   css::beans::XPropertyChangeListener
                                                 >   PropertyComposer_Base;
-    /** implements an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes it's information
+    /** implements an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes its information
         from a set of other property handlers
     */
     class PropertyComposer  :public ::comphelper::OBaseMutex
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ namespace pcr
         PropertyBag                                     m_aSupportedProperties;
 
     public:
-        /** constructs an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes it's information from a set
+        /** constructs an <type>XPropertyHandler</type> which composes its information from a set
             of other property handlers
 
             @param _rSlaveHandlers
diff --git a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx
index 31352986c5fc..5656bb8c7851 100644
--- a/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx
+++ b/extensions/source/propctrlr/propertyeditor.cxx
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ namespace pcr
 
     IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(OPropertyEditor, OnPageDeactivate, TabControl *, bool)
     {
-        // commit the data on the current (to-be-decativated) tab page
+        // commit the data on the current (to-be-deactivated) tab page
         // (79404)
         sal_Int32 nCurrentId = m_aTabControl->GetCurPageId();
         OBrowserPage* pCurrentPage = static_cast<OBrowserPage*>(m_aTabControl->GetTabPage((sal_uInt16)nCurrentId));
diff --git a/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx b/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx
index eed33b7ef443..731eedaea9de 100644
--- a/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx
+++ b/extensions/test/ole/cpnt/cpnt.cxx
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OComponent::setALong( ::sal_Int32 _along ) throw (RuntimeException
 
 ::sal_uInt32 SAL_CALL OComponent::getAULong() throw (RuntimeException)
 {
-    return m_attr_uint32;;
+    return m_attr_uint32;
 }
 
 void SAL_CALL OComponent::setAULong( ::sal_uInt32 _aulong ) throw (RuntimeException)
diff --git a/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h b/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h
index b054e50ecd4d..fb766af42535 100644
--- a/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h
+++ b/external/redland/rasqal/rasqal.h
@@ -1491,10 +1491,10 @@ int rasqal_data_graph_print(rasqal_data_graph* dg, FILE* fh);
 
 /**
  * rasqal_compare_flags:
- * @RASQAL_COMPARE_NOCASE: String comparisons are case independent.
- * @RASQAL_COMPARE_XQUERY: XQuery comparsion rules apply.
- * @RASQAL_COMPARE_RDF:    RDF Term comparsion rules apply.
- * @RASQAL_COMPARE_URI:    Allow comparison of URIs and allow strings to have a boolean value (unused; was for RDQL)
+ * @RASQAL_COMPARE_NOCASE: String comparisions are case independent.
+ * @RASQAL_COMPARE_XQUERY: XQuery comparision rules apply.
+ * @RASQAL_COMPARE_RDF:    RDF Term comparision rules apply.
+ * @RASQAL_COMPARE_URI:    Allow comparision of URIs and allow strings to have a boolean value (unused; was for RDQL)
  * @RASQAL_COMPARE_SAMETERM: SPARQL sameTerm() builtin rules apply.
  *
  * Flags for rasqal_expression_evaluate(), rasqal_literal_compare() or
diff --git a/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h b/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h
index 6520bddad8af..5bc9d7d80088 100644
--- a/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h
+++ b/external/unixODBC/inc/odbc/sqlext.h
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ extern "C" {                         /* Assume C declarations for C++ */
 
 /********************************************/
 /* SQLGetFunctions: additional values for   */
-/* fFunction to represent functions that    */
+/* Function to represent functions that    */
 /* are not in the X/Open spec.              */
 /********************************************/
 
diff --git a/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java b/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java
index e39e2bfca111..7a81eae0ff4d 100644
--- a/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java
+++ b/filter/qa/complex/filter/detection/typeDetection/TypeDetection.java
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ import util.utils;
  * correspond <code>defaultFileType</code> from <code>csv.files</code>
  *
  * Syntax: fileAlias;FilterName;FilterOptions;FilterData
- * Example: Writer6_1;%SO6productname %SO6formatversion Textdokument;;
+ * Example: Writer6_1;%SO6productname %SO6formatversion Textdocument;
  *
  * The example shows the following:
  * <code>Writer6_1</code> is the same as in <code>csv.files</code>
diff --git a/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java b/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java
index b3b618c7f2e9..7a21732a6c77 100644
--- a/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java
+++ b/filter/qa/complex/filter/misc/FinalizedMandatoryTest.java
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ import com.sun.star.util.XFlushable;
  * <CODE>true</CODE> the tests check if an <CODE>Exception</CODE> must be thrown.
  * The next step of the test is the removal of the filter was removed, than the service
  * will be flushed. The test checks for expected exceptions: If the property
- * <CODE>Madantory</CODE> equals <CODE>true</CODE>, an <CODE>Exception</CODE> must
+ * <CODE>Mandatory</CODE> equals <CODE>true</CODE>, an <CODE>Exception</CODE> must
  * be thrown.
  * This test results <CODE>false</CODE> state if there is no filter available with:
  * <CODE>Finalized=true</CODE>
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ public class FinalizedMandatoryTest
         checkReadonlySupport("com.sun.star.document.FilterFactory");
     }
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * call the function <CODE>checkReadonlySupport</CODE> to test <CODE>com.sun.star.document.TypeDetection</CODE>
      * @see com.sun.star.document.TypeDetection
      */
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ public class FinalizedMandatoryTest
         checkReadonlySupport("com.sun.star.document.TypeDetection");
     }
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * test the given service <CODE>serviceName</CODE>.
      * For every filter a new instance was created and the tests started.
      * @param serviceName the name of the service to test
diff --git a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx
index 9bdcba90d1e7..2dd749f017fd 100644
--- a/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/config/cache/typedetection.cxx
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL TypeDetection::queryTypeByDescriptor(css::uno::Sequence< css::
         // flat detection failed
         // pure deep detection failed
         // => ask might existing InteractionHandler
-        // means: ask user for it's decision
+        // means: ask user for its decision
         if (sType.isEmpty())
             sType = impl_askUserForTypeAndFilterIfAllowed(stlDescriptor);
 
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ bool TypeDetection::impl_getPreselectionForType(
     bool bMatchByPattern = false;
 
     // And we must know if a preselection must be preferred, because
-    // it matches by it's extension too.
+    // it matches by its extension too.
     bool bMatchByExtension = false;
 
     // validate type
@@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ OUString TypeDetection::impl_askUserForTypeAndFilterIfAllowed(utl::MediaDescript
 
     try
     {
-        // create a new request to ask user for it's decision about the usable filter
+        // create a new request to ask user for its decision about the usable filter
         ::framework::RequestFilterSelect aRequest(sURL);
         xInteraction->handle(aRequest.GetRequest());
 
diff --git a/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg b/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg
index 18f9f4f7e895..d1851f7c403a 100644
--- a/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg
+++ b/filter/source/config/tools/merge/FCFGMerge.cfg
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ subdir_contenthandlers 	= contenthandlers
 delimiter=,
 
 #************************************************
-# Enable/disable removing of leading/trailing withespaces
+# Enable/disable removing of leading/trailing whitespaces
 # during splitting stringlists.
 #
 # [REQUIRED]
diff --git a/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl b/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl
index d58d10ae5d3f..1b6c4973bf76 100644
--- a/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl
+++ b/filter/source/docbook/sofftodocbookheadings.xsl
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
 
 	<!-- The key function "nestedContent" returns all ODF elements that are children of the current heading (i.e. text:h) or their parent office:body in case there is no text:h.
 		It works by matching all ODF elements, that text:h refer to (it's sibling or office:body childring)
-		Various keyed element sets of these matched elements are being generated. A set is identified by having the same last (closest) preceding text:h or if none exisitent the parent document.
+		Various keyed element sets of these matched elements are being generated. A set is identified by having the same last (closest) preceding text:h or if none existent the parent document.
 		All those elements, that have the current heading as last preceding heading (text:h) are returned as a nodeset.
 	-->
 	<xsl:key name="nestedContent"
diff --git a/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx b/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx
index ed6bc501358d..075bd7fe5618 100644
--- a/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/flash/swfexporter.cxx
@@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ bool FlashExporter::getMetaFile( Reference< XComponent >&xComponent, GDIMetaFile
         {
             // #i121267# It is necessary to prepare the metafile since the export does *not* support
             // clip regions. This tooling method clips the geometry content of the metafile internally
-            // against it's own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions
+            // against its own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions
             clipMetafileContentAgainstOwnRegions(rMtf);
         }
     }
diff --git a/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx b/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx
index abec43edb973..bd38ef5a1af4 100644
--- a/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/flash/swfwriter1.cxx
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ sal_uInt16 Writer::defineBitmap( const BitmapEx &bmpSource, sal_Int32 nJPEGQuali
     }
 
     // Figure out JPEG size
-    const sal_uInt8* pJpgData = nullptr;;
+    const sal_uInt8* pJpgData = nullptr;
     sal_uInt32 nJpgDataLength = 0xffffffff;
 
     Graphic aGraphic( bmpSource );
@@ -872,8 +872,8 @@ void Writer::Impl_writeImage( const BitmapEx& rBmpEx, const Point& rPt, const Si
 
         // AS: Christian, my scaling factors are different than yours, and work better for me.
         //  However, I can't explain why exactly.  I got some of this by trial and error.
-        double XScale = destRect.GetWidth() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetWidth())/destRect.GetWidth() : 1.0;;
-        double YScale = destRect.GetHeight() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetHeight())/destRect.GetHeight() : 1.0;;
+        double XScale = destRect.GetWidth() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetWidth())/destRect.GetWidth() : 1.0;
+        double YScale = destRect.GetHeight() ? static_cast<double>(originalPixelRect.GetHeight())/destRect.GetHeight() : 1.0;
 
         // AS: If rClipRect has a value set, then we need to crop the bmp appropriately.
         //  If a map event already occurred in the metafile, then we do not need to map
diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx
index 1ee08fe7d9fc..fd2418451a7b 100644
--- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipcd/ipcd.cxx
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ private:
     SvStream &m_rPCD;
     BitmapWriteAccess*  mpAcc;
 
-    sal_uInt8               nOrientation;   // orientation of the picture withinthe PCD file:
+    sal_uInt8               nOrientation;   // orientation of the picture within the PCD file:
                                         // 0 - spire point up
                                         // 1 - spire points to the right
                                         // 2 - spire points down
diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx
index 386bb5deae9d..34281bd8e1df 100644
--- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/ipict/ipict.cxx
@@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ sal_uLong PictReader::ReadPixMapEtc( Bitmap &rBitmap, bool bBaseAddr, bool bColo
     // The calculation of nDataSize is considering the size of the whole data.
     nDataSize = 0;
 
-    // condionally skip BaseAddr
+    // conditionally skip BaseAddr
     if ( bBaseAddr )
     {
         pPict->SeekRel( 4 );
diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx
index 36a1d3e2c2f5..1cb7d7d53448 100644
--- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/ccidecom.cxx
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ bool CCIDecompressor::ReadEOL( sal_uInt32 /*nMaxFillBits*/ )
     // or there exist some nasty export filter who always do align.
     // In addition files were found in which more than the necessary maximum of 7 filling
     // bits were found. Therefore we now generally accept up to 32 nonsense bits in front of the EOL-Code:
-    // And I found a file in which up to ??? nonsense bits are written. Furthemore the byte order is switched in it. (SJ)
+    // And I found a file in which up to ??? nonsense bits are written. Furthermore the byte order is switched in it. (SJ)
 
     sal_uInt32 nMaxPos = pIStream->Tell();
     nMaxPos += nWidth >> 3;
diff --git a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx
index 1e77120ab64b..0afbaaff4f19 100644
--- a/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/graphicfilter/itiff/itiff.cxx
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ void TIFFReader::ReadTagData( sal_uInt16 nTagType, sal_uInt32 nDataLen)
             SAL_INFO("filter.tiff","Compression: " << nCompression);
             break;
 
-        case 0x0106:   // Photometric Interpreation
+        case 0x0106:   // Photometric Interpretation
             nPhotometricInterpretation = ReadIntData();
             SAL_INFO("filter.tiff","PhotometricInterpretation: " << nPhotometricInterpretation);
             break;
diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx
index 2c3cdd3be950..2f0ea27d2af1 100644
--- a/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/msfilter/escherex.cxx
@@ -4917,7 +4917,7 @@ void EscherExGlobal::WriteDggAtom( SvStream& rStrm ) const
     // write the DGG record header (do not include the 8 bytes of the header in the data size)
     rStrm.WriteUInt32( ESCHER_Dgg << 16 ).WriteUInt32( nDggSize - 8 );
 
-    // claculate and write the fixed DGG data
+    // calculate and write the fixed DGG data
     sal_uInt32 nShapeCount = 0;
     sal_uInt32 nLastShapeId = 0;
     for( DrawingInfoVector::const_iterator aIt = maDrawingInfos.begin(), aEnd = maDrawingInfos.end(); aIt != aEnd; ++aIt )
diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx
index 9a886d7996ed..ca6e6f2a2036 100644
--- a/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/msfilter/msdffimp.cxx
@@ -786,9 +786,9 @@ static basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon GetLineArrow( const sal_Int32 nLineWidth, const M
 {
     basegfx::B2DPolyPolygon aRetPolyPoly;
     // 70 100mm = 2pt = 40 twip. In MS, line width less than 2pt has the same size arrow as 2pt
-    //If the unit is twip. Make all use this unit especailly the critical value 70/40.
+    //If the unit is twip. Make all use this unit especially the critical value 70/40.
     sal_Int32   nLineWidthCritical = bScaleArrow ? 40 : 70;
-    double      fLineWidth = nLineWidth < nLineWidthCritical ? nLineWidthCritical : nLineWidth;;
+    double      fLineWidth = nLineWidth < nLineWidthCritical ? nLineWidthCritical : nLineWidth;
 
     double      fLengthMul, fWidthMul;
     sal_Int32   nLineNumber;
@@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ void DffPropertyReader::ApplyFillAttributes( SvStream& rIn, SfxItemSet& rSet, co
             break;
             case mso_fillShadeCenter :      // Shade from bounding rectangle to end point
             {
-                //If it is imported as a bitmap, it will not work well with transparecy especially 100
+                //If it is imported as a bitmap, it will not work well with transparency especially 100
                 //But the gradient look well comparing with imported as gradient. And rotate with shape
                 //also works better. So here just keep it.
                 if ( rObjData.aBoundRect.IsEmpty() )// size of object needed to be able
@@ -2847,7 +2847,7 @@ void DffPropertyReader::ImportGradientColor( SfxItemSet& aSet,MSO_FillType eMSO_
     aGrad.SetStartIntens( 100 );
     aGrad.SetEndIntens( 100 );
     aSet.Put( XFillGradientItem( OUString(), aGrad ) );
-    //Construct tranparency item. This item can coodinate with both solid and gradient.
+    //Construct tranparency item. This item can coordinate with both solid and gradient.
     if ( dTrans < 1.0 || dBackTrans < 1.0 )
     {
         sal_uInt8 nStartCol = (sal_uInt8)( (1 - dTrans )* 255 );
@@ -5055,7 +5055,7 @@ SdrObject* SvxMSDffManager::ProcessObj(SvStream& rSt,
                 pObj = pOrgObj = nullptr;
             }
 
-            // Distance of Textbox to it's surrounding Customshape
+            // Distance of Textbox to its surrounding Customshape
             sal_Int32 nTextLeft = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextLeft, 91440L);
             sal_Int32 nTextRight = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextRight, 91440L );
             sal_Int32 nTextTop = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dyTextTop, 45720L  );
diff --git a/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx b/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx
index ae6ef974e090..9fda08ea16ff 100644
--- a/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/msfilter/svdfppt.cxx
@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrPowerPointImport::ImportOLE( long nOLEId,
                             sal_uInt8 aTestA[ 10 ];
                             bool bGetItAsOle = ( sizeof( aTestA ) == xSrcTst->Read( aTestA, sizeof( aTestA ) ) );
                             if ( !bGetItAsOle )
-                            {   // maybe there is a contentsstream in here
+                            {   // maybe there is a contents stream in here
                                 xSrcTst = xObjStor->OpenSotStream( "Contents", STREAM_READWRITE | StreamMode::NOCREATE );
                                 bGetItAsOle = ( xSrcTst.Is() && sizeof( aTestA ) == xSrcTst->Read( aTestA, sizeof( aTestA ) ) );
                             }
@@ -5789,7 +5789,7 @@ void PPTPortionObj::ApplyTo(  SfxItemSet& rSet, SdrPowerPointImport& rManager, s
             if ( nDestinationInstance == 0xffffffff )
                 mrStyleSheet.mpCharSheet[ mnInstance ]->maCharLevel[ mnDepth ].mnFontColorInStyleSheet = aCol;
         }
-        else if ( nVal & 0x0f000000 )   // this is not a hard attribute, but maybe the page has a different colerscheme,
+        else if ( nVal & 0x0f000000 )   // this is not a hard attribute, but maybe the page has a different colorscheme,
         {                               // so that in this case we must use a hard color attribute
             Color   aCol( rManager.MSO_TEXT_CLR_ToColor( nVal ) );
             Color&  aColorInSheet = mrStyleSheet.mpCharSheet[ mnInstance ]->maCharLevel[ mnDepth ].mnFontColorInStyleSheet;
diff --git a/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx b/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx
index 44940cc4f53c..4c7153221ada 100644
--- a/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/svg/svgexport.cxx
@@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ void SVGFilter::implGetPagePropSet( const Reference< XDrawPage > & rxPage )
 {
     mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsBackgroundVisible                = true;
     mVisiblePagePropSet.bAreBackgroundObjectsVisible        = true;
-    mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsPageNumberFieldVisible           = false;;
+    mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsPageNumberFieldVisible           = false;
     mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsHeaderFieldVisible               = false;
     mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsFooterFieldVisible               = true;
     mVisiblePagePropSet.bIsDateTimeFieldVisible             = true;
diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl
index 3cc3d8a20f46..b2b64edc6fba 100644
--- a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl
+++ b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/styles.xsl
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 		<xsl:if test="not(@style:family='table-row') or @style:family='table-row' and key('getCellByStyle', '.')">
 			<xsl:element name="Style">
 				<xsl:attribute name="ss:ID">
-					<!-- neglecting that a style is only unique in conjunction with it's family name -->
+					<!-- neglecting that a style is only unique in conjunction with its family name -->
 					<xsl:value-of select="@style:name" />
 				</xsl:attribute>
 				<xsl:choose>
diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl
index cc12281c3d70..5876b8f6fd26 100644
--- a/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl
+++ b/filter/source/xslt/export/spreadsheetml/table.xsl
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
 
 
 	<!-- current node is a table:table-column -->
-	<!-- dublicates column elements in case of column-repeated attribute  -->
+	<!-- duplicates column elements in case of column-repeated attribute  -->
 	<xsl:template name="repeat-adding-table-column">
 		<xsl:param name="table:table-column" />
 		<xsl:param name="numberColumnsRepeated" />
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@
 	<!--
 		Rows as "table:table-row" might be grouped in
 		"table:table-header-rows" or "table:table-row-group"
-		This row-tree will be traversed providing each Row with it's
+		This row-tree will be traversed providing each Row with its
 		calculatedRowPosition and earlierRowNumber.
 		By this repeated empty rows might be neglected in the spreadsheetml output,
 		as the following row will notice the 'gap' and provide @ss:Index,
diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl
index b92a129ff643..40dd7fc93d27 100644
--- a/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl
+++ b/filter/source/xslt/import/wordml/wordml2ooo_draw.xsl
@@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@
                         </xsl:attribute>
                     </xsl:if>
                     <xsl:variable name="typeid_adj">
-                        <!--for fix the bug of version 1.63: the following discription: adj="-11796480,,5400" in OOo should be: modifier =" -11796480 0 5400"-->
+                        <!--for fix the bug of version 1.63: the following description: adj="-11796480,,5400" in OOo should be: modifier =" -11796480 0 5400"-->
                         <xsl:variable name="tmp_adj">
                             <xsl:value-of select="key('shapetype',@type)/@adj"/>
                         </xsl:variable>
diff --git a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl
index e86225bac3a3..baee18241128 100644
--- a/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl
+++ b/filter/source/xslt/odf2xhtml/export/xhtml/body.xsl
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@
 		</xsl:choose>
 	</xsl:template>
 
-	<!-- A XML node other than text or element (e.g. commment) should not stop the recursion  -->
+	<!-- A XML node other than text or element (e.g. comment) should not stop the recursion  -->
 	<xsl:template match="comment()" mode="frameFloating">
 		<xsl:param name="globalData"/>
 		<xsl:param name="previousFrameWidths" select="0"/>
@@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@
 
 	<!-- Hidden text dependent on Office variables:
 		 The text is not shown, if condition is 'true'.
-		 Implemented solely for conditons as '<VARIABLE>==0' or '<VARIABLE>==1'
+		 Implemented solely for conditions as '<VARIABLE>==0' or '<VARIABLE>==1'
 	-->
 	<xsl:key match="text:variable-set" name="varSet" use="@text:name"/>
 	<xsl:template match="text:hidden-text">
diff --git a/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx b/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx
index 9d5343ab024d..f39f366ca894 100644
--- a/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx
+++ b/filter/source/xsltfilter/XSLTFilter.cxx
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ namespace XSLT
         // read source data
         // we are especially interested in the output stream
         // since that is where our xml-writer will push the data
-        // from it's data-source interface
+        // from its data-source interface
         OUString aName, sURL;
         bool bIndent = false;
         OUString aDoctypePublic;
diff --git a/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java b/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java
index 90aa18a39636..c176247b9a07 100644
--- a/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java
+++ b/forms/qa/integration/forms/DocumentViewHelper.java
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public class DocumentViewHelper
 
         // go get the current view
         XController xController = query( XController.class );
-        // go get the dispatch provider of it's frame
+        // go get the dispatch provider of its frame
         XDispatchProvider xProvider = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(
             XDispatchProvider.class, xController.getFrame() );
         if ( null != xProvider )
diff --git a/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java b/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java
index 06806897d00a..3d28ff054b6b 100644
--- a/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java
+++ b/forms/qa/integration/forms/FormLayer.java
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public class FormLayer
         // insert the text field control
         XPropertySet field = createControlAndShape( _formComponentServiceName,
             _xPos + 25, _yPos, 40, _height );
-        // knit it to it's label component
+        // knit it to its label component
         field.setPropertyValue( "LabelControl", label );
 
         // names
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ public class FormLayer
             if ( xFieldModel.getPropertySetInfo().hasPropertyByName( "BorderColor" ) )
                 xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "BorderColor", Integer.valueOf( 0x00C0C0C0 ) );
         }
-        // knit it to it's label component
+        // knit it to its label component
         xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "LabelControl", xLabelModel );
 
         // some names, so later on we can find them
diff --git a/forms/source/component/Button.cxx b/forms/source/component/Button.cxx
index e22590701608..09c676ebe844 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/Button.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/Button.cxx
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ void OButtonModel::read(const Reference<XObjectInputStream>& _rxInStream) throw
         case 0x0003:
         {
             OStreamSection aSection( _rxInStream.get() );
-            // this will skip any unknown bytes in it's dtor
+            // this will skip any unknown bytes in its dtor
 
             // button type
             m_eButtonType = (FormButtonType)_rxInStream->readShort();
diff --git a/forms/source/component/Button.hxx b/forms/source/component/Button.hxx
index c783928c8d91..f0b2cd2d7ebf 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/Button.hxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/Button.hxx
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ protected:
     virtual void    allFeatureStatesChanged( ) override;
     virtual bool    isEnabled( sal_Int16 _nFeatureId ) const override;
 
-    // XDispatchProviderInterception disambiguaiton
+    // XDispatchProviderInterception disambiguation
     virtual void SAL_CALL registerDispatchProviderInterceptor( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatchProviderInterceptor >& Interceptor ) throw (css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override;
     virtual void SAL_CALL releaseDispatchProviderInterceptor( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatchProviderInterceptor >& Interceptor ) throw (css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override;
 
diff --git a/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx b/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx
index 8c587e75c9b3..0b176e3f90df 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/Currency.cxx
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ void OCurrencyModel::implConstruct()
 
 OCurrencyModel::OCurrencyModel(const Reference<XComponentContext>& _rxFactory)
     :OEditBaseModel( _rxFactory, VCL_CONTROLMODEL_CURRENCYFIELD, FRM_SUN_CONTROL_CURRENCYFIELD, false, true )
-    // use the old control name for compaytibility reasons
+    // use the old control name for compatibility reasons
 {
 
     m_nClassId = FormComponentType::CURRENCYFIELD;
diff --git a/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx b/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx
index 0c0b3470f4d8..3658d3942164 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/DatabaseForm.cxx
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ class OFormSubmitResetThread: public OComponentEventThread
 {
 protected:
 
-    // duplicate an event with respect to it's type
+    // duplicate an event with respect to its type
     virtual EventObject *cloneEvent( const EventObject *pEvt ) const override;
 
     // process an event. while processing the mutex isn't locked, and pCompImpl
@@ -2702,7 +2702,7 @@ bool ODatabaseForm::canShareConnection( const Reference< XPropertySet >& _rxPare
 
 void ODatabaseForm::doShareConnection( const Reference< XPropertySet >& _rxParentProps )
 {
-    // get the conneciton of the parent
+    // get the connection of the parent
     Reference< XConnection > xParentConn;
     _rxParentProps->getPropertyValue( PROPERTY_ACTIVE_CONNECTION ) >>= xParentConn;
     OSL_ENSURE( xParentConn.is(), "ODatabaseForm::doShareConnection: we're a valid sub-form, but the parent has no connection?!" );
@@ -3530,7 +3530,7 @@ void SAL_CALL ODatabaseForm::moveToInsertRow() throw( SQLException, RuntimeExcep
         // Formerly, the following line was conditioned with a "not is new", means we did not move the aggregate
         // to the insert row if it was already positioned there.
         //
-        // This prevented the RowSet implementation from resetting it's column values. We, ourself, formerly
+        // This prevented the RowSet implementation from resetting its column values. We, ourself, formerly
         // did this reset of columns in reset_impl, where we set every column to the ControlDefault, or, if this
         // was not present, to NULL. However, the problem with setting to NULL was #88888#, the problem with
         // _not_ setting to NULL (which was the original fix for #88888#) was #97955#.
diff --git a/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx b/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx
index 997f6dfd4d40..b44505cee585 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/EditBase.cxx
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ void OEditBaseModel::write(const Reference<XObjectOutputStream>& _rxOutStream) t
     // additional members as this is not compatible to older office versions.
     // We decided to place the writing of the help text here as it seems the less worse alternative. There is no delivered
     // office version including formatted controls (and thus the OFormattedModel), and the OFormattedModel::read seems
-    // robust against this change (as it will read a wrong and unknown file version and thus set it's members to defaults).
+    // robust against this change (as it will read a wrong and unknown file version and thus set its members to defaults).
 
     if ((nVersionId & PF_HANDLE_COMMON_PROPS) != 0)
         writeCommonEditProperties(_rxOutStream);
diff --git a/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx b/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx
index 6c995a3772e6..9b8cc8bcddaf 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/EventThread.hxx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ protected:
 
     virtual void SAL_CALL onTerminated() override;
 
-    // The following method is called to duplicate the Event while respecting it's type.
+    // The following method is called to duplicate the Event while respecting its type.
     virtual css::lang::EventObject* cloneEvent(const css::lang::EventObject* _pEvt) const = 0;
 
     // Edit an Event:
diff --git a/forms/source/component/File.cxx b/forms/source/component/File.cxx
index 894361dd0d1f..8d3b3d270f44 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/File.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/File.cxx
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OFileControlModel::reset() throw ( css::uno::RuntimeException, std
     if (bContinue)
     {
         {
-            // If Models are threadSave
+            // If Models are threadSafe
             ::osl::MutexGuard aGuard(m_aMutex);
             _reset();
         }
diff --git a/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx b/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx
index 614875ddc15f..b00f7ceb8d37 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/FormattedField.cxx
@@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ bool OFormattedModel::commitControlValueToDbColumn( bool /*_bPostReset*/ )
                 }
                 else
                 {
-                    DBG_ASSERT( aControlValue.getValueType().getTypeClass() == TypeClass_STRING, "OFormattedModel::commitControlValueToDbColumn: invalud value type !" );
+                    DBG_ASSERT( aControlValue.getValueType().getTypeClass() == TypeClass_STRING, "OFormattedModel::commitControlValueToDbColumn: invalid value type!" );
                     m_xColumnUpdate->updateString( getString( aControlValue ) );
                 }
             }
diff --git a/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx b/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx
index e7c8f0622b8a..be4a3ae8d57d 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/FormattedFieldWrapper.cxx
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ css::uno::Reference<css::uno::XInterface> OFormattedFieldWrapper::createFormatte
     osl_atomic_increment(&pRef->m_refCount);
 
     if (pRef->m_xAggregate.is())
-    {   // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
+    {   // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
         pRef->m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast<XWeak*>(pRef));
     }
 
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Reference< XCloneable > SAL_CALL OFormattedFieldWrapper::createClone() throw (Ru
     }
 
     if ( xRef->m_xAggregate.is() )
-    {   // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
+    {   // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
         xRef->m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast< XWeak* >(xRef.get()));
     }
 
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ void SAL_CALL OFormattedFieldWrapper::read(const Reference<XObjectInputStream>&
     // do the aggregation
     osl_atomic_increment(&m_refCount);
     if (m_xAggregate.is())
-    {   // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
+    {   // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
         m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast<XWeak*>(this));
     }
     osl_atomic_decrement(&m_refCount);
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ void OFormattedFieldWrapper::ensureAggregate()
 
     osl_atomic_increment(&m_refCount);
     if (m_xAggregate.is())
-    {   // has to be in it's own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
+    {   // has to be in its own block because of the temporary variable created by *this
         m_xAggregate->setDelegator(static_cast<XWeak*>(this));
     }
     osl_atomic_decrement(&m_refCount);
diff --git a/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx b/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx
index 6b8682371372..b69582c274e3 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/Grid.cxx
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ void OGridControlModel::write(const Reference<XObjectOutputStream>& _rxOutStream
     _rxOutStream->writeLong(nLen);
     for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < nLen; i++)
     {
-        // first the service name for the unerlying model
+        // first the service name for the underlying model
         OGridColumn* pCol = getColumnImplementation(m_aItems[i]);
         DBG_ASSERT(pCol != nullptr, "OGridControlModel::write : such items should never reach it into my container !");
         _rxOutStream << pCol->getModelName();
diff --git a/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx b/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx
index 834bdd3e1595..9435e82b8f0c 100644
--- a/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/component/clickableimage.cxx
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ namespace frm
             }
 
             // Search for the Object shell by iterating over all Object shells
-            // and comparing their XModel to our´s.
+            // and comparing their XModel to ours.
             // As an optimization, we try the current Object shell first.
             SfxObjectShell *pObjSh = nullptr;
 
diff --git a/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx b/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx
index 2cd10e668bc6..bc3dd494afbe 100644
--- a/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/helper/controlfeatureinterception.cxx
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ namespace frm
             // tell the interceptor it has a new (means no) predecessor
             xInterceptor->setMasterDispatchProvider( nullptr );
 
-            // ask for it's successor
+            // ask for its successor
             Reference< XDispatchProvider > xSlave = xInterceptor->getSlaveDispatchProvider();
             // and give it the new (means no) successoert
             xInterceptor->setSlaveDispatchProvider( nullptr );
diff --git a/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx b/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx
index b098531416b3..6597893ab384 100644
--- a/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx
+++ b/forms/source/inc/frm_resource.hxx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ namespace frm
         ResourceManager() = delete;
         ~ResourceManager() { }
 
-        // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in it's dtor,
+        // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in its dtor,
         // ensures that m_pImpl will be deleted
         class EnsureDelete
         {
diff --git a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx
index 756d42f2bd55..bdd507f05c7d 100644
--- a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.cxx
@@ -1590,7 +1590,7 @@ namespace frm
                 }
                 catch( const Exception& )
                 {
-                    OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoSort_throw: could not reset the form to it's original state!" );
+                    OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoSort_throw: could not reset the form to its original state!" );
                 }
 
             }
@@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ namespace frm
                 }
                 catch( const Exception& )
                 {
-                    OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoFilter_throw: could not reset the form to it's original state!" );
+                    OSL_FAIL( "FormOperations::impl_executeAutoFilter_throw: could not reset the form to its original state!" );
                 }
 
             }
diff --git a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx
index 39c5fc4cbe13..54ffce9e8286 100644
--- a/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx
+++ b/forms/source/runtime/formoperations.hxx
@@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ namespace frm
             and rethrows them
 
             @param f
-                a fuctionoid with no arguments to do the work
+                a functionoid with no arguments to do the work
             @param _nErrorResourceId
                 the id of the resources string to use as error message
         */
diff --git a/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx b/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx
index 729e408f8833..cd0a5f919d17 100644
--- a/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx
+++ b/forms/source/xforms/mip.hxx
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ public:
     void setRelevant( bool );
     void resetRelevant();
 
-    // - constraing (computed XPath; default: true)
+    // - constraint (computed XPath; default: true)
     bool hasConstraint() const { return mbHasConstraint; }
     bool isConstraint() const { return mbConstraint; }
     void setConstraint( bool );
diff --git a/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx b/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx
index 5f009de2d868..c83d9855416b 100644
--- a/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx
+++ b/forms/source/xforms/model_ui.cxx
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ static OUString lcl_serializeForDisplay( const Reference<XNodeList>& xNodes )
     xTextInputStream->setInputStream( aSerialization.getInputStream() );
 
     /* WORK AROUND for problem in serialization: currently, multiple
-      XML delarations (<?xml...?>) are being written out and we don't
+      XML declarations (<?xml...?>) are being written out and we don't
       want them. When this is fixed, the code below is nice and
       simple. The current code filters out the declarations.
     OUString sResult = xTextInputStream->readString( Sequence<sal_Unicode>(),
diff --git a/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx b/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx
index 367387faa294..0bf3fb5c7d10 100644
--- a/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx
+++ b/formula/source/core/api/FormulaCompiler.cxx
@@ -1362,7 +1362,7 @@ void FormulaCompiler::Factor()
             if (eOp == ocIsoWeeknum && FormulaGrammar::isODFF( meGrammar ))
             {
                 // tdf#50950 ocIsoWeeknum can have 2 arguments when saved by older versions of Calc;
-                // the opcode then has to be changed to ocWeek for backward compatibilty
+                // the opcode then has to be changed to ocWeek for backward compatibility
                 pFacToken = mpToken;
                 eOp = NextToken();
                 bool bNoParam = false;
diff --git a/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx b/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx
index b6c0d74b4391..034b0d6e9df9 100644
--- a/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx
+++ b/formula/source/core/api/token.cxx
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ FormulaTokenArray * FormulaTokenArray::RewriteMissing( const MissingConvention &
         {
             if (pCtx[ pOcas[ i ] ].mnCurArg == nOmitAddressArg)
             {
-                // Omit erverything except a trailing separator, the leading
+                // Omit everything except a trailing separator, the leading
                 // separator is omitted below. The other way around would leave
                 // an extraneous separator if no parameter followed.
                 if (!(pOcas[ i ] == nFn && pCur->GetOpCode() == ocSep))
diff --git a/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx b/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx
index 75e1d6022534..79ca3c1264d5 100644
--- a/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx
+++ b/fpicker/source/office/OfficeControlAccess.cxx
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ namespace svt
                     case LISTBOX_FILTER:
                         if ( ControlActions::GET_SELECTED_ITEM == _nControlAction )
                         {
-                            aRet <<= OUString( m_pFilePickerController->getCurFilter() );;
+                            aRet <<= OUString( m_pFilePickerController->getCurFilter() );
                         }
                         else
                         {
diff --git a/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx b/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx
index eed25afff490..fddad8c9b2c7 100644
--- a/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx
+++ b/fpicker/source/office/fpinteraction.hxx
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ namespace svt
     {
     public:
         /** flags, which indicates special handled interactions
-            These values will be used combained as flags - so they must
+            These values will be used combined as flags - so they must
             in range [2^n]!
          */
         enum EInterceptedInteractions
diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx
index 2db06916ef15..d09698b28f7d 100644
--- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx
+++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/FilePicker.cxx
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ OUString SAL_CALL CFilePicker::helpRequested(FilePickerEvent aEvent) const
                 /*
                   if there are multiple listeners responding
                   to this notification the next response
-                  overwrittes  the one before if it is not empty
+                  overwrites the one before if it is not empty
                 */
 
                 OUString temp;
diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx
index 381a5cb66b6e..0fbb50cbd91f 100644
--- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx
+++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.cxx
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ namespace // private
     }
 
 
-    // calc the dimemsions so that a given picture fits into a
+    // calc the dimensions so that a given picture fits into a
     // given window, if the picture fits into the given window
     // the original CDimension will be returned
 
diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx
index ad63f7c6c69c..3ae39f6d8570 100644
--- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx
+++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/PreviewCtrl.hxx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ class CAutoOleInit
 public:
 
     // used to communicate ole
-    // initialzation failures
+    // initialization failures
     class COleInitException { };
 
     CAutoOleInit( )
diff --git a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx
index 7091d0b19db4..b2dbfe4683d3 100644
--- a/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx
+++ b/fpicker/source/win32/filepicker/VistaFilePickerImpl.hxx
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ class VistaFilePickerImpl : private ::cppu::BaseMutex
          *  to address it.
          *
          *  Internal new controls will be added to the dialog. Every control can be accessed
-         *  by it's own control id. Those control ID must be one of the const set
+         *  by its own control id. Those control ID must be one of the const set
          *  css::ui::dialogs::ExtendedFilePickerElementIds.
          *
          *  @see setControlValue()
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ class VistaFilePickerImpl : private ::cppu::BaseMutex
          *  COM dialog.
          *
          *  Because we use two member (open/save dialog) internally, this method
-         *  ask the current active one for it's customization interface.
+         *  ask the current active one for its customization interface.
          *
          *  @return the customization interface for the current used dialog.
          *          Must not be null.
diff --git a/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx b/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx
index ab3879ea302b..2f9834e80409 100644
--- a/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx
+++ b/framework/inc/classes/checkediterator.hxx
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ class CheckedIterator
 
         inline CheckedIterator& operator++()
         {
-            // Warn programmer if he forget to initailize object!
+            // Warn programmer if he forget to initialize object!
             SAL_WARN_IF( m_pContainer==nullptr, "fwk", "CheckedIterator::operator++(): Object not initialized!" );
             // Step to next element if any exist or set our end states.
             switch( m_eEndState )
diff --git a/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx b/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx
index fb7cf04e3b89..24017576f80d 100644
--- a/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx
+++ b/framework/inc/classes/framecontainer.hxx
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ class FrameContainer
         sal_uInt32                                getCount  (                   ) const;
         css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > operator[]( sal_uInt32 nIndex ) const;
 
-        /// replacement for deprectaed index access
+        /// replacement for deprecated index access
         css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame > > getAllElements() const;
 
         /// special helper for Frame::findFrame()
diff --git a/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx b/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx
index f22e0e0c8fd1..1a0ada7c6d1b 100644
--- a/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx
+++ b/framework/inc/helper/statusindicatorfactory.hxx
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
 namespace framework{
 
 /**
-    @descr  This struct hold some information about all currently running progress proccesses.
+    @descr  This struct hold some information about all currently running progress processes.
             Because the can be used on a stack, we must cache her states but must paint only
             the top most one.
  */
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ struct IndicatorInfo
         /** @short  initialize new instance of this class
 
             @param  xIndicator
-                    the new child indiactor of our factory.
+                    the new child indicator of our factory.
 
             @param  sText
                     its initial text.
diff --git a/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx b/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx
index 7356ebb40fb1..1b80c416426d 100644
--- a/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx
+++ b/framework/inc/jobs/jobconst.hxx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace framework{
     @descr  The protocol between job executor/dispatch and jobs is fix and well defined.
             But why every implemented job should write such constant values directly into
             it's code. Typos can occur or code will be changed by new developers ...
-            Shared set of constant values can help to improve the mentainance of this code.
+            Shared set of constant values can help to improve the maintenance of this code.
  */
 class FWI_DLLPUBLIC JobConst
 {
diff --git a/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx b/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx
index e8fb47dfc8b4..2e905beffdeb 100644
--- a/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx
+++ b/framework/inc/macros/xserviceinfo.hxx
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ namespace framework{
     1)  DECLARE_XSERVICEINFO                                                                                => use it to declare XServiceInfo in your header
     2)  DEFINE_XSERVICEINFO_MULTISERVICE( CLASS, XINTERFACECAST, SERVICENAME, IMPLEMENTATIONNAME )          => use it to define XServiceInfo for multi service mode
     3)  DEFINE_XSERVICEINFO_ONEINSTANCESERVICE( CLASS, XINTERFACECAST, SERVICENAME, IMPLEMENTATIONNAME )    => use it to define XServiceInfo for one instance service mode
-    4)  DEFINE_INIT_SERVICE( CLASS )                                                                        => use it to implement your own impl_initService() method, which is necessary for initializeing object by using his own reference!
+    4)  DEFINE_INIT_SERVICE( CLASS )                                                                        => use it to implement your own impl_initService() method, which is necessary for initializing object by using his own reference!
 */
 
 #define PRIVATE_DEFINE_XSERVICEINFO_BASE( CLASS, XINTERFACECAST, SERVICENAME, IMPLEMENTATIONNAME )                                                  \
diff --git a/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx b/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx
index 6379e41f933f..b5708ce60d94 100644
--- a/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx
+++ b/framework/inc/services/desktop.hxx
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ class Desktop : private cppu::BaseMutex,
                         different to all other listener.
 
                         Btw: Desktop.terminate() was designed in the past to be used
-                        within an UI based envrionment. So it's allowed e.g. to
+                        within an UI based environment. So it's allowed e.g. to
                         call XController.suspend() here. If UI isn't an option ... please
                         use XCloseable.close() at these desktop implementation.
                         ... if it will be supported in the future .-))
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ class Desktop : private cppu::BaseMutex,
          *
          *  @param  [out] lCalledListener
          *          every called listener will be returned here.
-         *          Those list will be used to informa all called listener
+         *          Those list will be used to inform all called listener
          *          about cancel this termination request.
          *
          *  @param  [out] bVeto
diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java b/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java
index b2a6f06b425a..c8e9d5d1e67f 100644
--- a/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java
+++ b/framework/qa/complex/XUserInputInterception/EventTest.java
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ public class EventTest {
 
         XUserInputInterception xUII = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XUserInputInterception.class, xController);
         if (xUII == null) {
-            fail("could not get XUserInputInterception from XContoller");
+            fail("could not get XUserInputInterception from XController");
         }
          return xUII;
     }
diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java b/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java
index 7fd434e4c9d8..bdeb2173dc10 100644
--- a/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java
+++ b/framework/qa/complex/api_internal/CheckAPI.java
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ import com.sun.star.task.XJob;
 import com.sun.star.uno.UnoRuntime;
 
 /**
- * This test executes the API tests internally in LibreOffice. Prerequiste is
+ * This test executes the API tests internally in LibreOffice. Prerequisite is
  * that a OOoRunner.jar is registered inside of LibreOffice. Adjust the joblist
  * inside of the CheckAPI.props to determine which tests will be executed.
  */
diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java b/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java
index f4cdf767de30..c8c8da3b003b 100644
--- a/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java
+++ b/framework/qa/complex/broken_document/LoadDocument.java
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ public class LoadDocument {
         }
 
         XComponentLoader xDesktopLoader = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XComponentLoader.class, xDesktop);
-        System.out.println("xDektopLoader is null: " + (xDesktopLoader == null));
+        System.out.println("xDesktopLoader is null: " + (xDesktopLoader == null));
         PropertyValue[] val = new PropertyValue[0];
 
         String fileUrl = complex.broken_document.TestDocument.getUrl("dbf.dbf.emf");
diff --git a/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java b/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java
index 2c90a30688af..0a85bf0063e7 100644
--- a/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java
+++ b/framework/qa/complex/framework/autosave/Protocol.java
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ public class Protocol extends JComponent
      *          specify how the log should be generated.
      *
      * @param nFilter
-     *          can be used to filter log messages by it's type.
+     *          can be used to filter log messages by its type.
      *
      * @param sFileName
      *          the name of the log file (if nMode requires a log file)
diff --git a/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx b/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx
index a2bc6b2310f1..dfff2340ae28 100644
--- a/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/dispatch/interceptionhelper.cxx
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ void SAL_CALL InterceptionHelper::registerDispatchProviderInterceptor(const css:
     SolarMutexClearableGuard aWriteLock;
 
     // a) no interceptor at all - set this instance as master for given interceptor
-    //    and set our slave as it's slave - and put this interceptor to the list.
-    //    It's place there doesn matter. Because this list is currently empty.
+    //    and set our slave as its slave - and put this interceptor to the list.
+    //    Its place there doesn't matter. Because this list is currently empty.
     if (m_lInterceptionRegs.empty())
     {
         xInterceptor->setMasterDispatchProvider(xThis   );
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ void SAL_CALL InterceptionHelper::releaseDispatchProviderInterceptor(const css::
 
     // search this interceptor ...
     // If it could be located inside cache -
-    // use it's slave/master relations to update the interception list;
+    // use its slave/master relations to update the interception list;
     // set empty references for it as new master and slave;
     // and relase it from out cache.
     InterceptorList::iterator pIt = m_lInterceptionRegs.findByReference(xInterceptor);
diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx
index af6cbf904d45..6533ef25d81c 100644
--- a/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/fwe/classes/addonsoptions.cxx
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@ bool AddonsOptions_Impl::ReadStatusBarItem(
         aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_TITLE      ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_TITLE     ];
         aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_CONTEXT    ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_CONTEXT   ];
         aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_ALIGN      ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_ALIGN     ];
-        aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE   ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE  ];;
+        aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE   ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_AUTOSIZE  ];
         aStatusbarItem[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_OWNERDRAW  ].Value <<= aStatusbarItemNodePropValues[ OFFSET_STATUSBARITEM_OWNERDRAW ];
 
         // Configuration uses hyper for long. Therefore transform into sal_Int32
diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx
index e7c88e926a88..0feddc396127 100644
--- a/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/fwe/classes/framelistanalyzer.cxx
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void FrameListAnalyzer::impl_analyze()
             }
 
             // d) Or is it the a task, which use another or no model at all?
-            //    Add it to the list of "other frames". But look for it's
+            //    Add it to the list of "other frames". But look for its
             //    visible state ... if it's allowed to do so.
 
             bool bHidden = false;
diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx
index 1a0aabeaa207..a792ceb972db 100644
--- a/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/fwe/dispatch/interaction.cxx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace framework{
                     to ask user for his decision. These continuation transport selected filter by user to
                     code user of interaction.
 
-    @attention      This implementation could be used one times only. We don't support a resetable continuation yet!
+    @attention      This implementation could be used one times only. We don't support a resettable continuation yet!
                     Why? Normally interaction should show a filter selection dialog and ask user for his decision.
                     He can select any filter - then instances of these class will be called by handler... or user
                     close dialog without any selection. Then another continuation should be selected by handler to
diff --git a/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx b/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx
index 91a7e44ba4da..ebdd5446cf3f 100644
--- a/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/fwe/helper/undomanagerhelper.cxx
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ namespace framework
 
         size_t nContextElements = 0;
 
-        const bool isHiddenContext = m_aContextVisibilities.top();;
+        const bool isHiddenContext = m_aContextVisibilities.top();
         m_aContextVisibilities.pop();
 
         const bool bHadRedoActions = ( rUndoManager.GetRedoActionCount( IUndoManager::TopLevel ) > 0 );
diff --git a/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx b/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx
index 9ef121591c58..8321bec19053 100644
--- a/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx
+++ b/framework/source/inc/dispatch/loaddispatcher.hxx
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ class LoadDispatcher : public  ::cppu::WeakImplHelper< css::frame::XNotifyingDis
                     will be used to create own needed services on demand.
 
             @param  xOwnerFrame
-                    used as startpoit to locate the right target frame.
+                    used as startpoint to locate the right target frame.
 
             @param  sTargetName
                     the name or the target frame for loading or a special qualifier
diff --git a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx
index 7e1bff77403d..d754e1ae85bd 100644
--- a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx
+++ b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenv.hxx
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ public:
 
         @descr  The load environment must know, if a content
                 is related to a target frame or not. Only "visible"
-                components, which fullfil the requirements of the
+                components, which fullfill the requirements of the
                 model-controller-view paradigm can be loaded into a frame.
                 Such contents are classified as E_CAN_BE_LOADED.
 
diff --git a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx
index c5e6d31c6e26..ed7dda9d70ae 100644
--- a/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx
+++ b/framework/source/inc/loadenv/loadenvexception.hxx
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ class LoadEnvException
              */
             ID_STILL_RUNNING,
 
-            /** @short  sometiems we can't specify the reason for an error, because we
+            /** @short  sometimes we can't specify the reason for an error, because we
                         was interrupted by an called code in an unexpected way ...
              */
             ID_GENERAL_ERROR
diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx
index 9c4a094d8f1e..8980495651b2 100644
--- a/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/jobs/job.cxx
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ void Job::impl_reactForJobResult( /*IN*/ const css::uno::Any& aResult )
 /**
     @short  starts listening for office shutdown and closing of our
             given target frame (if it's a valid reference)
-    @descr  We will reghister ourself as terminate listener
+    @descr  We will register ourself as terminate listener
             at the global desktop instance. That will hold us
             alive and additional we get the information, if the
             office wish to shutdown. If then an internal job
diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx
index d5b120b2581a..907681f8f47e 100644
--- a/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/jobs/jobdata.cxx
@@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< OUString > JobData::getEnabledJobsForEvent( const css::uno::
         return css::uno::Sequence< OUString >();
 
     // get all alias names of jobs, which are part of this job list
-    // But Some of them can be disabled by it's time stamp values.
+    // But Some of them can be disabled by its time stamp values.
     // We create an additional job name list with the same size, then the original list ...
     // step over all job entries ... check her time stamps ... and put only job names to the
     // destination list, which represent an enabled job.
diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx
index 07fcef45e691..3488b77bc539 100644
--- a/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/jobs/jobdispatch.cxx
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ JobDispatch::~JobDispatch()
 }
 
 /**
-    @short  implementation of XInitalization
+    @short  implementation of XInitialization
     @descr  A protocol handler can provide this functionality, if it wish to get additional information
             about the context it runs. In this case the frame reference would be given by the outside code.
 
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > > SAL_CALL JobD
     @short  implementation of XNotifyingDispatch::dispatchWithNotification()
     @descr  It creates the job service implementation and call execute on it.
             Further it starts the life time control of it. (important for async job)
-            For synchonrous job we react for the returned result directly ... for asynchronous
+            For synchronous job we react for the returned result directly ... for asynchronous
             ones we do it later inside our callback method. But we use the same impl method
             doing that to share the code. (see impl_finishJob())
 
diff --git a/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx b/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx
index e8a0b87d86ef..59afdfaf988b 100644
--- a/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/jobs/joburl.cxx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace framework{
 
 /**
     @short      special ctor
-    @descr      It initialize this new instance with a (hopyfully) valid job URL.
+    @descr      It initialize this new instance with a (hopefully) valid job URL.
                 This URL will be parsed. After that we set our members right,
                 so other interface methods of this class can be used to get
                 all items of this URL. Of course it will be possible to know,
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ void JobURL::impldbg_checkIt()
 /**
     @short      helper debug method
     @descr      It uses the given parameter to create a new instance of a JobURL.
-                They results will be compared with the exepected ones.
+                They results will be compared with the expected ones.
                 The a log will be written, which contains some detailed information
                 for this sub test.
 
diff --git a/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx b/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx
index eb66efea6e51..a3cd70ccdfaa 100644
--- a/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/layoutmanager/layoutmanager.cxx
@@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@ throw( RuntimeException, std::exception )
 
         setDockingAreaAcceptor( Reference< ui::XDockingAreaAcceptor >() );
 
-        // destroy all elements, it's possible that dettaching is NOT called!
+        // destroy all elements, it's possible that detaching is NOT called!
         implts_destroyElements();
         impl_clearUpMenuBar();
         m_xMenuBar.clear();
diff --git a/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx b/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx
index 26e174a0007c..f52a5cfa1ef6 100644
--- a/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/services/autorecovery.cxx
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ namespace {
 
     @descr  Because some operations are forced to be executed asynchronously
             (e.g. requested by our CreashSave/Recovery dialog) ... we must make sure
-            that these information wont be set as "normal" members of our AtoRecovery
+            that these information wont be set as "normal" members of our AutoRecovery
             instance. Otherwise they can disturb our normal AutoSave-timer handling.
             e.g. it can be unclear then, which progress has to be used for storing documents ...
  */
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ private:
         @param  bStopListening
                 sal_False: must be used in case this method is called within disposing() of the document,
                        where it make no sense to deregister our listener. The container dies...
-                sal_True : must be used in case this method is used on "dergistration" of this document, where
+                sal_True : must be used in case this method is used on "deregistration" of this document, where
                        we must deregister our listener .-)
 
         @threadsafe
@@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ private:
 
         Every URL supported by our UCB component can be used here.
         Further it doesn't matter if the file really exists or not.
-        Because removing a non exsistent file will have the same
+        Because removing a non existent file will have the same
         result at the end... a non existing file .-)
 
         On the other side removing of files from disc is an optional
@@ -3728,7 +3728,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_doEmergencySave(const DispatchParams& aParams)
     // That is normally done by recalling it from a timer.
     // Here we must do it immediately!
     // Of course this method returns the right state -
-    // because it knows, that we are running in ERMERGENCY SAVE mode .-)
+    // because it knows, that we are running in EMERGENCY SAVE mode .-)
 
     bool                 bAllowUserIdleLoop = false; // not allowed to change that .-)
     AutoRecovery::ETimerType eSuggestedTimer    = AutoRecovery::E_DONT_START_TIMER;
@@ -4145,7 +4145,7 @@ void AutoRecovery::implts_verifyCacheAgainstDesktopDocumentList()
             // insert model into cache ...
             // If the model is already well known inside cache
             // it's information set will be updated by asking the
-            // model again for it's new states.
+            // model again for its new states.
             implts_registerDocument(xModel);
         }
     }
diff --git a/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx b/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx
index edbadd89ea16..35e93c97aa8f 100644
--- a/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/services/desktop.cxx
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XDispatch > > SAL_CALL Desk
 }
 
 /*-************************************************************************************************************
-    @interface  XDipsatchProviderInterception
+    @interface  XDispatchProviderInterception
     @short      supports registration/deregistration of interception objects, which
                 are interested on special dispatches.
 
@@ -1198,7 +1198,7 @@ void SAL_CALL Desktop::handle( const css::uno::Reference< css::task::XInteractio
     // get packed request and work on it first
     // Attention: Don't set it on internal member BEFORE interaction is finished - because
     // "loadComponentFromURL()" yield tills this member is changed. If we do it before
-    // interaction finish we can't guarantee right functionality. May be we cancel load process to earliear...
+    // interaction finish we can't guarantee right functionality. May be we cancel load process to earlier...
     css::uno::Any aRequest = xRequest->getRequest();
 
     // extract continuations from request
diff --git a/framework/source/services/frame.cxx b/framework/source/services/frame.cxx
index bcd12d4cc6bb..163a247a936c 100644
--- a/framework/source/services/frame.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/services/frame.cxx
@@ -3218,7 +3218,7 @@ void Frame::impl_checkMenuCloser()
 
 //  debug methods
 
-// Its allowed to reset the active frame membervariable with a NULL-css::uno::Reference but not with a NULL-pointer!
+// Its allowed to reset the active frame member variable with a NULL-css::uno::Reference but not with a NULL-pointer!
 // And we accept frames only! No tasks and desktops!
 bool Frame::implcp_setActiveFrame( const css::uno::Reference< css::frame::XFrame >& xFrame )
 {
diff --git a/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx b/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx
index 34602232e151..f26591517ba0 100644
--- a/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/services/substitutepathvars.cxx
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ SubstitutePathVariables::SubstitutePathVariables( const Reference< XComponentCon
     {
         if (( i != PREDEFVAR_WORKDIRURL ) && ( i != PREDEFVAR_PATH ))
         {
-            // Special path variables, don't include into automatic resubstituion search!
+            // Special path variables, don't include into automatic resubstitution search!
             // $(workdirurl) is not allowed to resubstitute! This variable is the value of path settings entry
             // and it could be possible that it will be resubstituted by itself!!
             // Example: WORK_PATH=c:\test, $(workdirurl)=WORK_PATH => WORK_PATH=$(workdirurl) and this cannot be substituted!
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ OUString SubstitutePathVariables::GetWorkVariableValue() const
     if (!x)
     {
         // fallback to $HOME in case platform dependent config layer does not return
-        // an usuable work dir value.
+        // an usable work dir value.
         osl::Security aSecurity;
         aSecurity.getHomeDir( aWorkPath );
     }
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ throw ( NoSuchElementException, RuntimeException )
                     bWorkDirURLRetrieved = true;
                 }
 
-                // Check preconditions to substitue path variables.
+                // Check preconditions to substitute path variables.
                 // 1. A path variable can only be substituted if it follows a ';'!
                 // 2. It's located exactly at the start of the string being substituted!
                 if (( aFixedVarTable[ int( nIndex ) ].bAbsPath && (( nPosition == 0 ) || (( nPosition > 0 ) && ( aWorkText[nPosition-1] == ';')))) ||
@@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ throw ( RuntimeException )
             }
         }
 
-        // This part can be iteratered more than one time as variables can contain variables again!
+        // This part can be iterated more than one time as variables can contain variables again!
         for (ReSubstUserVarOrderVector::const_iterator i(
                  m_aReSubstUserVarOrder.begin());
              i != m_aReSubstUserVarOrder.end(); ++i)
diff --git a/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx b/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx
index 21b43b4e5bd2..6ff1450e3d88 100644
--- a/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/services/urltransformer.cxx
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL URLTransformer::parseStrict( css::util::URL& aURL ) throw( css
             // in framework!
             aURL.Protocol   = aProtocol;
             aURL.Main       = aURL.Complete;
-            aURL.Path       = aURL.Complete.copy( nURLIndex+1 );;
+            aURL.Path       = aURL.Complete.copy( nURLIndex+1 );
 
             // Return "URL is parsed".
             return sal_True;
diff --git a/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx b/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx
index 74172fe1d74b..1c055743a670 100644
--- a/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/tabwin/tabwindow.cxx
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( TabWindow, Deactivate, TabControl*, pTabControl, bool )
     return true;
 }
 
-// XInitilization
+// XInitialization
 
 void SAL_CALL TabWindow::initialize( const css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Any >& aArguments )
 throw (css::uno::Exception, css::uno::RuntimeException, std::exception)
diff --git a/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx b/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx
index 90f95ab91bdb..620462b71fdc 100644
--- a/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/uielement/generictoolbarcontroller.cxx
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ class Toolbarmenu : public ::PopupMenu
 
 Toolbarmenu::Toolbarmenu()
 {
-    SAL_INFO("fwk.uielement", "contstructing Toolbarmenu " << this);
+    SAL_INFO("fwk.uielement", "constructing Toolbarmenu " << this);
 }
 
 Toolbarmenu::~Toolbarmenu()
diff --git a/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx b/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx
index 22c75144bd14..c33bd04b10bf 100644
--- a/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/uielement/statusbaritem.cxx
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ throw (RuntimeException, std::exception)
 {
     SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
     if ( m_pStatusBar )
-        m_pStatusBar->SetItemText( m_nId, rText );;
+        m_pStatusBar->SetItemText( m_nId, rText );
 }
 
 OUString SAL_CALL StatusbarItem::getHelpText()
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ throw (RuntimeException, std::exception)
 {
     SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
     if ( m_pStatusBar )
-        m_pStatusBar->SetHelpText( m_nId, rHelpText );;
+        m_pStatusBar->SetHelpText( m_nId, rHelpText );
 }
 
 OUString SAL_CALL StatusbarItem::getQuickHelpText()
diff --git a/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx b/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx
index 77849d534fc9..16d1c3183f66 100644
--- a/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/uielement/toolbarmanager.cxx
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ ToolBarManager::ToolBarManager( const Reference< XComponentContext >& rxContext,
     idx++; // will become 0 if '/' not found: use full string
     OString  aHelpIdAsString( HELPID_PREFIX_TESTTOOL );
     OUString  aToolbarName = rResourceName.copy( idx );
-    aHelpIdAsString += OUStringToOString( aToolbarName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );;
+    aHelpIdAsString += OUStringToOString( aToolbarName, RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8 );
     m_pToolBar->SetHelpId( aHelpIdAsString );
 
     m_aAsyncUpdateControllersTimer.SetTimeout( 50 );
diff --git a/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx b/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx
index ebbc036317c6..ae36fd68abdb 100644
--- a/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx
+++ b/framework/source/uifactory/windowcontentfactorymanager.cxx
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ throw (uno::Exception, uno::RuntimeException, std::exception)
         OUString                   aImplementationName;
         uno::Reference< uno::XInterface > xHolder( static_cast<cppu::OWeakObject*>(this), uno::UNO_QUERY );
 
-        // Detetmine the implementation name of the window content factory dependent on the
+        // Determine the implementation name of the window content factory dependent on the
         // module identifier, user interface element type and name
         { // SAFE
         osl::MutexGuard g(rBHelper.rMutex);
diff --git a/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx b/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx
index 73ba6a3a2919..626357dc5e70 100644
--- a/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx
+++ b/helpcompiler/source/HelpLinker.cxx
@@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ bool compileExtensionHelp
         {
             XML_Error nError = XML_GetErrorCode( parser );
             o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_eErrorClass = HELPPROCESSING_XMLPARSING_ERROR;
-            o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_aErrorMsg = OUString::createFromAscii( XML_ErrorString( nError ) );;
+            o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_aErrorMsg = OUString::createFromAscii( XML_ErrorString( nError ) );
             o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_aXMLParsingFile = aTreeFileURL;
             // CRASHES!!! o_rHelpProcessingErrorInfo.m_nXMLParsingLine = XML_GetCurrentLineNumber( parser );
             bSuccess = false;
diff --git a/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx b/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx
index 7542b0dd1ae4..52ce22005c41 100644
--- a/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx
+++ b/hwpfilter/source/grammar.cxx
@@ -964,40 +964,40 @@ case 60:
 { yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPRLIST); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[-1].ptr; yyvsp[-1].ptr->next = yyvsp[0].ptr;  debug("ExprList : ExprList Expr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr); ;
     break;}
 case 61:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Block\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Block\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 62:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Parenth\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Parenth\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 63:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Fence\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : Fence\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 64:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : SubSupExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : SubSupExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 65:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : FractionExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : FractionExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 66:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : OverExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : OverExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 67:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : DecorationExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : DecorationExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 68:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : RootExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : RootExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 69:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : AccentExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : AccentExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 70:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : PrimaryExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : PrimaryExpr\n"); nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 71:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : BeginExpr\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : BeginExpr\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 case 72:
-{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : EndExpr\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);;
+{ yyval.ptr = new Node(ID_EXPR); yyval.ptr->child = yyvsp[0].ptr; debug("Expr : EndExpr\n");  nodelist.push_back(yyval.ptr);
     break;}
 }
    /* the action file gets copied in place of this dollarsign */
diff --git a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx
index 91c1d357e241..9fba6a3f05ec 100644
--- a/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx
+++ b/i18npool/source/breakiterator/breakiterator_unicode.cxx
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ LineBreakResults SAL_CALL BreakIterator_Unicode::getLineBreak(
 
             } else {
                 lbr.breakIndex = line.aBreakIterator->preceding(nStartPos);
-                lbr.breakType = BreakType::WORDBOUNDARY;;
+                lbr.breakType = BreakType::WORDBOUNDARY;
             }
         } else { //word boundary break
             lbr.breakIndex = line.aBreakIterator->preceding(nStartPos);
diff --git a/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx b/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx
index 04dee8eaa501..40fb536e848a 100644
--- a/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx
+++ b/i18npool/source/defaultnumberingprovider/defaultnumberingprovider.cxx
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@ DefaultNumberingProvider::makeNumberingString( const Sequence<beans::PropertyVal
                     translit->loadModuleByImplName(transliteration, aLocale);
                     result += translit->transliterateString2String(tmp, 0, tmp.getLength());
                } catch (Exception& ) {
-                    // When translteration property is missing, return default number (bug #101141#)
+                    // When transliteration property is missing, return default number (bug #101141#)
                     result += OUString::number( number );
                     // OSL_ASSERT(0);
                     // throw IllegalArgumentException();
diff --git a/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx b/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx
index f15d6ca24894..eca7fbf4aeac 100644
--- a/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx
+++ b/i18npool/source/search/levdis.cxx
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
     including wildcards
     '*' for any number (0 or more) of arbitrary characters
     '?' for exactly one arbitrary character
-    escapeable with  backslash, "\*" or "\?"
+    escapable with  backslash, "\*" or "\?"
 
     Return:
         WLD if WLD <= nLimit, else nLimit+1
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ int WLevDistance::WLD( const sal_Unicode* cString, sal_Int32 nStringLen )
             nP = nRepP0;
         if ( c == '*' && bpPatIsWild[j] )
         {
-            nQ = 0;     // instertion and deletion without penalty
+            nQ = 0;     // insertion and deletion without penalty
             nR = 0;
         }
         else
diff --git a/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx b/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx
index 5263713e7c09..d2a32a897a90 100644
--- a/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx
+++ b/i18npool/source/search/textsearch.cxx
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ void TextSearch::RESrchPrepare( const css::util::SearchOptions& rOptions)
     // assumption: transliteration didn't mangle regexp control chars
     IcuUniString aIcuSearchPatStr( reinterpret_cast<const UChar*>(rPatternStr.getStr()), rPatternStr.getLength());
 #ifndef DISABLE_WORDBOUND_EMULATION
-    // for conveniance specific syntax elements of the old regex engine are emulated
+    // for convenience specific syntax elements of the old regex engine are emulated
     // - by replacing \< with "word-break followed by a look-ahead word-char"
     static const IcuUniString aChevronPatternB( "\\\\<", -1, IcuUniString::kInvariant);
     static const IcuUniString aChevronReplaceB( "\\\\b(?=\\\\w)", -1, IcuUniString::kInvariant);
diff --git a/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx b/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx
index 0cf0f25108dd..4276628a2331 100644
--- a/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx
+++ b/i18npool/source/textconversion/textconversion_ko.cxx
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ TextConversion_ko::getConversions( const OUString& aText, sal_Int32 nStartPos, s
             }
             // found match
             if (result.Candidates.hasElements()) {
-                result.Boundary.startPos = start + nStartPos;;
+                result.Boundary.startPos = start + nStartPos;
                 result.Boundary.endPos = start + len + nStartPos;
                 return result;
             }
diff --git a/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx b/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx
index 2c01caee568b..287d2cea70f2 100644
--- a/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx
+++ b/i18npool/source/transliteration/transliterationImpl.cxx
@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ TransliterationImpl::loadModuleByName( const OUString& implName,
         for (sal_Int16 i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
             if (implName.equalsAscii(TMlist[i].implName)) {
                 if (i == 0) // current module is caseignore
-                    body->loadModule(TMlist[0].tm, rLocale); // caseingore need to setup module name
+                    body->loadModule(TMlist[0].tm, rLocale); // caseignore need to setup module name
                 if (! caseignore.is()) {
                     OUString bname = TRLT_IMPLNAME_PREFIX +
                                 OUString::createFromAscii(TMlist[0].implName);
diff --git a/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx b/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx
index aef20abf40df..5ebeb4ea5c5c 100644
--- a/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx
+++ b/include/basegfx/color/bcolormodifier.hxx
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ namespace basegfx
             return maBColorModifiers[nIndex];
         }
 
-        // get the color in it's modified form by applying all existing BColorModifiers,
+        // get the color in its modified form by applying all existing BColorModifiers,
         // from back to front (the newest first)
         ::basegfx::BColor getModifiedColor(const ::basegfx::BColor& rSource) const;
 
diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx
index c38c53afdc52..5aefafbe679b 100644
--- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx
+++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dlinegeometry.hxx
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ namespace basegfx
 
             @param fMaxPartOfEdge
             Allows to influence from with relative length of a control vector
-            compared to it's edge a split is forced. The smaller, the more
+            compared to its edge a split is forced. The smaller, the more
             subdivisions will be needed to create the filled geometry. Allowed
             range is cropped to [1.0 .. 0.01]
 
diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx
index fbe924e0c953..423cf8f30ef4 100644
--- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx
+++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolygontools.hxx
@@ -330,11 +330,11 @@ namespace basegfx
         BASEGFX_DLLPUBLIC bool setContinuityInPoint(B2DPolygon& rCandidate, sal_uInt32 nIndex, B2VectorContinuity eContinuity);
 
         // test if polygon contains neutral points. A neutral point is one whos orientation is neutral
-        // e.g. positioned on the edge of it's predecessor and successor
+        // e.g. positioned on the edge of its predecessor and successor
         BASEGFX_DLLPUBLIC bool hasNeutralPoints(const B2DPolygon& rCandidate);
 
         // remove neutral points. A neutral point is one whos orientation is neutral
-        // e.g. positioned on the edge of it's predecessor and successor
+        // e.g. positioned on the edge of its predecessor and successor
         BASEGFX_DLLPUBLIC B2DPolygon removeNeutralPoints(const B2DPolygon& rCandidate);
 
         // tests if polygon is convex
diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx
index 136083ffcb2f..b8bf5847dcc4 100644
--- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx
+++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dpolypolygoncutter.hxx
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ namespace basegfx
             hole. The result is a depth which e.g. is -1 for holes
             outside everything, 1 for a polygon covered by another
             polygon and zero for e.g. holes in a polygon or polygons
-            outside everythig else.  In the 2nd step, all polygons
+            outside everything else.  In the 2nd step, all polygons
             with depth other than zero are removed. If bKeepAboveZero
             is used, all polygons < 1 are removed. The bKeepAboveZero
             mode is useful for clipping, e.g. just append one polygon
diff --git a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx
index 7d4dec4fd85a..41885cf894bb 100644
--- a/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx
+++ b/include/basegfx/polygon/b2dtrapezoid.hxx
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ namespace basegfx
         // convert SourcePolyPolygon to trapezoids. The trapezoids will be appended to
         // ro_Result. ro_Result will not be cleared. If SourcePolyPolygon contains curves,
         // it's default AdaptiveSubdivision will be used.
-        // CAUTION: Trapezoids are oreintation-dependent in the sense that the upper and lower
+        // CAUTION: Trapezoids are orientation-dependent in the sense that the upper and lower
         // lines have to be parallel to the X-Axis, thus this subdivision is NOT simply usable
         // for primitive decompositions. To use it, the shear and rotate parts of the
         // involved transformations HAVE to be taken into account.
diff --git a/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx b/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx
index 5514b39992fd..15f03013d380 100644
--- a/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx
+++ b/include/comphelper/accessibleeventnotifier.hxx
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ namespace comphelper
                         const css::uno::Reference< css::accessibility::XAccessibleEventListener >& _rxListener
                     );
 
-        /** adds an event, which is to be braodcasted, to the queue
+        /** adds an event, which is to be broadcasted, to the queue
 
             @param _nClient
                 the id of the client which needs to broadcast the event
diff --git a/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx b/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx
index e89deeed501c..e78c4009b562 100644
--- a/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx
+++ b/include/comphelper/accessiblewrapper.hxx
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ namespace comphelper
             const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XComponentContext >& _rxContext
         );
 
-        /** specifies if the children are to be consideren transient (i.e.: not cached)
+        /** specifies if the children are to be considered transient (i.e.: not cached)
             <p>to be called only once per lifetime</p>
         */
         void    setTransientChildren( bool _bSet = true );
diff --git a/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx b/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx
index 648fc2834547..2f33c236283c 100644
--- a/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx
+++ b/include/comphelper/asyncnotification.hxx
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ namespace comphelper
 
         /** terminates the thread
 
-            Note that this is a cooporative termination - if you call this from a thread different
+            Note that this is a cooperative termination - if you call this from a thread different
             from the notification thread itself, then it will block until the notification thread
             finished processing the current event. If you call it from the notification thread
             itself, it will return immediately, and the thread will be terminated as soon as
diff --git a/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx b/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx
index 7b5892c535cf..a750d479064b 100644
--- a/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx
+++ b/include/comphelper/guarding.hxx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ namespace comphelper
 
 
 /** opposite of OGuard :)
-    (a mutex is released within the constructor and acquired within the desctructor)
+    (a mutex is released within the constructor and acquired within the destructor)
     use only when you're sure the mutex is acquired !
 */
 template <class MUTEX>
diff --git a/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx b/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx
index da1ed17f0116..c52bb4a240f4 100644
--- a/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx
+++ b/include/comphelper/propertystatecontainer.hxx
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ namespace comphelper
         */
         css::beans::PropertyState  getPropertyStateByHandle( sal_Int32 _nHandle );
 
-        /** set the property denoted by the given handle to it's default value
+        /** set the property denoted by the given handle to its default value
 
             <p>Already implemented by this base class, no need to override</p>
             @precond <arg>_nHandle</arg> is a valid property handle
diff --git a/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx b/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx
index 622556616fd2..c488981e1ccf 100644
--- a/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx
+++ b/include/comphelper/servicehelper.hxx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public:
 
     Usage:
         Put a UNO3_GETIMPLEMENTATION_DECL( classname ) inside your class
-        definitian and UNO3_GETIMPLEMENTATION_IMPL( classname ) inside
+        definition and UNO3_GETIMPLEMENTATION_IMPL( classname ) inside
         your cxx file. Your class must inherit css::lang::XUnoTunnel
         and export it with queryInterface. Implementation of XUnoTunnel is
         done by this macro.
diff --git a/include/comphelper/types.hxx b/include/comphelper/types.hxx
index ee405e136b29..608b21c22d02 100644
--- a/include/comphelper/types.hxx
+++ b/include/comphelper/types.hxx
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ namespace comphelper
     */
     COMPHELPER_DLLPUBLIC css::awt::FontDescriptor    getDefaultFont();
 
-    /** examine a sequence for the com.sun.star.uno::Type of it's elements.
+    /** examine a sequence for the com.sun.star.uno::Type of its elements.
     */
     COMPHELPER_DLLPUBLIC css::uno::Type getSequenceElementType(const css::uno::Type& _rSequenceType);
 
diff --git a/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx b/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx
index 2fc4a619c854..78c579e20f77 100644
--- a/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx
+++ b/include/connectivity/dbtools.hxx
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ namespace dbtools
                                     , const OUString& _rName
                                     ,EComposeRule _eComposeRule);
 
-    /** split a fully qualified table name (including catalog and schema, if appliable) into it's component parts.
+    /** split a fully qualified table name (including catalog and schema, if applicable) into its component parts.
         @param  _rxConnMetaData     meta data describing the connection where you got the table name from
         @param  _rQualifiedName     fully qualified table name
         @param  _rCatalog           (out parameter) upon return, contains the catalog name
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ namespace dbtools
     OOO_DLLPUBLIC_DBTOOLS bool canDelete(const css::uno::Reference< css::beans::XPropertySet>& _rxCursorSet);
 
 
-    /** compose a complete table name from it's up to three parts, regarding to the database meta data composing rules
+    /** compose a complete table name from its up to three parts, regarding to the database meta data composing rules
     */
     OOO_DLLPUBLIC_DBTOOLS OUString composeTableName( const css::uno::Reference< css::sdbc::XDatabaseMetaData >& _rxMetaData,
                             const OUString& _rCatalog,
@@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ namespace dbtools
         @param  _rxContext
             Used to create the drivermanager.
         @return
-            The datadefintion object.
+            The datadefinition object.
     */
     OOO_DLLPUBLIC_DBTOOLS css::uno::Reference< css::sdbcx::XTablesSupplier> getDataDefinitionByURLAndConnection(
             const OUString& _rsUrl,
diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h b/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h
index 5aa75ddf3337..f3986bb5776c 100644
--- a/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h
+++ b/include/cppuhelper/interfacecontainer.h
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ class CPPUHELPER_DLLPUBLIC OInterfaceIteratorHelper
 public:
     /**
        Create an iterator over the elements of the container. The iterator
-       copies the elements of the conatainer. A change to the container
+       copies the elements of the container. A change to the container
        during the lifetime of an iterator is allowed and does not
        affect the iterator-instance. The iterator and the container take cares
        themself for concurrent access, no additional guarding is necessary.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ friend class OInterfaceIteratorHelper;
         SAL_DELETED_FUNCTION;
 
     /*
-      Duplicate content of the conaitner and release the old one without destroying.
+      Duplicate content of the container and release the old one without destroying.
       The mutex must be locked and the memberbInUse must be true.
      */
     void copyAndResetInUse();
diff --git a/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx b/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx
index 1d221b4cf6fb..77dbc27792b3 100644
--- a/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx
+++ b/include/cppuhelper/propshlp.hxx
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ public:
         throw(css::uno::RuntimeException);
 
     /**
-       Send a disposing notification to the listeners in the conatiners aBoundLC
+       Send a disposing notification to the listeners in the containers aBoundLC
        and aVetoableLC.
 
        @see OComponentHelper
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx
index 1c67f09b6d85..cb76998e69a8 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/geometry/viewinformation2d.hxx
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
                 everything is visible. The data is in World coordinates.
 
                 @param rxDrawPage
-                The currently displaqyed page. This information is needed e.g. due to existing PageNumber
+                The currently displayed page. This information is needed e.g. due to existing PageNumber
                 fields which need to be interpreted.
 
                 @param fViewTime
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx
index b867bd6a0699..341e0af1b33a 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/backgroundcolorprimitive2d.hxx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
 
             This primitive is defined to fill the whole visible Viewport with
             the given color (and thus decomposes to a filled polygon). This
-            makes it a view-depnendent primitive by definition. It only has
+            makes it a view-dependent primitive by definition. It only has
             a valid decomposition if a valid Viewport is given in the
             ViewInformation2D at decomposition time.
 
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx
index fe6af495f2d0..4ffa6104dce5 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/baseprimitive2d.hxx
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             default implementation returns an empty sequence. The idea is that processors
             using this primitive and do not know it, may get the decomposition and process
             these instead. An example is e.g. a fat line, who's decomposition may contain
-            the geometric representation of that line using filled polygon prmimitives. When
+            the geometric representation of that line using filled polygon primitives. When
             the renderer knows how to handle fat lines, he may process this primitive directly;
             if not he can use the decomposition. With this functionality, renderers may operate by
             knowing only a small set of primitives.
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx
index 7eb97936cec1..e930346cc38e 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/gridprimitive2d.hxx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
 
             This primitive is specialized to Grid visualisation. The graphic definition
             (Transform) contains the whole grid area, but will of course be combined
-            with the visible area (Viewport) when decomposed. Also a reolution-dependent
+            with the visible area (Viewport) when decomposed. Also a resolution-dependent
             point reduction is used to not create too much grid visualisation data. This
             makes this primitive highly view-dependent and it dynamically buffers
             the last decomposition dependent from the Viewport used.
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx
index a41c3fb18750..4dd30ff7ce73 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/groupprimitive2d.hxx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
 
             Baseclass for all grouping 2D primitives
 
-            The grouping primitive in it's basic form is capable of holding
+            The grouping primitive in its basic form is capable of holding
             a child primitive content and returns it on decomposition on default.
             It is used for two main purposes, but more may apply:
 
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx
index 0da542cf7992..9d719bce1d88 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/markerarrayprimitive2d.hxx
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             /// the positions for the marker
             std::vector< basegfx::B2DPoint >                maPositions;
 
-            /// the marker definintion to visualize
+            /// the marker definition to visualize
             BitmapEx                                        maMarker;
 
         protected:
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx
index 762af60e36a1..b72c5e98369e 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/mediaprimitive2d.hxx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
         /** MediaPrimitive2D class
 
             This is a unified primitive for Media visualisation, e.g. animations
-            or sounds. It's geometry is defined by Transform. For conveinience,
+            or sounds. It's geometry is defined by Transform. For convenience,
             it also contains a discrete border size (aka Pixels) which will be added
             if used. This makes it a view-dependent primitive. It also gets a filled
             background and the decomposition will try to create a graphic representation
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx
index 7c1a0fec81af..d3ee7d95315d 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive2d/texteffectprimitive2d.hxx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             virtual Primitive2DSequence create2DDecomposition(const geometry::ViewInformation2D& rViewInformation) const override;
 
         public:
-            /// construcor
+            /// constructor
             TextEffectPrimitive2D(
                 const Primitive2DSequence& rTextContent,
                 const basegfx::B2DPoint& rRotationCenter,
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx
index 27d2226136b7..75369477cadc 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/primitive3d/baseprimitive3d.hxx
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
             virtual ~BasePrimitive3D();
 
             /** the ==operator is mainly needed to allow testing newly-created high level primitives against their last
-                incarnation which buffers/holds the decompositionsThe default implementation
+                incarnation which buffers/holds the decompositions. The default implementation
                 uses getPrimitive3DID()-calls to test if it's the same ID at last.
                 Overridden implementation are then based on this implementation.
              */
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx
index 6f759faf4916..0d47032405cb 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/processor2d/processorfromoutputdevice.hxx
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
 {
     namespace processor2d
     {
-        // create a mating VCL-Provessor for given OutputDevice. This includes
+        // create a mating VCL-Processor for given OutputDevice. This includes
         // looking for MetaFile-recording. The returned renderer changes owner,
         // deletion is duty of the caller
         DRAWINGLAYER_DLLPUBLIC drawinglayer::processor2d::BaseProcessor2D* createBaseProcessor2DFromOutputDevice(
diff --git a/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx b/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx
index 9753d3de4d79..7bbb5a4aaa37 100644
--- a/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx
+++ b/include/drawinglayer/processor3d/defaultprocessor3d.hxx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
 
             This processor renders all feeded primitives to a 2D raster where for all
             primitives the two basic methods rasterconvertB3DPolygon for hairlines and
-            rasterconvertB3DPolyPolygon for filled geometry is called. It is a beseclass to
+            rasterconvertB3DPolyPolygon for filled geometry is called. It is a baseclass to
             e.g. base a Z-Buffer supported renderer on the 3D primitive processing.
          */
         class DefaultProcessor3D : public BaseProcessor3D
diff --git a/include/framework/dispatchhelper.hxx b/include/framework/dispatchhelper.hxx
index 77ea9f45a9dd..2b4c79bf7c57 100644
--- a/include/framework/dispatchhelper.hxx
+++ b/include/framework/dispatchhelper.hxx
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ namespace framework{
     @short      implements an easy way for dispatches
     @descr      Dispatches are splitted into different parts:
                     - parsing of the URL
-                    - searching for a dispatcgh object
+                    - searching for a dispatch object
                     - dispatching of the URL
                 All these steps are done inside one method call here.
 */
diff --git a/include/jvmfwk/framework.hxx b/include/jvmfwk/framework.hxx
index e306109b15cf..78c218051498 100644
--- a/include/jvmfwk/framework.hxx
+++ b/include/jvmfwk/framework.hxx
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
     -env:&quot;UNO_JAVA_JFW_CLASSPATH=d:\\solver\\bin\\classes.jar;d:\\solver\\bin\\jurt.jar&quot;
     -register ....
     </p>
-    <p>Additionall parameters for the Java VM can be provided. For every parameter
+    <p>Additional parameters for the Java VM can be provided. For every parameter
     a separate bootstrap parameter must be specified. The names are
     <code>UNO_JAVA_JFW_PARAMETER_X</code>, where X is 1,2, .. n. For example:</p>
     <p>
diff --git a/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx b/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx
index 9b2f0543a521..c264c2f69615 100644
--- a/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx
+++ b/include/o3tl/enumarray.hxx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ class enumarray_iterator;
 ///
 /// This assumes that the 'enum class' definition
 ///  - starts at zero
-///  - has no holes in it's sequence of values
+///  - has no holes in its sequence of values
 ///  - defines a value called LAST which refers to the greatest constant.
 ///
 /// \param E the 'enum class' type.
diff --git a/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx b/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx
index 395b870db21a..be0e223a1500 100644
--- a/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx
+++ b/include/o3tl/enumrange.hxx
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ namespace o3tl {
 ///
 /// This assumes that the 'enum class' definition
 ///  - starts at zero
-///  - has no holes in it's sequence of values
+///  - has no holes in its sequence of values
 ///  - defines a value called LAST which refers to the greatest constant.
 ///
 ///  Use like this:
diff --git a/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx b/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx
index 2f24d5bb7acc..bc35ba77d588 100644
--- a/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx
+++ b/include/o3tl/lru_map.hxx
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ namespace o3tl
 
 /** LRU map
  *
- * Similar to unordered_map (it actually uses it) with additionaly functionality
+ * Similar to unordered_map (it actually uses it) with additionally functionality
  * which removes the entries that have been "least recently used" when the size
  * hits the specified capacity.
  *
diff --git a/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx b/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx
index e0636e003cb5..4c68b5786eae 100644
--- a/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx
+++ b/include/oox/core/filterdetect.hxx
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public:
 
         Third, this function checks if the input stream of the media descriptor
         contains an OLE package. If yes, it checks the existence of the streams
-        'EncryptionInfo' and 'EncyptedPackage' and tries to decrypt the package
+        'EncryptionInfo' and 'EncryptedPackage' and tries to decrypt the package
         into a temporary file. This may include requesting a password from the
         media descriptor property 'Password' or from the user, using the
         interaction handler provided by the descriptor. On success, and if the
diff --git a/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx b/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx
index d9f78284e09b..52f72797ee50 100644
--- a/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx
+++ b/include/oox/mathml/importutils.hxx
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ const int TAG_CLOSING = 1 << 30;
 
  A part of an XML file can be parsed and stored in this stream, from which it can be read
  as if parsed linearly. The purpose of this class is to allow simpler handling of XML
- files, unlike the usual LO way of using callbacks, context handlers and similar needlesly
+ files, unlike the usual LO way of using callbacks, context handlers and similar needlessly
  complicated stuff (YMMV).
 
  The advantages of this approach is easy to read and debug code (as it is just functions
diff --git a/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h b/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h
index ce82083bf1e3..4d4264180476 100644
--- a/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h
+++ b/include/osl/detail/component-mapping.h
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ extern "C" {
 
 /* On iOS and perhaps Android static linking of the LO code into one
  * executable (on Android, into one shared library) is used. In order to get
- * the needed UNO coponent linked in, the "main" code for an app needs to
+ * the needed UNO component linked in, the "main" code for an app needs to
  * implement the lo_get_libmap() function to map UNO component library names
  * as produced in a build for iOS (like configmgr.uno.a or libsclo.a) to the
  * corresponding component_getFactory functions.
diff --git a/include/osl/process.h b/include/osl/process.h
index f1fec5017b60..1e061a0c5c7c 100644
--- a/include/osl/process.h
+++ b/include/osl/process.h
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL osl_freeProcessHandle(
         oslProcess Process);
 
 
-/** Wait for completation of the specified childprocess.
+/** Wait for completion of the specified childprocess.
     @param Process [in]
     @return ols_Process_E_None
     @see osl_executeProcess
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ SAL_DLLPUBLIC oslProcessError SAL_CALL osl_getCommandArg(
 /** Set the command-line arguments as passed to the main-function of this process.
 
     Deprecated: This function is only for internal use. Passing the args from main will
-    only work for Unix, on Windows there's no effect, the full command line will automtically
+    only work for Unix, on Windows there's no effect, the full command line will automatically
     be taken. This is due to Windows 9x/ME limitation that don't allow UTF-16 wmain to provide
     a osl_setCommandArgsU( int argc, sal_Unicode **argv );
 
diff --git a/include/registry/registry.hxx b/include/registry/registry.hxx
index 9094f6bb2fb0..8b75a5ec67e6 100644
--- a/include/registry/registry.hxx
+++ b/include/registry/registry.hxx
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
      */
     inline Registry();
 
-    /// Copy constructcor
+    /// Copy constructor
     inline Registry(const Registry& toCopy);
 
     /// Destructor. The Destructor close the registry if it is open.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ public:
     /** destroys a registry.
 
         @param registryName specifies a registry name, if the name is an empty string the registry
-                            itselfs will be destroyed.
+                            itself will be destroyed.
         @return RegError::NO_ERROR if succeeds else an error code.
     */
     inline RegError destroy(const rtl::OUString& registryName);
diff --git a/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx b/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx
index 73f702b62caa..80b76e543750 100644
--- a/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx
+++ b/include/rsc/rsc-vcl-shared-types.hxx
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ enum class MenuItemBits : sal_Int16
     ABOUT               = 0x0008,
     HELP                = 0x0010,
     POPUPSELECT         = 0x0020,
-    // These have been said to be a prelimitary (sic) solution since 2007
+    // These have been said to be a preliminary (sic) solution since 2007
     NOSELECT            = 0x0040,
     ICON                = 0x0080,
     TEXT                = 0x0100,
diff --git a/include/rtl/bootstrap.h b/include/rtl/bootstrap.h
index 5360f797298d..3f75fe0412ef 100644
--- a/include/rtl/bootstrap.h
+++ b/include/rtl/bootstrap.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ extern "C" {
    @file
 
    The described concept provides a platform independent way to access
-   minimum bootstrap settings for every application by excplitly or
+   minimum bootstrap settings for every application by explicitly or
    implicitly passing the values to the application.<p>
 
    MULTI-LEVEL STRATEGY FOR RETRIEVAL OF BOOTSTRAP VALUES :<p>
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ extern "C" {
 
    2nd level: command line arguments. A "-env:SETTINGNAME=value" is given on
    command line. This allows to give an application a certain setting, even
-   if an ini-file exists (espicially useful for e.g. daemons that want to
+   if an ini-file exists (especially useful for e.g. daemons that want to
    start an executable with dynamical changing settings).<p>
 
    3rd level: environment variables. The application tries to get the
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ typedef void * rtlBootstrapHandle;
 /**
    Opens a bootstrap argument container.
    @param pIniName [in]   The name of the ini-file to use, if <code>NULL</code> defaults
-                          to the excutables name
+                          to the executables name
    @return                Handle for a bootstrap argument
                           container
 */
diff --git a/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc b/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc
index f40b7132ea7f..202161d22706 100644
--- a/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc
+++ b/include/sfx2/sfxsids.hrc
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
 // id for thesaurus entry in context menu
 #define SID_THES                            (SID_SFX_START + 698)
 
-// default-ids for editing, cursor travellung and selection
+// default-ids for editing, cursor travelling and selection
 #define SID_REDO                            (SID_SFX_START + 700)
 #define SID_UNDO                            (SID_SFX_START + 701)
 #define SID_REPEAT                          (SID_SFX_START + 702)
diff --git a/include/sfx2/shell.hxx b/include/sfx2/shell.hxx
index 07dd9a3359f3..a976c933651e 100644
--- a/include/sfx2/shell.hxx
+++ b/include/sfx2/shell.hxx
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ public:
 
         [Cross-reference]
 
-        StarView SystemWindow::Dectivate(bool)
+        StarView SystemWindow::Deactivate(bool)
         */
     virtual void                Deactivate(bool bMDI);
 
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ SfxItemPool& SfxShell::GetPool() const
     in the SfxShell. Each SfxShell instance must have access to a SfxItemPool.
     Usually this is the SfxItemPool of the SfxDocumentShell. The SfxShell
     subclass does not take ownership of the orphaned pool. Before it is
-    deleted it has to be deregisted with SetPool(0).
+    deleted it has to be deregistered with SetPool(0).
 */
 inline void SfxShell::SetPool
 (
diff --git a/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx b/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx
index 029886236361..7e4096f16136 100644
--- a/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx
+++ b/include/sfx2/sidebar/SidebarController.hxx
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ private:
     bool mbCanDeckBeOpened;
 
     /** Before the deck is closed the sidebar width is saved into this variable,
-        so that it can be restored when the deck is reopended.
+        so that it can be restored when the deck is reopened.
     */
     sal_Int32 mnSavedSidebarWidth;
     FocusManager maFocusManager;
diff --git a/include/svl/filerec.hxx b/include/svl/filerec.hxx
index da9ac358f1f6..58271cc50488 100644
--- a/include/svl/filerec.hxx
+++ b/include/svl/filerec.hxx
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ private:
  *
  *  The size can be given directly or calculated automatically from
  *  the difference between the tell() return values before and
- *  after streaming the conntents.
+ *  after streaming the contents.
  *
  *  To allow for forward and backward compatibility, newer versions
  *  of the data must always include the older versions completely,
diff --git a/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx b/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx
index b8441169657a..324bab04c710 100644
--- a/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx
+++ b/include/svtools/grfmgr.hxx
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ public:
     static GraphicObject    CreateGraphicObjectFromURL( const OUString &rURL );
     // will inspect an object ( e.g. a control ) for any 'ImageURL'
     // properties and return these in a vector. Note: this implementation
-    // will cater for XNameContainer objects and deepinspect any containees
+    // will cater for XNameContainer objects and deep inspect any containers
     // if they exist
     static void InspectForGraphicObjectImageURL( const css::uno::Reference< css::uno::XInterface >& rxIf, std::vector< OUString >& rvEmbedImgUrls );
 
diff --git a/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx b/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx
index dc16ac764c4f..59ed720e880d 100644
--- a/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx
+++ b/include/svtools/javacontext.hxx
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ namespace svt
 
     public:
         /** The parameter bShowErrorsOnce controls whether a message box is
-            only displayed once for a reocurring Java error. That is only
+            only displayed once for a recurring Java error. That is only
             the first time JavaInteractionHandler.handle is called with a
             particular Request then the message box is shown. Afterwards
             nothing happens.
diff --git a/include/svtools/ruler.hxx b/include/svtools/ruler.hxx
index c53e567cc6d0..33106c0b7a47 100644
--- a/include/svtools/ruler.hxx
+++ b/include/svtools/ruler.hxx
@@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Tips for the use of the ruler:
   is pressed during the drag. Maybe, this setting should be configurable
   always and possibly the measuring arrows always be shown while
   dragging. For all settings, the values should always be rounded to the
-  multiple of one value because the screen resolution is very unprecise.
+  multiple of one value because the screen resolution is very imprecise.
 
 - DoubleClicks should be handled in the following way (GetClickType()):
     - RULER_TYPE_DONTKNOW
@@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ struct RulerSelection
 
 struct RulerUnitData
 {
-    MapUnit         eMapUnit;           // MAP_UNIT for calculaion
+    MapUnit         eMapUnit;           // MAP_UNIT for calculation
     long            nTickUnit;          // Unit divider
     double          nTick1;             // Minimal step
     double          nTick2;             // Tick quarter unit
diff --git a/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx b/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx
index 1a55658be02d..886a731ca49f 100644
--- a/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx
+++ b/include/svtools/templatefoldercache.hxx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ namespace svt
         @param _bAutoStoreState
             Set this to <TRUE/> if you want the instance to automatically store the state of the template folders upon
             destruction.<br/>
-            If set to <FALSE/>, you would epplicitly need to call <method>storeState</method> to do this.<br/>
+            If set to <FALSE/>, you would explicitly need to call <method>storeState</method> to do this.<br/>
             If the current state is not known (e.g. because you did not call needsUpdate, which retrieves it),
             it is not retrieved in the dtor, regardless of the <arg>_bAutoStoreState</arg> flag.
         */
diff --git a/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx b/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx
index 43e63d04149f..6d33e35ae969 100644
--- a/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/AccessibleControlShape.hxx
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ protected:
 
     /** adjusts our AccessibleRole, depending on the control type we're working for
 
-        <p>Only to be called during inituialization</p>
+        <p>Only to be called during initialization</p>
     */
     void        adjustAccessibleRole( );
 
diff --git a/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx b/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx
index ee6847c5ff04..91a963241876 100644
--- a/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/DescriptionGenerator.hxx
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ public:
             Type of the property's value.  It controls the transformation
             into the value's string representation.
         @param nResourceId
-            Id of the kocalized name of the property int the resource.
+            Id of the localized name of the property int the resource.
         @param nWhichId
             This which id is used to localize the property value.  If it is
             not known a value of -1 signals to use a default representation.
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ public:
     */
     void AddFillProperties();
 
-    /** Add properties that describesattributes of 3D objects.
+    /** Add properties that describes attributes of 3D objects.
     */
     void Add3DProperties();
 
diff --git a/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx b/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx
index 744ff9cebcf8..53b016a8abd2 100644
--- a/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/SmartTagMgr.hxx
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public:
     SmartTagMgr( const OUString& rApplicationName );
     virtual ~SmartTagMgr();
 
-    /** Triggeres configuration reading, library loading and listener registration
+    /** Triggers configuration reading, library loading and listener registration
         NOTE: MUST BE CALLED AFTER CONSTRUCTION!
     */
     void Init( const OUString& rConfigurationGroupName );
diff --git a/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx b/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx
index 32041c88371d..ce51518ee689 100644
--- a/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/e3dsceneupdater.hxx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer { namespace geometry {
    This class is a helper to encapsulate 3D object changes which shall
    change the scene's 2D geometry. E.g. when moving one 3D object in a
    scene, the visualisation would not change since the scene's 2D
-   attributes are defined by it's 2D object transformation and the
+   attributes are defined by its 2D object transformation and the
    changed content would be projected to the same 2D bounds as
    before. To reflect the fact that the 2D positions may 'change' for
    the user's imagination, it is necessary to calculate a new 2D
diff --git a/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx b/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx
index ea91d5ba6d51..faeac1e4fa4c 100644
--- a/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/framelinkarray.hxx
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ struct ArrayImpl;
     On drawing, the thicker frame border of neighbored cells is selected
     automatically. All borders are drawn "connected", that means, the correct
     start and end coordinates of all lines of the borders are calculated,
-    especaially, if they are drawn together with diagonal frame borders.
+    especially, if they are drawn together with diagonal frame borders.
 
     This array fully supports merged cell ranges. In a merged range, the frame
     borders of the top-left cell is extended to the entire range, and all other
diff --git a/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx b/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx
index 3b5b29c30d61..e5fd0ed8c6da 100644
--- a/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/sdr/contact/objectcontact.hxx
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ public:
     virtual ~ObjectContact();
 
     // LazyInvalidate request. This is used from the VOCs to mark that they
-    // got invalidated by an ActionCanged() call. An active view needs to remember
+    // got invalidated by an ActionChanged() call. An active view needs to remember
     // this and take action on it. Default implementation directly calls back
     // triggerLazyInvalidate() which promptly handles the request
     virtual void setLazyInvalidate(ViewObjectContact& rVOC);
diff --git a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx
index 14d07c3fe3e3..97117359e6bd 100644
--- a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontact.hxx
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     bool HasViewObjectContacts(bool bExcludePreviews = false) const;
 
     // Check if this primitive is animated in any OC (View) which means it has
-    // generated a PrimitiveAnimation in it's VOC
+    // generated a PrimitiveAnimation in its VOC
     bool isAnimatedInAnyViewObjectContact() const;
 
     // Access to possible sub-hierarchy and parent. GetObjectCount() default is 0L
diff --git a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx
index 96b0da316d8a..7efa1ce3ed19 100644
--- a/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/sdr/contact/viewcontactofvirtobj.hxx
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ namespace sdr { namespace contact {
 class SVX_DLLPUBLIC ViewContactOfVirtObj : public ViewContactOfSdrObj
 {
 protected:
-    // internal access to SdrObject. Iplementation in *.cxx to avoid
+    // internal access to SdrObject. Implementation in *.cxx to avoid
     // including SdrVirtObj here.
     SdrVirtObj& GetVirtObj() const;
 
diff --git a/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx b/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx
index ec17a589bd6d..ad5bec51fbf5 100644
--- a/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svddrgv.hxx
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ protected:
     bool                        mbInsGluePointMode : 1;
     bool                        mbNoDragXorPolys : 1;
     bool                        mbAutoVertexCon : 1;  // automatic generation of connectors at the vertices
-    bool                        mbAutoCornerCon : 1;  // automatic geneartion of connectors at the corners
+    bool                        mbAutoCornerCon : 1;  // automatic generation of connectors at the corners
     bool                        mbRubberEdgeDragging : 1;
     bool                        mbDetailedEdgeDragging : 1;
 
diff --git a/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx b/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx
index 1fa1a07b0d57..c74f3e33b25b 100644
--- a/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svdhdl.hxx
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ protected:
 
     SdrHdlKind                  eKind;
 
-    long                        nRotationAngle; // turn handle or mouspointer
+    long                        nRotationAngle; // turn handle or mousepointer
     sal_uInt32                  nObjHdlNum;     // required by MarkView
     sal_uInt32                  nPolyNum;       // Polygonpoint
     sal_uInt32                  nPPntNum;       // Point number of the polygon
diff --git a/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx b/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx
index 15a987e2b55f..1605d6fee6ee 100644
--- a/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svdmrkv.hxx
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ public:
     // SdrPageView, which should be defined correctly always.
     // Alternatively a gluepoint may be characterized by a SdrHdl.
     // In this case the SdrHdl instance consists of all required information.
-    // And in this case, the glue point are always is marked by enforcment
+    // And in this case, the glue point are always is marked by enforcement
     // (Handlers are just situated at marked gluepoints )
     // Attention: With each change of the glue point status the handle list is re-calculated.
     // All previously saved SdrHdl* became invalid by this, the same with the point IDs!
diff --git a/include/svx/svdobj.hxx b/include/svx/svdobj.hxx
index a76cb712915a..3c80d2ebddb0 100644
--- a/include/svx/svdobj.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svdobj.hxx
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ protected:
     SdrPage*                    pPage;
     SdrModel*                   pModel;
     SdrObjUserCall*             pUserCall;
-    SdrObjPlusData*             pPlusData;    // Broadcaster, UserData, connektors, ... (this is the Bitsack)
+    SdrObjPlusData*             pPlusData;    // Broadcaster, UserData, connectors, ... (this is the Bitsack)
 
     sal_uInt32                  nOrdNum;      // order number of the object in the list
 
diff --git a/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx b/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx
index c4d901f84642..e14c5874a3b2 100644
--- a/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svdoedge.hxx
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ protected:
     bool                        bEdgeTrackDirty : 1; // sal_True=Verbindungsverlauf muss neu berechnet werden.
     bool                        bEdgeTrackUserDefined : 1;
 
-    // Bool to allow supporession of default connects at object
+    // Bool to allow suppression of default connects at object
     // inside test (HitTest) and object center test (see ImpFindConnector())
     bool                        mbSuppressDefaultConnect : 1;
 
diff --git a/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx b/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx
index 2a079e49ed6f..83358080bd3d 100644
--- a/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svdomeas.hxx
@@ -176,10 +176,10 @@ public:
 // 1. Where is the text: middle, right or left (default=automatic)
 // 2. Text above or below the line or line broken by text (default=automatic)
 //    Default=8mm
-// 3. The distance from the dimension line to the reference edge (= to the dimesnioned object)
+// 3. The distance from the dimension line to the reference edge (= to the dimensioned object)
 // 4. dimension line below the reference edge (default=no))
 // 5. excess lenth of the auxiliary dimension lines beyond the reference edge (2x, default=0)
-// 6. excess lenth of the auxiliary dimension lines past the dimesion line (default=2mm)
+// 6. excess lenth of the auxiliary dimension lines past the dimension line (default=2mm)
 // 7. distance between the auxiliary dimension line and the reference edge
 //
 // Dragging:                    Handle          Shift
diff --git a/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx b/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx
index f12f12c1d644..06396966e4f0 100644
--- a/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svdpntv.hxx
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ public:
     // #i72889# used from CompleteRedraw() implementation internally, added to be able to do a complete redraw in single steps
 
     // BeginCompleteRedraw returns (or even creates) a SdrPaintWindow which will then be used as the
-    // target for paints. Since paints may be buffered, use it's GetTargetOutputDevice() method which will
+    // target for paints. Since paints may be buffered, use its GetTargetOutputDevice() method which will
     // return the buffer in case it's buffered.
     //
     // DoCompleteRedraw then draws the DrawingLayer hierarchy
diff --git a/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx b/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx
index e041b7e0bdb6..0176ed5aeeab 100644
--- a/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/svdsnpv.hxx
@@ -148,12 +148,12 @@ public:
     bool IsSetPageOrg() const { return (nullptr != mpPageOriginOverlay); }
 
     // HitTest. If sal_True, in rnHelpLineNum is the number of the auxiliary line and in rpPv
-    // the appendend PageView.
+    // the appended PageView.
     bool PickHelpLine(const Point& rPnt, short nTol, const OutputDevice& rOut, sal_uInt16& rnHelpLineNum, SdrPageView*& rpPV) const;
 
     // Move of an available auxiliary line. Use nHelpLineNum and pPV from PickHelpLine.
     bool BegDragHelpLine(sal_uInt16 nHelpLineNum, SdrPageView* pPV);
-    // interactive insertionof a new auxiliary line
+    // interactive insertion of a new auxiliary line
     bool BegDragHelpLine(const Point& rPnt, SdrHelpLineKind eNewKind);
     Pointer GetDraggedHelpLinePointer() const;
 
diff --git a/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx b/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx
index d0b452cf294a..b13800b4ff42 100644
--- a/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/sxmtfitm.hxx
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 
 // The two following are not implemented yet!
 // Nail text down to a fix angle.
-// The text angle is independet of the dimension line.
+// The text angle is independent of the dimension line.
 // Abrogate TextUpsideDown, TextRota90 and TextAutoAngle. (n.i.)
 class SVX_DLLPUBLIC SdrMeasureTextIsFixedAngleItem: public SdrYesNoItem {
 public:
diff --git a/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx b/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx
index 4055c4584008..36096bc484e8 100644
--- a/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/unobrushitemhelper.hxx
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 #include "svx/svxdllapi.h"
 #include <editeng/brushitem.hxx>
 
-//UUUU Helper function definintions for UNO API fallbacks to replace SvxBrushItem. The
+//UUUU Helper function definitions for UNO API fallbacks to replace SvxBrushItem. The
 // idea is to have fallbacks to create a SvxBrushItem if needed for backwards compatibility
 // if needed from the SfxItemSet and vice versa. This is used in cases where e.g. UNO API
 // accesses to slots in the SvxBrushItem are used (see cases in SvxBrushItem::QueryValue
diff --git a/include/svx/unopool.hxx b/include/svx/unopool.hxx
index 909e843146a8..99b5199bb3d5 100644
--- a/include/svx/unopool.hxx
+++ b/include/svx/unopool.hxx
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ class SfxItemPool;
     It works on the SfxItemPool from the given model and the global
     draw object item pool.
     The class can work in a read only mode without a model. Derivated
-    classes can set a model on demand by overiding getModelPool().
+    classes can set a model on demand by overriding getModelPool().
 */
 class SVX_DLLPUBLIC SvxUnoDrawPool :    public ::cppu::OWeakAggObject,
                         public css::lang::XServiceInfo,
diff --git a/include/tools/inetmime.hxx b/include/tools/inetmime.hxx
index 819e3b0f34ee..1c86055c361d 100644
--- a/include/tools/inetmime.hxx
+++ b/include/tools/inetmime.hxx
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ public:
         with intervening linear white space and comments (cf. RFCs 822, 2045).
         The RFC 2231 extension are supported.  The encoding of rMediaType
         should be US-ASCII, but any Unicode values in the range U+0080..U+FFFF
-        are interpretet 'as appropriate.'
+        are interpreted 'as appropriate.'
 
         @param pType  If not null, returns the type (the first of the above
         tokens), in US-ASCII encoding and converted to lower case.
diff --git a/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx b/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx
index 5bd8ee6451bb..26a7006c0d7d 100644
--- a/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx
+++ b/include/ucbhelper/commandenvironment.hxx
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ struct CommandEnvironment_Impl;
 
 /**
   * This class implements the interface
-  * css::ucb::XCommandEnvironement. Instances of this class can
+  * css::ucb::XCommandEnvironment. Instances of this class can
   * be used to supply environments to commands executed by UCB contents.
   */
 class UCBHELPER_DLLPUBLIC CommandEnvironment :
diff --git a/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx b/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx
index 039089fa63d7..ab0dca5a73d7 100644
--- a/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx
+++ b/include/ucbhelper/providerhelper.hxx
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ protected:
 public:
 
 
-    // Contsruction/Destruction
+    // Construction/Destruction
 
 
     ContentProviderImplHelper(
diff --git a/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx b/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx
index ea08902d3be7..9ffa8475275e 100644
--- a/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx
+++ b/include/ucbhelper/simpleinteractionrequest.hxx
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ static const sal_Int32 CONTINUATION_DISAPPROVE = 8;
   * with XInteractionContinuations directly, but can use constants that are
   * mapped internally to the according objects. This class encapsulates the
   * standard Interaction Continuations "Abort", "Retry", "Approve" and
-  * "Disaprrove". Instances can be passed directly to
+  * "Disapprove". Instances can be passed directly to
   * XInteractionHandler::handle(...).
   *
   * @see InteractionRequest
diff --git a/include/uno/environment.h b/include/uno/environment.h
index d0051227ac69..d0c1879e2b5f 100644
--- a/include/uno/environment.h
+++ b/include/uno/environment.h
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ CPPU_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL uno_dumpEnvironment(
 /** Dumps out environment information, i.e. registered interfaces.
 
     @param stream       output stream (FILE *)
-    @param pEnvDcp      descritpro of environment to be dumped
+    @param pEnvDcp      descriptor of environment to be dumped
     @param pFilter      if not null, filters output
 */
 CPPU_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL uno_dumpEnvironmentByName(
diff --git a/include/uno/threadpool.h b/include/uno/threadpool.h
index c64b9e4dc811..c358a929beac 100644
--- a/include/uno/threadpool.h
+++ b/include/uno/threadpool.h
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ extern "C" {
  * Thread identifier administration.
  ***/
 /**
-  Establishs an association between the current thread and the given thread identifier.
+  Establishes an association between the current thread and the given thread identifier.
   There can be only one association at a time. The association must be broken by
   uno_releaseIdFromCurrentThread().
   This method is in general called by a bridge, that wants to bind a remote threadId
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ uno_threadpool_detach( uno_ThreadPool hPool ) SAL_THROW_EXTERN_C();
                    uno_threadpool_enter().
   @param doRequest The function, that shall be called to execute the request.
                    0 if pJob is a reply.
-  @param bIsOneway True, if the request is asynchrons. False, if it is synchronous.
+  @param bIsOneway True, if the request is asynchronous. False, if it is synchronous.
                    Set to sal_False, if pJob is a reply.
  */
 CPPU_DLLPUBLIC void SAL_CALL
diff --git a/include/unotools/configitem.hxx b/include/unotools/configitem.hxx
index b7be7fe42d17..a4188872aea0 100644
--- a/include/unotools/configitem.hxx
+++ b/include/unotools/configitem.hxx
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ namespace utl
             */
             bool                EnableNotification(const css::uno::Sequence< OUString >& rNames,
                                         bool bEnableInternalNotification = false);
-            /** disables notifications about changes on sub nodes/values, which previosly had
+            /** disables notifications about changes on sub nodes/values, which previously had
                 been enabled with EnableNotification
                 @see Notify
                 @see EnableNotification
diff --git a/include/unotools/confignode.hxx b/include/unotools/confignode.hxx
index 9fcde9f4a602..47dbccb1ce02 100644
--- a/include/unotools/confignode.hxx
+++ b/include/unotools/confignode.hxx
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ namespace utl
             If the object represents a set node, this method may be used to create a new child. For non-set-nodes, the
             method will fail.<br/>
             Unless the respective operations on the pure configuration API, the to-be-created node immediately
-            becomes a part of it's hierarchy, no explicit insertion is necessary.
+            becomes a part of its hierarchy, no explicit insertion is necessary.
             @param      _rName      name for the new child. Must be level-1-depth.
         */
         OConfigurationNode  createNode(const OUString& _rName) const throw();
diff --git a/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx b/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx
index 799aa45724df..2ee9686cbada 100644
--- a/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx
+++ b/include/unotools/desktopterminationobserver.hxx
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ namespace utl
     //= DesktopTerminationObserver
 
     /** a class which allows non-UNO components to observe the desktop (aka application)
-        for it's shutdown
+        for its shutdown
     */
     namespace DesktopTerminationObserver
     {
diff --git a/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx b/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx
index b384083b13d1..037c6ed9a31e 100644
--- a/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx
+++ b/include/unotools/syslocale.hxx
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ namespace osl { class Mutex; }
     LocaleDataWrapper and <type>CharClass</type> which always
     follow the locale as it is currently configured by the user. You may use
     it anywhere to access the locale data elements like decimal separator and
-    simple date formatting and so on. Contructing and destructing a
+    simple date formatting and so on. Constructing and destructing a
     SvtSysLocale is not expensive as long as there is at least one instance
     left.
  */
diff --git a/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx b/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx
index c643b9bdcde1..1f1235dbd1ba 100644
--- a/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx
+++ b/include/vcl/lazydelete.hxx
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ namespace vcl
     - The class <T> of which objects are to be destroyed needs a virtual
     destructor or must be final, else the wrong type will be destroyed.
     - The destructor of <T> should call LazyDeletor<T>::Undelete( this ). This
-    prevents duplicate deletionin case someone destroys the object prematurely.
+    prevents duplicate deletion in case someone destroys the object prematurely.
     */
 
     class LazyDeletorBase;
diff --git a/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx b/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx
index e73b747cbdce..2faf4a0c93c3 100644
--- a/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx
+++ b/include/vcl/lineinfo.hxx
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public:
 
     // helper to get decomposed polygon data with the LineInfo applied. The source
     // hairline polygon is given in io_rLinePolyPolygon. Both given polygons may
-    // contain results; e.g. when no fat line but DasDot is defined, the result will
+    // contain results; e.g. when no fat line but DashDot is defined, the result will
     // be in io_rLinePolyPolygon while o_rFillPolyPolygon will be empty. When fat line
     // is defined, it will be vice-versa. If none is defined, io_rLinePolyPolygon will
     // not be changed (but o_rFillPolyPolygon will be freed)
diff --git a/include/vcl/svapp.hxx b/include/vcl/svapp.hxx
index 2658fca6e1f4..c31bf8907196 100644
--- a/include/vcl/svapp.hxx
+++ b/include/vcl/svapp.hxx
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ public:
         aData.push_back(data);
     }
 
-    /** Constructor for ApplicationEvnet, accepts an array of strings for
+    /** Constructor for ApplicationEvent, accepts an array of strings for
      the data associated with the event.
 
      @attention TYPE_OPEN and TYPE_PRINT can apply to multiple documents,
@@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ public:
 
     /** Post a user event to the default window.
 
-     User events allow for the deferral of work to later in the main-loop - at idle.
+     User events allow for the deferreal of work to later in the main-loop - at idle.
 
      @param     rLink           Link to event callback function
      @param     pCaller         Pointer to data sent to the event by the caller. Optional.
diff --git a/include/vcl/window.hxx b/include/vcl/window.hxx
index 0e95d02d1bf2..dc1fa00484d9 100644
--- a/include/vcl/window.hxx
+++ b/include/vcl/window.hxx
@@ -1114,7 +1114,7 @@ public:
     Point                               OutputToAbsoluteScreenPixel( const Point& rPos ) const;
     Point                               AbsoluteScreenToOutputPixel( const Point& rPos ) const;
     Rectangle                           GetDesktopRectPixel() const;
-    //  window extents including border and decoratrion
+    //  window extents including border and decoration
     Rectangle                           GetWindowExtentsRelative( vcl::Window *pRelativeWindow ) const;
     // window extents of the client window, coordinates to be used in SetPosPixel
     Rectangle                           GetClientWindowExtentsRelative( vcl::Window *pRelativeWindow ) const;
diff --git a/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx b/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx
index 97bec1eb9d40..5a5c1c20f582 100644
--- a/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx
+++ b/include/xmloff/XMLEventsImportContext.hxx
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ public:
     void SetEvents(
         const css::uno::Reference<css::container::XNameReplace> & xNameRepl);
 
-    /// if the import operates indelayed mode, you can use this method
+    /// if the import operates in delayed mode, you can use this method
     /// to obtain the value sequence for a specific event
     bool GetEventSequence(
         const OUString& rName,
diff --git a/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx b/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx
index bab878a81425..ba32702424ef 100644
--- a/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx
+++ b/include/xmloff/prstylei.hxx
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ private:
 
 protected:
 
-    //UUUU Helper to check if the local maProperties contzains the given
+    //UUUU Helper to check if the local maProperties contains the given
     // FillStyle tag and if the FillStyle there is different from FillStyle_NONE
     bool doNewDrawingLayerFillStyleDefinitionsExist(
         const ::rtl::OUString& rFillStyleTag) const;
diff --git a/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx b/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx
index 4822978be296..9d918338002b 100644
--- a/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx
+++ b/io/source/acceptor/acceptor.cxx
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ namespace io_acceptor
             m_sLastDescription != sConnectionDescription )
         {
             // instantiate another acceptor for different ports
-            OUString sMessage = "acceptor::accept called multiple times with different conncetion strings\n";
+            OUString sMessage = "acceptor::accept called multiple times with different connection strings\n";
             throw ConnectionSetupException( sMessage );
         }
 
diff --git a/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx b/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx
index a2f65da199bd..f817cd2acff2 100644
--- a/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx
+++ b/io/test/stm/pipetest.cxx
@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ void OPipeTest::testSimple( const Reference < XInterface > &r )
         input->readBytes( seqRead , 5 );
         ERROR_ASSERT(   ! strcmp(   (char*) seqRead.getArray() ,
                             (char*) &( seqWrite.getArray()[seqWrite.getLength()-5] ) ),
-                        "write/read mismatich" );
+                        "write/read mismatch" );
 
     }
 
diff --git a/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk b/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk
index d8e3712ae83d..8670355d519d 100644
--- a/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk
+++ b/ios/CustomTarget_Lo_Xcconfig.mk
@@ -35,6 +35,6 @@ $(LO_XCCONFIG) :
 	fi
 
 # Do *not* remove $(LO_XCCONFIG) in a clean target. It is created
-# during configury, not in this custom gbuild makefile.
+# during configure, not in this custom gbuild makefile.
 
 # vim: set noet sw=4 ts=4:
diff --git a/ios/README b/ios/README
index e13c8c381a0a..8acd3bf0f04e 100644
--- a/ios/README
+++ b/ios/README
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ name of this app is a bit too grandiose. Built by an Xcode project.
 MobileLibreOffice - Uses the code in "shared" subdirectory. Can be
 built in two configurations: 1) the "normal" configurations (Debug and
 Release) that matches experimental/LibreOffice in functionality, more
-or less. (But the coded is entirely differently structred.) But also
+or less. (But the coded is entirely differently structured.) But also
 this is currently broken, 2) the Debug_tile_tester configuration,
 where one can tweak tiling parameters and see a tile rendered. Also
 built by an Xcode project.
diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java
index 3cfe6078e71c..7bbc3ce8e68e 100644
--- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java
+++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/connections/PipedConnection.java
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public class PipedConnection implements XConnection {
     }
 
     /**
-     * This is a private method, used to cummunicate internal in the pipe.
+     * This is a private method, used to communicate internal in the pipe.
      */
     private synchronized void receive(byte aData[]) throws com.sun.star.io.IOException {
         int bytesWritten = 0;
diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java
index ef07674dcf34..663713ace9a3 100644
--- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java
+++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/loader/JavaLoader.java
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ public class JavaLoader implements XImplementationLoader,
      * Provides a components factory.
      *
      * <p>The <code>JavaLoader</code> tries to load the class first. If a
-     * loacation URL is given the RegistrationClassFinder is used to load the
+     * location URL is given the RegistrationClassFinder is used to load the
      * class. Otherwise the class is loaded through the Class.forName method.</p>
      *
      * <p>To get the factory the inspects the class for the optional static member
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ public class JavaLoader implements XImplementationLoader,
     /**
      * Registers the <code>JavaLoader</code> at the registry.
      *
-     * @param      regKey   root key under which the <code>JavaLoader</code> should be regidstered.
+     * @param      regKey   root key under which the <code>JavaLoader</code> should be registered.
      * @return     true if registration succseeded - otherwise false.
      */
     public static boolean writeRegistryServiceInfo(XRegistryKey regKey) {
diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java
index 99746f3a335c..70e5d8e6711f 100644
--- a/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java
+++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/comp/servicemanager/ServiceManager.java
@@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ public class ServiceManager implements XMultiServiceFactory,
     }
 
     /**
-     * Checks if the any componets are registered.
+     * Checks if the any components are registered.
      *
      * @return  true - if the list of the registred components is not empty - otherwise false.
      * @see     com.sun.star.container.XElementAccess
diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java
index 5c52bc1bb33a..c2aae9243eb0 100644
--- a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java
+++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/JobQueue.java
@@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ public class JobQueue {
     }
 
     /**
-     * If the given disposeId is registered, interrups the worker thread.
+     * If the given disposeId is registered, interrupts the worker thread.
      *
      * @param disposeId    the dispose id.
      */
diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java
index 67803ed0942b..fd8ad994a586 100644
--- a/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java
+++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/lib/uno/environments/remote/Message.java
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ public class Message {
      *
      * @return the in and in&ndash; {
      * }out arguments for a request (possibly
-     * <code>null</code> for a paramterless function), the out and in&ndash; {
+     * <code>null</code> for a parameterless function), the out and in&ndash; {
      * }out
      * arguments for a reply that represents normal termination (possibly
      * <code>null</code> for a parameterless function), <code>null</code> for a
diff --git a/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java b/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java
index d9afcf06711e..41246d68015f 100644
--- a/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java
+++ b/jurt/com/sun/star/uno/WeakReference.java
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ class OWeakRefListener implements XReference
     /**
      * Method of <code>com.sun.star.uno.XReference</code>.
      *
-     * <p>When called, it deregisteres this object with the adapter and releases
+     * <p>When called, it deregisters this object with the adapter and releases
      * the reference to it.</p>
      */
     synchronized public void dispose()
diff --git a/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx b/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx
index d407db2f404a..0900d0a71ee1 100644
--- a/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx
+++ b/jvmfwk/source/elements.cxx
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ void NodeJava::load()
             sNil = xmlGetNsProp(
                 cur, reinterpret_cast<xmlChar const *>("nil"), reinterpret_cast<xmlChar const *>(NS_SCHEMA_INSTANCE));
             if (sNil == nullptr)
-                throw FrameworkException(JFW_E_ERROR, sExcMsg);;
+                throw FrameworkException(JFW_E_ERROR, sExcMsg);
             if (xmlStrcmp(sNil, reinterpret_cast<xmlChar const *>("false")) == 0)
             {
                 CXmlCharPtr sEnabled( xmlNodeListGetString(
diff --git a/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx b/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx
index 10a41e3a2945..6946f0792c6b 100644
--- a/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx
+++ b/l10ntools/source/xmlparse.cxx
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ XMLFile *SimpleXMLParser::Execute( const OString &rFileName, XMLFile* pXMLFileIn
             m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Tag mismatch";
             break;
         case XML_ERROR_DUPLICATE_ATTRIBUTE:
-            m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Dublicat attribute";
+            m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Duplicat attribute";
             break;
         case XML_ERROR_JUNK_AFTER_DOC_ELEMENT:
             m_aErrorInformation.m_sMessage += "Junk after doc element";
diff --git a/libreofficekit/README b/libreofficekit/README
index 7e5f8e93145c..a8396d47665f 100644
--- a/libreofficekit/README
+++ b/libreofficekit/README
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ To run gtktiledviewer:
 
     bin/run gtktiledviewer $PWD/instdir/program path/to/test.odt
 
-To receive all incoming evetns from core use G_MESSAGES_DEBUG=all
+To receive all incoming events from core use G_MESSAGES_DEBUG=all
 
     G_MESSAGES_DEBUG=all bin/run gtktiledviewer $PWD/instdir/program ../test.odt
 
diff --git a/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx b/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx
index 7b433a9fcd1a..5f2c768e09d7 100644
--- a/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx
+++ b/lingucomponent/source/hyphenator/hyphen/hyphenimp.cxx
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Sequence< Locale > SAL_CALL Hyphenator::getLocales()
 
                     // currently only one language per dictionary is supported in the actual implementation...
                     // Thus here we work-around this by adding the same dictionary several times.
-                    // Once for each of it's supported locales.
+                    // Once for each of its supported locales.
                     for (sal_Int32 i = 0;  i < nLocales;  ++i)
                     {
                         LanguageTag aLanguageTag( aDictIt->aLocaleNames[i] );
diff --git a/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx b/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx
index 21d811b48063..9780d743cfb2 100644
--- a/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx
+++ b/lingucomponent/source/spellcheck/spell/sspellimp.cxx
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Sequence< Locale > SAL_CALL SpellChecker::getLocales()
 
                     // currently only one language per dictionary is supported in the actual implementation...
                     // Thus here we work-around this by adding the same dictionary several times.
-                    // Once for each of it's supported locales.
+                    // Once for each of its supported locales.
                     for (sal_Int32 i = 0;  i < nLocales;  ++i)
                     {
                         aDicts[k]  = nullptr;
diff --git a/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx b/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx
index 3de5ac9e3e04..7dc409f801c7 100644
--- a/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx
+++ b/lingucomponent/source/thesaurus/libnth/nthesimp.cxx
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Sequence< Locale > SAL_CALL Thesaurus::getLocales()
 
                     // currently only one language per dictionary is supported in the actual implementation...
                     // Thus here we work-around this by adding the same dictionary several times.
-                    // Once for each of it's supported locales.
+                    // Once for each of its supported locales.
                     for (sal_Int32 i = 0;  i < nLocales;  ++i)
                     {
                         LanguageTag aLanguageTag( aDictIt->aLocaleNames[i] );
diff --git a/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx b/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx
index d70fee68be71..f356b5a2977a 100644
--- a/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx
+++ b/linguistic/source/dlistimp.cxx
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ void DicList::SaveDics()
     {
         // save (modified) dictionaries
         DictionaryVec_t& rDicList = GetOrCreateDicList();
-        size_t nCount = rDicList.size();;
+        size_t nCount = rDicList.size();
         for (size_t i = 0;  i < nCount;  i++)
         {
             // save (modified) dictionaries
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx
index 8d8ceab439e2..64f49eecef2a 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpfrib.cxx
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ void LwpFrib::RegisterStyle(LwpFoundry* pFoundry)
         return;
     }
     //we only read four modifiers, in these modifiers,CodePage and LangOverride are not styles,
-    //so we can only handle fontid and characstyle, if others ,we should not reg style
+    //so we can only handle fontid and charstyle, if others, we should not reg style
     //note by ,1-27
     rtl::Reference<XFFont> pFont;
     XFTextStyle* pStyle = nullptr;
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx
index e1288434db34..c70153c02991 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwplayout.cxx
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ bool LwpMiddleLayout::HonorProtection()
 }
 
 /**
-* @descr:   Whether it is pretected
+* @descr:   Whether it is protected
 *
 */
 bool LwpMiddleLayout::IsProtected()
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx
index 273545b1f05b..54a186fd1676 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwpnumericfmt.cxx
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ XFStyle* LwpNumericFormat::Convert()
 }
 /**
 *
-*   @descrption for SODC_2754
+*   @description for SODC_2754
 *   @return fix wrong encoding of POUND symbol
 */
 OUString    LwpNumericFormat::reencode(const OUString& sCode)
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx
index abdfadd54552..01b3fcd67884 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwppagelayout.cxx
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ void LwpPageLayout::ConvertFillerPageText(XFContentContainer* pCont)
 {
     if(HasFillerPageText(m_pFoundry))
     {
-        //get filerpage story from division info
+        //get fillerpage story from division info
         LwpDocument* pDoc = m_pFoundry->GetDocument();
         LwpDivInfo* pDivInfo = dynamic_cast<LwpDivInfo*>(pDoc->GetDivInfoID().obj().get());
         LwpStory* pStory = dynamic_cast<LwpStory*>(pDivInfo->GetFillerPageTextID().obj().get());
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx
index 27e4e8ef7d7c..6d0396473df2 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/lwptablelayout.hxx
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ class LwpColumnLayout;
 
 /**
  * @brief
- * VO_TABLELAYOUT object and functions for registering styles and coverting tables
+ * VO_TABLELAYOUT object and functions for registering styles and converting tables
  */
 class LwpTableLayout: public LwpLayout
 {
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx
index 8d44908ab675..7916f1c114f6 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/ixfattrlist.hxx
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@
 /**
  * @brief
  * Attribute list interface for sax writer.
- * Implemente this interface for different sax writer. For OOo,i use the XDocumentHandler stream;
- * for ouputting the local file system,It's just a vector container.
+ * Implement this interface for different sax writer. For OOo,i use the XDocumentHandler stream;
+ * for outputting the local file system,It's just a vector container.
  */
 class   IXFAttrList
 {
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx
index eab7984d8ed1..221e5d4223e8 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfbgimage.cxx
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ bool operator==(XFBGImage& img1, XFBGImage& img2)
     }
     else
     {
-        //I'll not compare the content of the two buffer,it's time comsuming.
+        //I'll not compare the content of the two buffer,it's time consuming.
         return false;
     }
     if( img1.m_bPosition != img2.m_bPosition )
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx
index 9ef822f64d5c..281fb31f866d 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawpolygon.cxx
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
-/*************************************************************************
+/*
  *
  *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
  *  either of the following licenses
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
  *  Contributor(s): _______________________________________
  *
  *
- ************************************************************************/
+ */
 /*
  * @file
  * Polygon object.
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx
index e0e5ae130745..336dbdb7ea6f 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfdrawstyle.cxx
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ void    XFDrawStyle::ToXml(IXFStream *pStrm)
         aStr.clear();
         switch (m_pFontWorkStyle->GetAdjustType())
         {
-        default: // fall througth
+        default: // fall through
         case enumXFFWAdjustAutosize:
             aStr = "autosize";
             break;
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx
index 47a03e572bf1..2d933ea5ef15 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfpoint.hxx
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@
  ************************************************************************/
 /*************************************************************************
  * @file
- * Reperesent a point.
+ * Rapresent a point.
  ************************************************************************/
 #ifndef INCLUDED_LOTUSWORDPRO_SOURCE_FILTER_XFILTER_XFPOINT_HXX
 #define INCLUDED_LOTUSWORDPRO_SOURCE_FILTER_XFILTER_XFPOINT_HXX
diff --git a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx
index 7e4d60ceff07..2cfbc8a2e101 100644
--- a/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx
+++ b/lotuswordpro/source/filter/xfilter/xfstylecont.cxx
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ IXFStyleRet XFStyleContainer::AddStyle(IXFStyle *pStyle)
         delete pStyle;
         aRet.m_pStyle = pConStyle;
         aRet.m_bOrigDeleted = true;
-        return aRet;;
+        return aRet;
     }
     else
     {
diff --git a/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java b/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java
index 823479de556a..c09491be6046 100644
--- a/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java
+++ b/nlpsolver/ThirdParty/EvolutionarySolver/src/net/adaptivebox/encode/EvalElement.java
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ public class EvalElement {
    * NO minValue   maxValue : THE ELEMENT OF BasicBound
    * 1  MINDOUBLE, MINDOUBLE: the minimize objective
    * 2  MAXDOUBLE, MAXDOUBLE: the maximize objective
-   * 3  MINDOUBLE, v        : the lessthan constraint  {@literal (<v)}
-   * 4  v        , MAXDOUBLE: the largethan constraint {@literal (>v)}
+   * 3  MINDOUBLE, v        : the less than constraint  {@literal (<v)}
+   * 4  v        , MAXDOUBLE: the larger than constraint {@literal (>v)}
    * 5  v1       , v2       : the region constraint, i.e. belongs to [v1, v2]
    *
    * OPTIM type: the No.1 and No.2
diff --git a/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx b/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx
index f5d4de6fda8b..0cd1b4a0860a 100644
--- a/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx
+++ b/o3tl/qa/cow_wrapper_clients.hxx
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ private:
     o3tl::cow_wrapper< cow_wrapper_client2_impl, o3tl::ThreadSafeRefCountingPolicy > maImpl;
 };
 
-/** test default-object comparison - have default-ctored-client4 share
+/** test default-object comparison - have default-stored-client4 share
     the same static impl instance, check if isDefault does the right
     thing
  */
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java
index a040646c8ffe..a4b2da41b4c0 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DataAwareness.java
@@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ public class DataAwareness extends DocumentBasedExample implements XPropertyChan
     /** checks if a given table exists.
 
         <p>The check is made using a SELECT statement, so even if the connection
-        is a n SDB-level connection, which may filter tables in it's table
+        is a n SDB-level connection, which may filter tables in its table
         supplier, the result may be reliable ....</p>
     */
     protected boolean existsInvisibleTable( XConnection xConn, String sTableName ) throws java.lang.Exception
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java
index 148eecd2f91e..41afc0a76986 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/DocumentViewHelper.java
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ class DocumentViewHelper
 
         // go get the current view
         XController xController = get( XController.class );
-        // go get the dispatch provider of it's frame
+        // go get the dispatch provider of its frame
         XDispatchProvider xProvider = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(
             XDispatchProvider.class, xController.getFrame() );
         if ( null != xProvider )
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java
index 6b049a2e5324..7faf553f5d89 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/FormLayer.java
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public class FormLayer
         // insert the text field control
         XPropertySet xFieldModel = createControlAndShape( sControlType, nXPos + 26, nYPos, 40, nHeight );
         xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "DataField", sFieldName );
-        // knit it to it's label component
+        // knit it to its label component
         xFieldModel.setPropertyValue( "LabelControl", xLabelModel );
 
         // some names, so later on we can find them
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java
index 1b1157b91c1e..8b4c451873dc 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/KeyGenerator.java
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ class UniqueColumnValue
 
         @returns
             a String which can be used as statement to retrieve a unique value for the given column.
-            The result set resulting from such a execution contains the value in it's first column.
+            The result set resulting from such a execution contains the value in its first column.
     */
     private String composeUniqueyKeyStatement( XPropertySet xForm, String sFieldName ) throws com.sun.star.uno.Exception
     {
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java
index 412b46a098ef..26b7ba8842a5 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Forms/SalesFilter.java
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ class SalesFilter implements XActionListener, XPropertyChangeListener, XResetLis
     public boolean approveReset( EventObject aEvent ) throws com.sun.star.uno.RuntimeException
     {
         return false;
-            // do not allow the date field to be reset - it would set it's content
+            // do not allow the date field to be reset - it would set its content
             // to the current date
             // Note that another possible solution would be to wait for the resetted
             // event and correct the value there
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java
index 6f0f96453fd5..4e968116284c 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/GUI/UnoDialogSample.java
@@ -1339,7 +1339,7 @@ public class UnoDialogSample implements XTextListener, XSpinListener, XActionLis
         }
     }
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * To fully understand the example one has to be aware that the passed ???Index??? parameter
      * refers to the position of the roadmap item in the roadmapmodel container
      * whereas the variable ???_ID??? directly references to a certain step of dialog.
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java
index 2fa3b065e339..e218f4f2c99e 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeBean/OOoBeanViewer.java
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ import javax.swing.filechooser.*;
 import javax.swing.*;
 import java.io.*;
 
-/** A simple Applet that contains the SimpleBean.
+/* A simple Applet that contains the SimpleBean.
  *
  * This applet is a sample implementation of the
  * OpenOffice.org bean.
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java
index c501396e3895..5fcf04772506 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/CustomizeView.java
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public class CustomizeView extends    JPanel
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * react for click events of the used check boxes
      * We use our internal set dispatch objects to
      * call it. This calls toogle the menu/object- or toolbar.
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java
index 639dfe2042e6..a032426fd977 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/DocumentView.java
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ public class DocumentView extends    JFrame
         maInterceptor = null;
 
         // close the frame and his document
-        // Relaesing of our listener connections for disposing()
+        // Releasing of our listener connections for disposing()
         // will be forced automatically then. Because the frame
         // will call us back ...
         if (mxFrame!=null)
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java
index 718e23571b75..8946890404a5 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/FunctionHelper.java
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ public class FunctionHelper
         {
             // "createInstance()" method of used service manager can throw it.
             // If it occurred during creation of desktop service the frame already was created.
-            // Free it by decresing his refcount. Changes on the desktop tree couldn't exist.
+            // Free it by decreasing his refcount. Changes on the desktop tree couldn't exist.
             // Without the desktop service that wasn't possible. So no further rollbacks must follow.
             if(xFrame!=null)
             {
@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ public class FunctionHelper
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Try to close the frame instead of the document.
      * It shows the possible interface to do so.
      *
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java
index 21f3e6704a55..4427d0fa1655 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/Interceptor.java
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*************************************************************************
+/*
  *
  *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
  *  the BSD license.
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
  *  TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
  *  USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  *
- *************************************************************************/
+ */
 
 // Imports
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ import com.sun.star.uno.UnoRuntime;
 
 // Implementation
 
-/**
+/*
  * This class can be used to intercept dispatched URL's
  * on any frame used in this demo application.
  * It intercept all URL's which try to create a new empty frame.
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * @member m_xMaster     use this interceptor if he doesn't handle queried dispatch request
      * @member m_xSlave      we can forward all unhandled requests to this slave interceptor
      * @member m_xFrame      intercepted frame
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * ctor
      * Initialize the new interceptor. Given frame reference can be used to
      * register this interceptor on it automatically later.
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * start working as frame action listener really.
      * We will be frame action listener here. In case
      * we get a frame action which indicates, that we should
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * In case we got an oneway listener callback - we had to use the office
      * asynchronous then. This method is the callback from the started thread
      * (started inside the original oneway method). We found all parameters of
@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * callback for frame action events
      * We use it to update our interception. Because if a new component was loaded into
      * the frame or another interceptor was registered, we should refresh our connection
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Indicates using of us as an interceptor.
      * Now we have to react for the requests, we are registered.
      * That means: load new empty documents - triggered by the new menu of the office.
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Internal callback for frame action events, triggered by the used
      * OnewayExecutor thread we started in frameAction().
      * We use it to update our interception on the internal saved frame.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Implementation of interface XDispatchProviderInterceptor
      * These functions are used to build a list of interceptor objects
      * connected in both ways.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Implementation of interface XDispatchProvider
      * These functions are called from our master if he willn't handle the outstanding request.
      * Given parameter should be checked if they are right for us. If it's true, the returned
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * This method is called if this interceptor "wins the request".
      * We intercepted creation of new frames and loading of empty documents.
      * Do it now.
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Notification of status listener isn't guaranteed (instead of listener on XNotifyingDispatch interface).
      * So this interceptor doesn't support that really...
      */
@@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Implements (optional!) optimization for interceptor mechanism.
      * Any interceptor which provides this special interface is called automatically
      * at registration time on this method. Returned URL's will be used to
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * This class listen on the intercepted frame to free all used resources on closing.
      * We forget the reference to the frame only here. Deregistration
      * isn't necessary here - because this frame dies and wish to be forgotten.
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * If this java application shutdown - we must cancel all current existing
      * listener connections. Otherwhise the office will run into some
      * DisposedExceptions if it tries to use these forgotten listener references.
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ public class Interceptor implements com.sun.star.frame.XFrameActionListener,
 
         // it's a good idea to cancel listening for frame action events
         // before(!) we deregister us as an interceptor.
-        // Because registration and deregistratio nof interceptor objects
+        // Because registration and deregistration of interceptor objects
         // will force sending of frame action events...!
         if (bIsActionListener)
             xFrame.removeFrameActionListener(this);
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java
index 0ec1d70491d2..a6bafdddff15 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/OfficeConnect.java
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ public class OfficeConnect
 
     /**
      * At first call we create static connection object and open connection to an
-     * office - anew offic einstance is started if necessary
+     * office - a new office instance is started if necessary
      * Then - and for all further requests we return these static connection member.
      */
     public static synchronized void createConnection()
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java
index b78bf869920a..892729afc1bb 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/StatusView.java
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ public class StatusView extends    JPanel
 
 
 
-    /**
+    /*
      * Set new frame for this view and start listening for events immediately.
      * We create one status listener for every control we wish to update.
      * And because the environment of the frame can be changed - these
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java
index 5dd46da0e68e..11c9fb274cc1 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/DesktopEnvironment/ViewContainer.java
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ public class ViewContainer extends Thread
                 break;
 
             aListener.shutdown();
-            // May this listener has dergeistered himself.
+            // May this listener has deregistered himself.
             // But if not we must do it for him. Our own
             // method "removeListener()" ignore requests for
             // already gone listener objects.
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx
index 819da9dd6179..8f126105e36d 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/FilterDevelopment/FlatXmlFilter_cpp/FlatXml.cxx
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ sal_Bool XFlatXml::exporter(
     // read source data
     // we are especially interested in the output stream
     // since that is where our xml-writer will push the data
-    // from it's data-source interface
+    // from its data-source interface
     OUString aName, sURL;
     Reference<XOutputStream> rOutputStream;
     sal_Int32 nLength = aSourceData.getLength();
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java
index 7db1b7803f3c..a8ffb57cda92 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/OfficeDev/Linguistic/LinguisticExamples.java
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public class LinguisticExamples
             else
             {
                 if (xHyphWord.isAlternativeSpelling())
-                    System.out.println( "alternative spelling detectetd!" );
+                    System.out.println( "alternative spelling detected!" );
                 System.out.println( "valid hyphenation pos found at "
                                     + xHyphWord.getHyphenationPos()
                         + " in " + xHyphWord.getWord() );
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile
index 6ba1c78e0138..819a610421d2 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/SimpleBootstrap_java/Makefile
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ SimpleBootstrapJavaExample : $(COMPONENT_JAR)
 	@echo --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 # Setting the optional system property "com.sun.star.lib.loader.unopath" to the office
-# program path ensures that the conmfigured SDK office is used. If the system property
+# program path ensures that the configured SDK office is used. If the system property
 # is not specified, the default office installation is used.
 %.run: $(COMPONENT_JAR)
 	$(SDK_JAVA) -Dcom.sun.star.lib.loader.unopath="$(OFFICE_PROGRAM_PATH)" -jar $(COMPONENT_JAR)
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt
index 0dcd38420fbb..7876b6a339a4 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Spreadsheet/DataPilotReadme.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ component.
 
 Simple usage scenario:
 ======================
-1. build and deploay the component
+1. build and deploy the component
 2. open a new spreadsheet document
 3. select for example cell B:2
 4. start the DataPilot dialog
diff --git a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java
index 5954f558dea4..2c41d28ae05e 100644
--- a/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java
+++ b/odk/examples/DevelopersGuide/Text/TextDocuments.java
@@ -1406,7 +1406,7 @@ public class TextDocuments {
             // Select the last paragraph in the document
             xParaCursor.gotoNextParagraph ( true );
 
-            // And reset it's style to 'Standard' (the programmatic name for
+            // And reset its style to 'Standard' (the programmatic name for
             // the default style)
             xCursorProps.setPropertyValue ( "ParaStyleName", "Standard" );
         }
diff --git a/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile b/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile
index bcb7048d8794..238ec3ca2a74 100644
--- a/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile
+++ b/odk/examples/cpp/remoteclient/Makefile
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 #
 #  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
 #  the BSD license.
-#  
+#
 #  Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates.
 #  All rights reserved.
 #
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 #  ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
 #  TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
 #  USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-#     
+#
 #**************************************************************************
 
 # Builds the C++ remoteclient example of the SDK.
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ COMP_IMPL_NAME=$(COMP_NAME).uno.$(SHAREDLIB_EXT)
 COMP_IMPL=$(SHAREDLIB_OUT)/$(COMP_IMPL_NAME)
 COMP_RDB_NAME = $(COMP_NAME).uno.rdb
 COMP_RDB = $(OUT_BIN)/$(COMP_RDB_NAME)
-COMP_SERVICES=$(SHAREDLIB_OUT)/remoteclientsample.rdb 
+COMP_SERVICES=$(SHAREDLIB_OUT)/remoteclientsample.rdb
 
 ENV_COMP_SERVICES=-env:URE_MORE_SERVICES=$(URLPREFIX)$(COMP_SERVICES)
 
@@ -110,16 +110,16 @@ $(COMP_SERVICES) :
 #CppClientExample : $(COMP_IMPL) $(COMP_ENV_FLAG)
 CppClientExample : $(COMP_IMPL) $(COMP_SERVICES)
 	@echo --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-	@echo The remoteclient C++ component can be used by using the uno binary. Use the 
-	@echo the follwong command to start the example. The run target starts a remote 
+	@echo The remoteclient C++ component can be used by using the uno binary. Use the
+	@echo the following command to start the example. The run target starts a remote
 	@echo server and connect with the client to this server.
-	@echo - 
+	@echo -
 	@echo $(MAKE) remoteclient.run
-	@echo - 
+	@echo -
 	@echo NOTE: The example uses the $(QM)uno$(QM) tool to prepare a working UNO environment.
 	@echo $(SQM)      $(SQM)The example component is made available via -env:URE_MORE_SERVICES=...
 	@echo $(SQM)      $(SQM)Please check the generated $(QM)$(COMP_SERVICES)$(QM) to see how you can specify your own components in such an environment
-	@echo $(SQM)      $(SQM)and how to use the passive UNO registration.  
+	@echo $(SQM)      $(SQM)and how to use the passive UNO registration.
 	@echo --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 %.run: $(COMP_IMPL)
diff --git a/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java b/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java
index 2f60077d92d0..98432b4bf531 100644
--- a/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java
+++ b/odk/examples/java/ConverterServlet/ConverterServlet.java
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*************************************************************************
+/*
  *
  *  The Contents of this file are made available subject to the terms of
  *  the BSD license.
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
  *  TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE
  *  USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
  *
- *************************************************************************/
+ */
 
 // JDK API
 import java.io.IOException;
diff --git a/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme b/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme
index 11394383ebd8..9061339e5b24 100644
--- a/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme
+++ b/odk/examples/python/toolpanel/readme
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 This extension is a Proof of concept on implementing Toolpanel in Python
 
 - make will create the oxt
-    - provided sdk environnement is set 
+    - provided sdk environment is set
     - alternatively zip the files and name it toolpanel.oxt
 - install it
 - activate Task Panes in menu (check View > Task Pane menu)
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl
index 2af0ad811634..3c5adf80a400 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/configuration/ConfigurationRegistry.idl
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module configuration {
     </p><p>
     Thus anybody using this service is strongly advised to read and understand the specification
     of an configuration provider (com.sun.star.configuration::ConfigurationProvider)
-    and all of it's aspects.
+    and all of its aspects.
     </p>
 
     @author Frank Schoenheit
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl
index 0c9d7cdf07be..8d01e4f94bfb 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory.idl
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ published service ExtendedTypeDetectionFactory
 
         <p>
         A detection component must be specified by its UNO implementation name and will be crated then.
-        Every new created component can be initialized with it's own configuration data
+        Every new created component can be initialized with its own configuration data
         and may given optional arguments of the corresponding createInstanceWithArguments() request. To do so the
         service must support the optional interface com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization.
         The arguments parameter will have the following structure:
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl
index 3fff37b7176c..df7f35c60526 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/document/FilterFactory.idl
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ published service FilterFactory
         <strong>Proposed behavior</strong><p>
         Searching of a suitable filter for a given internal type name, must be done by the new interface
         com::sun::star::container::XContainerQuery, available on this factory too.
-        The factory interface can be used to create filter components by it's internal filter name only.
+        The factory interface can be used to create filter components by its internal filter name only.
         </p>
 
         <p>
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ published service FilterFactory
 
         <p>
         <strong>Initialization of a filter component</strong><p>
-        Every filter, which was created by this factory can(!) be initialized with it's own configuration data
+        Every filter, which was created by this factory can(!) be initialized with its own configuration data
         and may given optional arguments of the corresponding createInstanceWithArguments() request. To do so the filter
         instance must support the optional interface com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization.
         The arguments parameter will have the following structure:
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl
index b4b875ae6650..66dece34e4de 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/FileSystemStorage.idl
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ published service FileSystemStorage
                     <dt>XStorage::copyLastCommitTo()</dt>
                     <dd>
                         Since this service implementation supports no transaction
-                        this method just creates a copy of the storage in it's
+                        this method just creates a copy of the storage in its
                         current state.
                     </dd>
 
                     <dt>XStorage::copyStorageElementLastCommitTo()</dt>
                     <dd>
                         Since this service implementation supports no transaction
-                        this method just creates a copy of the storage in it's
+                        this method just creates a copy of the storage in its
                         current state.
                     </dd>
 
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl
index 6ebcf2e6269d..cb90b6a08496 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/StorageStream.idl
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ published service StorageStream
         </p>
 
         <p>
-        In case a stream is disposed any call to it's methods should result in
+        In case a stream is disposed any call to its methods should result in
         com::sun::star::lang::DisposedException.
         </p>
      */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl
index 74333f6165cf..29612596f749 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XCommonEmbedPersist.idl
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ published interface XCommonEmbedPersist: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
     /** lets the object or the link reload itself.
 
         <p>
-        If the object has persistence it will be reloaded from it's persistent
+        If the object has persistence it will be reloaded from its persistent
         entry.
         </p>
 
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl
index 7800d0a987e0..8821f60a8592 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/embed/XStorage.idl
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ published interface XStorage
     /** allows to control and track lifetime of the storage.
 
         <p>
-        In case a storage is disposed any call to it's methods should result
+        In case a storage is disposed any call to its methods should result
         in com::sun::star::lang::DisposedException.
         </p>
      */
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ published interface XStorage
                 ::com::sun::star::io::IOException,
                 ::com::sun::star::embed::StorageWrappedTargetException );
 
-    /** allows to get copy of this storage at the state of it's last commit.
+    /** allows to get copy of this storage at the state of its last commit.
 
         <p>
         This method makes sense only for services implementations that allow
@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ published interface XStorage
                 ::com::sun::star::io::IOException,
                 ::com::sun::star::embed::StorageWrappedTargetException );
 
-    /** allows to get copy of a child storage at the state of it's last commit.
+    /** allows to get copy of a child storage at the state of its last commit.
 
         <p>
         This method makes sense only for services implementations that allow
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl
index bb1e09f49b99..d2d40017ff49 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/DataAwareControlModel.idl
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ published service DataAwareControlModel
 
         <p>In the context of a control model which is data-aware, the semantics of <em>default value</em>
         (see XReset) is as follows:<br/>
-        If (and only if) the control is valid bound to a column of it's com::sun::star::form::component::DataForm, and the form
+        If (and only if) the control is valid bound to a column of its com::sun::star::form::component::DataForm, and the form
         is not positioned on a new record (see com::sun::star::sdb::RowSet::IsNew), then
-        XReset::reset() does not reset the model's value to it's default value, but uses the
+        XReset::reset() does not reset the model's value to its default value, but uses the
         underlying column value.<br/>
         In all other cases, the model is reset to the default value as specified by the respective property.</p>
 
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl
index e3c1276f1897..2a6a4d1b6c94 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/binding/XValueBinding.idl
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ interface XValueBinding : com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
             fully operational. Possible reasons for this include the binding being
             readonly, or the target of the binding not being present.
         @throws com::sun::star::lang::NoSupportException
-            if the binding in general does not support write access to it's binding
+            if the binding in general does not support write access to its binding
 
         @see getSupportedValueTypes
         @see supportsType
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl
index 57acd34180e6..b793bc4f0f01 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CheckBox.idl
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ published service CheckBox
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default state.
 
         @see CheckBox::DefaultState
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl
index 1a7f03b4f213..33c4e5e9db8c 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ComboBox.idl
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ published service ComboBox
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default text.
 
         @see ComboBox::DefaultText
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl
index 9c4fbde41c59..a5c35ae09cb9 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/CurrencyField.idl
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ published service CurrencyField
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default state.
 
         @see CurrencyField::DefaultValue
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl
index 18afb4463493..c3aa6e5ccecb 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/DataForm.idl
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ published service DataForm
         <p>You can add your component as
         com::sun::star::form::XDatabaseParameterListener
         to a form to get notified whenever the form needs parameter values to be filled in<br/>
-        In a first approach, the form tries to fill any parameters from it's master-detail relation
+        In a first approach, the form tries to fill any parameters from its master-detail relation
         (if any). All values which can't be filled are then passed to all listeners, which can
         fill them by their own choice.</p>
 
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl
index 31d8ffa33048..0e5c977f83b8 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FileControl.idl
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service FileControl
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default text.
 
         @see FileControl::DefaultText
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl
index 9d4439b07ffe..fd9817667f8b 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/FormattedField.idl
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ published service FormattedField
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default state.
 
         @see com::sun::star::awt::UnoControlFormattedFieldModel::EffectiveValue
         @see com::sun::star::awt::UnoControlFormattedFieldModel::EffectiveDefault
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl
index e1efae6552b1..48f754435e70 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/ListBox.idl
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service ListBox
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default state.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default state.
 
         @see ListBox::DefaultSelection
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl
index a9d442547125..dac2ae6a6b06 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/NumericField.idl
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service NumericField
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default value.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default value.
 
         @see NumericField::DefaultValue
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl
index 91a79b5c4029..b9083c552dfd 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/PatternField.idl
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ published service PatternField
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default text.
 
         @see PatternField::DefaultText
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl
index b99bffb04fed..664221d2b227 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/RadioButton.idl
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ published service RadioButton
 
     service com::sun::star::form::FormControlModel;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default text.
 
         @see RadioButton::DefaultState
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl
index f641d55a05ec..733edc45d861 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/component/TextField.idl
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ published service TextField
     */
     [optional] service RichTextControl;
 
-    /** can be used to reset the control to it's default text.
+    /** can be used to reset the control to its default text.
 
         @see TextField::DefaultText
     */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl
index f8daf141b9de..8b56d599098a 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/control/InteractionGridControl.idl
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
  module com {  module sun {  module star {  module form {  module control {
 
 
-/** is an extended grid control, which allows the user to customize some of it's user interface's aspects.
+/** is an extended grid control, which allows the user to customize some of its user interface's aspects.
 */
 published service InteractionGridControl
 {
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl
index 1ebe7eb31ba1..3865ff951328 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/form/validation/ValidatableControlModel.idl
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ service ValidatableControlModel
         <p>As soon as a validator is set via XValidatable::setValidator(), the validatable
         control model registers itself as listener. If the validity constraint of the validator
         changes, the ValidatableControlModel re-validates its current valid, and
-        broadcasts any resuling changes to all its XFormComponentValidityListener, if
+        broadcasts any resulting changes to all its XFormComponentValidityListener, if
         necessary.</p>
     */
     interface XValidityConstraintListener;
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl
index 5e4d15f3e091..d33859fd8cbc 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/SessionListener.idl
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 
 
 /**
-    This was created from it's sole place of use, so it might be incomplete.
+    This was created from its sole place of use, so it might be incomplete.
 
     @since LibreOffice 4.1
 */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl
index bc31b6d4ba64..978332fb0f7e 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/frame/XModule.idl
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module frame {
 /** can be used to overrule identification of office modules.
 
     <p>
-    Normally an office module will be identified by it's service name
+    Normally an office module will be identified by its service name
     in combination with a set of configuration data.
     But sometimes whole existing office modules will be used as black box components
     to implement a different office module on top of it. Patching a service name
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl
index ab8c9f614e03..fa455371a656 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/linguistic2/DictionaryListEvent.idl
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module linguistic2 {
     <P>This structure is used by the dictionary-list to inform
     its listeners about certain events.
     Since the dictionary-list is able to collect several single
-    events before broadcasting them to it's listeners the
+    events before broadcasting them to its listeners the
     integer argument may be a combination (logical or) of several
     event types.
     If more specific information about the events is requested by a
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl
index a21b2dea9bc1..f3b37a2fe393 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/rendering/XGraphicDevice.idl
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ interface XBufferController;
     rendered.
 
     For a typical windowing system, the graphic device is equivalent
-    to a distinct OS window, with it's own clipped output area,
+    to a distinct OS window, with its own clipped output area,
     fullscreen and double-buffering attributes. That is, even if one
     can have multiple canvases per system window, they all share the
     same graphic device and thus e.g. fullscreen state. If the OS
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl
index 51ab799a8e39..85cb69e66f9d 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ContentLoader.idl
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ published service ContentLoader
         The parameters passed to the
         com::sun::star::frame::XFrameLoader::load()
         are forwarded to the object being created,
-        in particular to it's
+        in particular to its
         com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization
         interface.
     **/
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl
index 65bad910ed0f..bf7426cf599b 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/ReportDesign.idl
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ module com {  module sun {  module star {  module sdb {
 
 
 /**
-  This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use.
+  This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from its sole place of use.
 
   @since LibreOffice 4.1
 */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl
index f6b343f49ef0..02dd45e7ad1f 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdb/RowSet.idl
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ published interface XParametersSupplier;
     </p>
 
     <h3>Notifications</h3>
-    <p>A row set is able to be operated in various ways, and additionally it notifies various changes in it's
+    <p>A row set is able to be operated in various ways, and additionally it notifies various changes in its
     state. Clients of this service can rely on a fixed order of notifications, depending on how they operate
     on the component.<br>
     The following describes the general order of all possible notifications which you can encounter when
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ published service RowSet
      */
     [optional] interface com::sun::star::sdbc::XResultSetUpdate;
 
-    /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by it's bookmark.
+    /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by its bookmark.
 
         <p>The optional support of this interface is already implied with the support of the com::sun::star::sdbcx::ResultSet service.</p>
 
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl
index 6cfde97a789f..cffdcff004fa 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ResultSet.idl
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ published service ResultSet
     interface XRowLocate;
 
 
-    /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by it's bookmark.
+    /** is the interface for deleting more than one row, identified by its bookmark.
               The implementation is optional.
      */
     [optional] interface XDeleteRows;
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl
index 0ccc5c5f3cfa..13ae38f2a781 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/sdbcx/ViewDescriptor.idl
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ published service ViewDescriptor
     [property] string SchemaName;
 
 
-    /** is the command for creating the view. After appending a view to it's
+    /** is the command for creating the view. After appending a view to its
         container, the command may be empty. This is typically a
         SQL Select-Statement.
      */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl
index d2354d820383..f8e29e4bddcc 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/setup/UpdateCheckConfig.idl
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module setup {
 
 
 /**
-    This was created from it's places of use, so it may be incomplete.
+    This was created from its places of use, so it may be incomplete.
 
     @since LibreOffice 4.1
 */
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl
index 44b44ee86f3b..62daab09f4d3 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ucb/DuplicateCommandIdentifierException.idl
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ module com { module sun { module star { module ucb {
 /** is thrown by XCommandProcessor::execute() to indicate that
     the same command identifier was used for two threads.
 
-    <p>Each thread must use it's own command identifier, which must be obtained
+    <p>Each thread must use its own command identifier, which must be obtained
     using XCommandProcessor::createCommandIdentifier(). Command
     identifier <code>0</code>, which indicates that the command shall never
     be aborted by a client, can be used by any thread.
diff --git a/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl b/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl
index 541c40eda820..334ecf7b8c87 100644
--- a/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl
+++ b/offapi/com/sun/star/ui/theWindowContentFactoryManager.idl
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ module com {  module sun {  module star {  module ui {
 
 
 /**
-   This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from it's sole place of use.
+   This interface could be incomplete since I derived it from its sole place of use.
 
    Prior to LibreOffice 4.3, this singleton was only available as a
    (single-instance) WindowContentFactoryManager service.
diff --git a/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt b/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt
index 7e6d197d6582..02b7fee0af53 100644
--- a/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt
+++ b/offapi/type_reference/typelibrary_history.txt
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 
 01/20/2005 (JSC): BugID=i40985
   change const value com.sun.star.configuration.backend.NodeAttribute:MASK to
-  0x7F00 insterad of 0xFF00. Necessary because of a bug fix in idlc and possible
+  0x7F00 instead of 0xFF00. Necessary because of a bug fix in idlc and possible
   because only 3 bits are masked.
 
 02/18/05 (JSC/TL): BugID=i42890
diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs
index ad38ba69a44e..23095a8ebb66 100644
--- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs
+++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Histories.xcs
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
   <templates>
     <group oor:name="HistoryItem">
       <info>
-        <desc>Describe an history item in it's details. Use URL as node name.</desc>
+        <desc>Describe an history item in its details. Use URL as node name.</desc>
       </info>
       <prop oor:name="Filter" oor:type="xs:string">
         <info>
diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs
index 27c2db1c0a7b..c8e0f00fdb29 100644
--- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs
+++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Linguistic.xcs
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
       </prop>
       <prop oor:name="Locales" oor:type="oor:string-list">
         <info>
-          <desc>Bind a dictionary to it's supported list of locales.</desc>
+          <desc>Bind a dictionary to its supported list of locales.</desc>
           <label>Dictionary locales</label>
         </info>
       </prop>
diff --git a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs
index e34360c94e8c..02f6f21dc73c 100644
--- a/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs
+++ b/officecfg/registry/schema/org/openoffice/Office/Paths.xcs
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
   <templates>
     <group oor:name="MultiPath">
       <info>
-        <desc>Describe a path in it's details.</desc>
+        <desc>Describe a path in its details.</desc>
       </info>
       <prop oor:name="Unused" oor:type="xs:string">
         <info>
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c
index 1de9891d5011..c5bef7387514 100644
--- a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CyprtoAPI_VerifySignature(HCRYPTHASH *hash,
 /**
  * Obtains the public key for the passed in cert data
  *
- * @param provider        The cryto provider
+ * @param provider        The crypto provider
  * @param certData        Data of the certificate to extract the public key from
  * @param sizeOfCertData  The size of the certData buffer
  * @param certStore       Pointer to the handle of the certificate store to use
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c
index c07ca20f88a3..ff0909a16f29 100644
--- a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ mar_verify_signatures(MarFile *mar,
   }
 
   if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_InitCryptoProvider(&provider))) {
-    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not init crytpo library.\n");
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not init crypto library.\n");
     goto failure;
   }
 
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx
index 7ccc319d39f5..fef3a70a7526 100644
--- a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ GetDWORDValue(HKEY key, LPCWSTR valueName, DWORD &retValue)
 
 /**
  * Determines if the the system's elevation type allows
- * unprmopted elevation.
+ * unprompted elevation.
  *
  * @param isUnpromptedElevation Out parameter which specifies if unprompted
  *                              elevation is allowed.
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h
index 28b5794e4469..6fad8d1cfb8a 100644
--- a/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/inc/mozilla/UniquePtr.h
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ namespace mozilla {
  * and move-assigned, not only from itself but from "derived" UniquePtr<U, E>
  * instantiations where U converts to T and E converts to D.  If you want to use
  * this, you're going to have to specify a deletion policy for both UniquePtr
- * instantations, and T pretty much has to have a virtual destructor.  In other
+ * instantiations, and T pretty much has to have a virtual destructor.  In other
  * words, this doesn't work:
  *
  *   struct Base { virtual ~Base() {} };
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx
index 486f0da1c3e5..6f275abcaef5 100644
--- a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/nsWindowsRestart.cxx
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ static int ArgStrLen(const wchar_t *s)
   BOOL addDoubleQuotes = wcspbrk(s, L" \t") != nullptr;
 
   if (addDoubleQuotes) {
-    i += 2; // initial and final duoblequote
+    i += 2; // initial and final doublequote
   }
 
   if (hasDoubleQuote) {
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx
index 3066b2b716d0..5e88dff4e2a1 100644
--- a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx
@@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ LaunchCallbackApp(const NS_tchar *workingDir,
     WinLaunchChild(argv[0], argc, argv, nullptr);
   }
 #else
-# warning "Need implementaton of LaunchCallbackApp"
+# warning "Need implementation of LaunchCallbackApp"
 #endif
 }
 
@@ -2698,7 +2698,7 @@ int NS_main(int argc, NS_tchar **argv)
         }
       }
 
-      // Make sure the service registry entries for the instsallation path
+      // Make sure the service registry entries for the installation path
       // are available.  If not don't use the service.
       if (useService) {
         WCHAR maintenanceServiceKey[MAX_PATH + 1];
diff --git a/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx b/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx
index f883cd61ee56..18a700e2b163 100644
--- a/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx
+++ b/oox/source/ole/axcontrol.cxx
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ sal_uInt32 ComCtlModelBase::getDataPartId() const
         case COMCTL_VERSION_50: return mnDataPartId5;
         case COMCTL_VERSION_60: return mnDataPartId6;
     }
-    OSL_FAIL( "ComCtlObjectBase::getDataPartId - unxpected version" );
+    OSL_FAIL( "ComCtlObjectBase::getDataPartId - unexpected version" );
     return SAL_MAX_UINT32;
 }
 
diff --git a/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx b/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx
index a059d6710718..2cfe35593207 100644
--- a/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx
+++ b/oox/source/ppt/pptimport.cxx
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL PowerPointImport::filter( const Sequence< PropertyValue >& rDe
         return true;
 
     if( isExportFilter() ) {
-        Reference< XExporter > xExporter( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( "com.sun.star.comp.Impress.oox.PowerPointExport" ), UNO_QUERY );;
+        Reference< XExporter > xExporter( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( "com.sun.star.comp.Impress.oox.PowerPointExport" ), UNO_QUERY );
 
         if( xExporter.is() ) {
             Reference< XComponent > xDocument( getModel(), UNO_QUERY );
diff --git a/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx b/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx
index 149f7f053616..6c068aca6468 100644
--- a/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx
+++ b/oox/source/ppt/timenode.cxx
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ namespace oox { namespace ppt {
             const Reference< XAnimationNode >& rxNode )
     {
         try {
-            Reference< XAnimationNode > xNode( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(rFilter.getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( rServiceName ), UNO_QUERY_THROW );;
+            Reference< XAnimationNode > xNode( Reference<css::lang::XMultiServiceFactory>(rFilter.getComponentContext()->getServiceManager(), UNO_QUERY_THROW)->createInstance( rServiceName ), UNO_QUERY_THROW );
             Reference< XTimeContainer > xParentContainer( rxNode, UNO_QUERY_THROW );
 
             xParentContainer->appendChild( xNode );
diff --git a/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx b/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx
index 0ce08dffbd84..669d8075d2cd 100644
--- a/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx
+++ b/package/source/xstor/xstorage.cxx
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void OStorage_Impl::completeStorageStreamCopy_Impl(
         if ( !xSourceInStream.is() )
             throw io::IOException( THROW_WHERE );
 
-        // TODO: headers of encripted streams should be copied also
+        // TODO: headers of encrypted streams should be copied also
         ::comphelper::OStorageHelper::CopyInputToOutput( xSourceInStream, xDestOutStream );
 
         uno::Sequence<OUString> aPropNames { "Compressed" };
diff --git a/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py b/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py
index 0c9626caa7d2..9c521f27cf4d 100644
--- a/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py
+++ b/pyuno/qa/pytests/insertremovecells.py
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class InsertRemoveCells(unittest.TestCase):
         addr = area.getRangeAddress()
 
         # 2 = intended to shift cells right, but I don't know where to find
-        # the ENUM to put in it's place.  Corrections welcome.
+        # the ENUM to put in its place.  Corrections welcome.
         sheet.insertCells( addr, 2 )
 
         # basically, the insertCells call is the test: it should not crash
diff --git a/pyuno/source/module/uno.py b/pyuno/source/module/uno.py
index ad77ad34c386..1526aac9d8df 100644
--- a/pyuno/source/module/uno.py
+++ b/pyuno/source/module/uno.py
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ class Char:
 #    def __repr__(self):
 #        return "<ByteSequence instance %s>" % str.__repr__(self)
 
-    # for a little bit compatitbility; setting value is not possible as
+    # for a little bit compatibility; setting value is not possible as
     # strings are immutable
 #    def _get_value(self):
 #        return self
diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java
index 50765a867ab0..924a9e4af6d3 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/OfficeWatcher.java
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public class OfficeWatcher extends Thread implements share.Watcher {
                 " seconds, it probably hangs and is killed NOW.");
             ph.kill();
         } else {
-            dbg("reaeched timeout but ProcessHandler is NULL");
+            dbg("reached timeout but ProcessHandler is NULL");
         }
         util.utils.pause(timeOut == 0 ? 30000 : timeOut);
         dbg("finished");
diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java
index 607c1f21a2c2..60b31b09b34e 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/runner/helper/ProcessHandler.java
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ import lib.TestParameters;
 import util.PropertyName;
 import util.utils;
 
-/**
+/*
  * Class collect information from input stream in
  * background (separate thread) and outputs it to
  * some log stream. I helps to avoid buffer overflow
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ import util.utils;
  * in case when handling stdout from external
  * <code>Process</code>)
  *
- * This class is currently used by ProcesHandler
+ * This class is currently used by ProcessHandler
  * internally only.
  */
 class Pump extends Thread
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ public class ProcessHandler
      * @param envVars       The specified environment variables are
      *                      set for the new process.
      *                      If log stream is null, logging is printed to stdout.
-     * @param  timeOut      When started sychronisly, the maximum time the
+     * @param  timeOut      When started synchronously, the maximum time the
      *                      process will live. When the process being destroyed
      *                      a log will be written out. It can be asked on
      *                      <code>isTimedOut()</code> if it has been terminated.
diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java
index 685ce2cdd4ce..b9579bc2b591 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/DBTools.java
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ import java.sql.DriverManager;
 
 /**
 * Provides useful methods for working with SOffice databases.
-* Database creation, data transferring, outputting infromation.
+* Database creation, data transferring, outputting information.
 */
 public class DBTools {
 
diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java
index 0150e3c035cb..43667d15d44c 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/SOfficeFactory.java
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public class SOfficeFactory {
     } // finished createChartDoc
 
     /**
-     * creates a simple TextTable defaultet to 2 rows and 2 columns
+     * creates a simple TextTable defaulted to 2 rows and 2 columns
      */
     public static XTextTable createTextTable(XTextDocument xTextDoc)
     {
diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java
index 4681a9963235..250ecbf6be45 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/WriterTools.java
@@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ public class WriterTools {
                                                                  oGObject);
             the_name.setName(name);
         } catch (Exception ex) {
-            System.out.println("Exception while insertin TextGraphic");
+            System.out.println("Exception while inserting TextGraphic");
             ex.printStackTrace();
         }
     }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
diff --git a/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java b/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java
index 5feda4867ccc..c15a3e96efeb 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/runner/util/XMLTools.java
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ public class XMLTools {
 
         /**
          * Reset all values. This is important e.g. for test of XFilter
-         * interface, where 'filter()' method istbstarted twice.
+         * interface, where 'filter()' method is started twice.
          */
         void reset() {
             docStarted = false ;
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java
index 1271b7239898..14dd56cb3288 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/awt/_XTabController.java
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ import com.sun.star.awt.XTabControllerModel;
 *  <li><code> activateTabOrder()</code></li>
 *  <li><code> autoTabOrder()</code></li>
 *  <li><code> getContainer()</code></li>
-*  <li><code> getCotrols()</code></li>
+*  <li><code> getControls()</code></li>
 *  <li><code> getModel()</code></li>
 *  <li><code> setContainer()</code></li>
 *  <li><code> setModel()</code></li>
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java
index f8f32686ed56..16bbceb45456 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/bridge/_XUnoUrlResolver.java
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ public class _XUnoUrlResolver extends MultiMethodTest {
             try {
                 // create a connection
                 XConnection xCon = xAcc.accept(connectString);
-                // create a bridge over that conmnection
+                // create a bridge over that connection
                 xBridge = xBrdgFctr.createBridge(
                                     "MyBridge", "urp", xCon, xInstProv);
             } catch (com.sun.star.lang.IllegalArgumentException e) {
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java
index f9b3283aadc8..0201bc5e16b4 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/container/_XNameReplace.java
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ import com.sun.star.uno.UnoRuntime;
 * INSTANCEn are n Objectrelations so that every thread can isert it's own
 * object. n depends on the variable THRCNT which and comes from API.INI
 * Some Object-Container can't replace the first that comes belong. So in
-* NAMEREPLACE you can determine a containerobject, which is replaceable. <p>
+* NAMEREPLACE you can determine a container object, which is replaceable. <p>
 *
 * Test is <b> NOT </b> multithread compliant. <p>
 * After test completion object environment has to be recreated.
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java
index 3790b739f54b..93213a0d8b73 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/datatransfer/_XDataFormatTranslator.java
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ public class _XDataFormatTranslator extends MultiMethodTest {
     }
 
     /**
-     * Gets data flavour from system data type, which was gotten
+     * Gets data flavor from system data type, which was gotten
      * from 'text/html' MIME type. <p>
      * Has <b>OK</b> status if DataFlavour returned has 'text/html' MIME
      * type.
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java
index 2b208e4537a7..7a8193bc0b15 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/document/_XDocumentInsertable.java
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ public class _XDocumentInsertable extends MultiMethodTest {
             tEnv.getObjRelation("XDocumentInsertable.Checker") ;
 
         if (checker == null) {
-            log.println("Relaion not found, trying to query for "+
+            log.println("Relation not found, trying to query for "+
                 "XTextRange ...") ;
             range = UnoRuntime.queryInterface (XTextRange.class, oObj) ;
             if (range == null) {
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java
index 7cd6bf913afe..60dcd7f63187 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_DataAwareControlModel.java
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ public class _DataAwareControlModel extends MultiPropertyTest {
     }
 
     /**
-    * Forces environment recreateation.
+    * Forces environment recreation.
     */
     @Override
     public void after() {
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java
index 2d068a1ae237..1a7213a8e3fa 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/form/_XSubmit.java
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ public class _XSubmit extends MultiMethodTest {
                 e.printStackTrace(log);
             }
         } else {
-            log.println("!!! The tested compoennt doesn't support XPropertySet ");
+            log.println("!!! The tested component doesn't support XPropertySet ");
         }
 
         oObj.submit(cntrl, new MouseEvent());
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java
index bba3d2d5b67a..20cfa71c7867 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/frame/_XController.java
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public class _XController extends MultiMethodTest {
     /**
     * At first object relation 'FirstModel' is gotten. Then test calls the
     * method. <p>
-    * Has <b> OK </b> status if string repersentation of an object, returned by
+    * Has <b> OK </b> status if string rapresentation of an object, returned by
     * the method is equal to string representation of corresponding object
     * relation.
     */
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java
index 77e96d72fa34..ba1190d5f6cb 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/i18n/_XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier.java
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ public class _XExtendedIndexEntrySupplier extends MultiMethodTest {
             for (int j = 0; j < algorithms.size(); j++) {
                 String[] algs = algorithms.get(Integer.valueOf(j));
                 for (int k=0;k<algs.length;k++) {
-                log.println("\t Algorythm :" +
+                log.println("\t Algorithm :" +
                             algs[k]);
                 oObj.loadAlgorithm(locales[i], algs[k], CollatorOptions.CollatorOptions_IGNORE_CASE);
                 log.println("\t\t Get: " +
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java
index d33239174e2c..cd5c4b26450f 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XActiveDataControl.java
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public class _XActiveDataControl extends MultiMethodTest {
 
     /**
      * XStreamListener implementation. Sets variables
-     * (<cod>estartedCalled</code>, <code>terminatedCalled</code>, etc.) to
+     * (<cod>startedCalled</code>, <code>terminatedCalled</code>, etc.) to
      * <tt>true</tt> if the appropriate method was called (for example, if
      * <code>started()</code> was called, the <code>startedCalled</code>
      * field is set).
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java
index 9bfe93b337be..90ee86afb63c 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/io/_XInputStream.java
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ public class _XInputStream extends MultiMethodTest {
     int bytesReady = 0 ;
 
     /**
-     * Before the test, the stream writer and the data are ecxtracted from
+     * Before the test, the stream writer and the data are extracted from
      * the object relations and the data is written to the stream.
      */
     @Override
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java
index 140cb008ae05..b0375c257a6a 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/script/_XEventAttacherManager.java
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ public class _XEventAttacherManager extends MultiMethodTest {
     }
 
     /**
-     * Method checks that array of descriptors contains the concrete desciptor.
+     * Method checks that array of descriptors contains the concrete descriptor.
      * @param container the array of descriptors
      * @param evt the descriptor which presence in the array is checked
      * @return true if the descriptor presence in the array
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java
index 717d0672d3ae..2764574bb193 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sdb/_XSingleSelectQueryComposer.java
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ public class _XSingleSelectQueryComposer extends MultiMethodTest {
     private XResultSet xReSet = null;
 
     /**
-     * Retcieves the object relations:
+     * Retrieves the object relations:
     * <ul>
     *  <li><code>XSingleSelectQueryAnalyzer xQueryAna</code></li>
     *  <li><code>XPropertySet xProp</code></li>
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java
index c5026eb692f0..51adc5ef76cb 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/sheet/_XAreaLink.java
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public class _XAreaLink extends MultiMethodTest {
     }
 
     /**
-    * Creates a new desination CellRange address and sets it for
+    * Creates a new destination CellRange address and sets it for
     * the link object. <p>
     * After setting the DestArea, the link is refreshed and the area is
     * adjusted to the size of the source data.
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java
index 017d4a881f3d..006796724ad8 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_BaseIndex.java
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ public class _BaseIndex extends MultiPropertyTest {
      *
      * Comparing of set and got <code>PropertyValue</code> arrays
      * is difficult because values can be changed after setting
-     * by service miplementation. <p>
+     * by service implementation. <p>
      *
      * Has <b>OK</b> status if the collection again gotten, has a
      * new first element (i.e. lengths of the old array and the array
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java
index 7268118dd3dc..5b1f6997849e 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/text/_XPagePrintable.java
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ public class _XPagePrintable extends MultiMethodTest {
     }
 
     /**
-     * Changes a property 'IsLandscape' in existsing print settings,
+     * Changes a property 'IsLandscape' in existing print settings,
      * and sets these settings back. <p>
      *
      * Has <b>OK</b> status if settings gotten again has the changed
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java
index a4ae2ba7cb76..ad7dc3aa3122 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory.java
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ public class _XCachedDynamicResultSetStubFactory extends MultiMethodTest {
     /**
     * Creates an instance of <code>CachedDynamicResultSet</code> service
     * which is not connected to any stub. Then tries to connect it to
-    * <code>DynaminResultSet</code> created and passed as relation.
+    * <code>DynamicResultSet</code> created and passed as relation.
     * Connection is checked by retrieving and comparing of row numbers
     * of connected set and its source set. <p>
     * Has <b>OK</b> status if row numbers are equal and they are
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java
index f6cf0b7f5e62..688b2bd3567a 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderFactory.java
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ public class _XContentProviderFactory extends MultiMethodTest {
     public static XContentProviderFactory oObj = null;
 
     /**
-     * Creates a propvider. <p>
+     * Creates a provider. <p>
      * Has <b> OK </b> status if the returned value is not
      * <code>null</code>. <p>
      */
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java
index 9849f1f7f51c..3242c1071704 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XContentProviderManager.java
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ public class _XContentProviderManager extends MultiMethodTest {
      * @see #_queryContentProvider
      */
     public void _registerContentProvider() {
-        // querying providfers info before inserting them, to verify results
+        // querying providers info before inserting them, to verify results
         initialProvidersInfo = oObj.queryContentProviders();
 
         // GnomeVFSContentProvider or GIOContentProvider ?, typically null
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java
index 0d34af24ba6b..2f633122e9bd 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/ucb/_XSimpleFileAccess.java
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ public class _XSimpleFileAccess extends MultiMethodTest {
 
         if (oHandler == null)
             throw new StatusException
-                (Status.failed("Reelation InteractionHandler not found"));
+                (Status.failed("Relation InteractionHandler not found"));
 
         try {
             handler = UnoRuntime.queryInterface
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java
index 45510f593b0d..3f28462dc17c 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/view/_XScreenCursor.java
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ public class _XScreenCursor extends MultiMethodTest {
      * The following method tests are to be completed successfully before :
      * <ul>
      *  <li> <code> screenDown() </code> : by default view is on the
-     *  top of pag, thereby it's needed first to moved down. </li>
+     *  top of pag, thereby its needed first to moved down. </li>
      * </ul>
      */
     public void _screenUp(){
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java
index 4e8b9216618e..8fc5b88bdfb1 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/ifc/xml/sax/_XDocumentHandler.java
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public class _XDocumentHandler extends MultiMethodTest {
          *
          * Has <b>OK</b> status if no exceptions occurred during
          * the whole transferring and if the appropriate changes
-         * occurred in the document where XML data was trnsfered to.
+         * occurred in the document where XML data was transferred to.
          * This check is performed by checker relation.
          */
     public void _endDocument() {
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java
index b7d926e502e4..499779ebf629 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_dbaccess/JoinViewAccessibility.java
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ public class JoinViewAccessibility extends TestCase {
      * creates two tables in database.
      * Creates a new query and adds it to DefinitionContainer.
      * Opens the QueryComponent.with loadComponentFromURL
-     * and gets the object with the role UNKNOWN and the Impplementation
+     * and gets the object with the role UNKNOWN and the implementation
      * name that contains ConnectionLine
      * @param Param test parameters
      * @param log writer to log information while testing
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java
index 77fde0139689..327790f050a4 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ODatabaseForm.java
@@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ public class ODatabaseForm extends TestCase {
         }
 
         /**
-         * Dummy implemetnation. Do nothing, just log
+         * Dummy implementation. Do nothing, just log
          * @param o Ignore.
          */
         public void disposing(EventObject o) {
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java
index bc9b964fa6b0..b440f24ce28b 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OGridControlModel.java
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ public class OGridControlModel extends GenericModelTest {
 
 
     /**
-     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class
+     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class
      * @param Param the test parameter
      * @param log the log writer
      * @return lib.TestEnvironment
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java
index f482036950a0..f829da701e63 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OListBoxModel.java
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ public class OListBoxModel extends GenericModelTest {
     }
 
     /**
-     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class
+     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class
      * This test uses not the generic implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE> of its
      * super class. This tests uses its own implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE>
      * to test <CODE>com::sun::star::form::XUpdateBroadcaster</CODE>
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java
index be0b9f9d6485..d65c07064733 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/ORadioButtonModel.java
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public class ORadioButtonModel extends GenericModelTest {
     }
 
     /**
-     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class
+     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class
      * @param Param the test parameter
      * @param log the log writer
      * @return lib.TestEnvironment
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java
index e937e6a8816d..999ae6e606ed 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_forms/OTimeModel.java
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ public class OTimeModel extends GenericModelTest {
     }
 
     /**
-     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from it's super class
+     * calls <CODE>createTestEnvironment()</CODE> from its super class
      * This test uses not the generic implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE> of its
      * super class. This tests uses its own implementation of <CODE>checker()</CODE>
      * to test <CODE>com::sun::star::form::XUpdateBroadcaster</CODE>
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java
index 08b8e8734255..885bef0efeee 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_fps/FilePicker.java
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ public class FilePicker extends TestCase {
     * <ul>
     *  <li> <code>'XInitialization.args'</code> for
     *      {@link ifc.lang._XInitialization} : argument
-    *    for creating dialog from teamplate. </li>
+    *    for creating dialog from template. </li>
     *  <li> <code>'XFilePickerControlAccess.ControlID'</code> for
     *      {@link ifc.ui.dialogs._XFilePickerControlAccess} : here
     *    it is identifier of check box.</li>
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java
index aefd4365b5bd..69d6a26513eb 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell.java
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ public class ScAccessiblePreviewHeaderCell extends TestCase {
             }
             if (i == 20) { // give up after 10 sec
                 throw new RuntimeException(
-                    "Couldn't get AccessibleRolte.TABLE/TABLE_CELL object");
+                    "Couldn't get AccessibleRole.TABLE/TABLE_CELL object");
             }
             log.println("No TABLE/TABLE_CELL found yet, retrying");
         }
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java
index 3b6d0865696d..0f23744a759c 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScCellRangeObj.java
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ public class ScCellRangeObj extends TestCase {
                                        XPropertySet.class, oObj);
         tEnv.addObjRelation("PropSet", PropSet);
 
-        // XSearchable: Add a cell to make a seacrchable entry
+        // XSearchable: Add a cell to make a searchable entry
         try {
             tEnv.addObjRelation("XSearchable.MAKEENTRYINCELL", new XCell[] {
                         testRange.getCellByPosition(0,0), testRange.getCellByPosition(0,1)});
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java
index bb4ee77bd8ae..7cf49d47e207 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldObj.java
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ public class ScHeaderFieldObj extends TestCase {
     * instance of the service <code>com.sun.star.text.TextField.Time</code> and
     * the instance of the service <code>com.sun.star.text.TextField.Date</code>
     * Obtains the text (the interface <code>XText</code>) which is printed in
-    * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in it's content
+    * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in its content
     * the second created instance.
     * Object relations created :
     * <ul>
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java
index 76de3ecdf671..945b607cde79 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScHeaderFieldsObj.java
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public class ScHeaderFieldsObj extends TestCase {
      * using the property <code>'RightPageHeaderContent'</code>. Creates the
      * instance of the service <code>com.sun.star.text.TextField.Time</code> .
      * Obtains the text (the interface <code>XText</code>) which is printed in
-     * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in it's content
+     * the left part of the header or footer and inserts in its content
      * the created field instance. Then the tested component is obtained
      * through <code>XTextFieldsSupplier</code> interface of a text.
      *
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java
index f7e897065518..983bb64bc511 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sc/ScModelObj.java
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ public class ScModelObj extends TestCase {
     /**
     * Creating a TestEnvironment for the interfaces to be tested.
     * Disposes the spreadsheet documents if they was created already.
-    * Creates two spreadsheet documents. Rertieves the current controller for
+    * Creates two spreadsheet documents. Retrieves the current controller for
     * each of them. Obtains the collection of spreadsheets, takes one of them
     * and takes some cell from the spreadsheet. The created documents are the instances
     * of the service <code>com.sun.star.sheet.SpreadsheetDocument</code>.
diff --git a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java
index 5c11113d690c..d62e2097125f 100644
--- a/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java
+++ b/qadevOOo/tests/java/mod/_sw/SwXFootnotes.java
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ public class SwXFootnotes extends TestCase {
         oInterface = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XFootnotesSupplier.class, xTextDoc);
         oObj = oInterface.getFootnotes();
 
-        log.println( "creating a new environment for Foontnotes object" );
+        log.println( "creating a new environment for Footnotes object" );
         TestEnvironment tEnv = new TestEnvironment(oObj);
         return tEnv;
     }
diff --git a/registry/source/reflread.cxx b/registry/source/reflread.cxx
index 310d10bf6470..9d7ce59a7eb7 100644
--- a/registry/source/reflread.cxx
+++ b/registry/source/reflread.cxx
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@ bool TYPEREG_CALLTYPE typereg_reader_create(
             *result = nullptr;
             return true;
         }
-        typereg_Version version = entry->getVersion();;
+        typereg_Version version = entry->getVersion();
         if (version < TYPEREG_VERSION_0 || version > maxVersion) {
             *result = nullptr;
             return true;
diff --git a/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx b/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx
index ee745a5f8dc2..d5e33c7977e2 100644
--- a/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx
+++ b/registry/tools/regcompare.cxx
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void Options_Impl::printUsage_Impl() const
             "     |S<name>   is specified the comparison starts with the root key.\n"
             "    -x<name>  = name specifies the name of a key which won't be compared. All\n"
             "     |X<name>   subkeys won't be compared also. This option can be used more than once.\n"
-            "    -f|F      = force the detailed output of any diffenrences. Default\n"
+            "    -f|F      = force the detailed output of any differences. Default\n"
             "                is that only the number of differences is returned.\n"
             "    -c|C      = make a complete check, that means any differences will be\n"
             "                detected. Default is only a compatibility check that means\n"
diff --git a/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx b/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx
index 35063422c1dd..2652e61f8a0f 100644
--- a/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx
+++ b/reportdesign/source/core/inc/core_resource.hxx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ namespace reportdesign
         ResourceManager() { }
         ~ResourceManager() { }
 
-        // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in it's dtor,
+        // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in its dtor,
         // ensures that m_pImpl will be deleted
         class EnsureDelete
         {
diff --git a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx
index 835180600434..c48f4622419c 100644
--- a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx
+++ b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/CondFormat.cxx
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ namespace rptui
             const UndoContext aUndoContext( m_rController.getUndoManager(), sUndoAction );
             try
             {
-                sal_Int32 j(0), i(0);;
+                sal_Int32 j(0), i(0);
                 for (   Conditions::const_iterator cond = m_aConditions.begin();
                         cond != m_aConditions.end();
                         ++cond, ++i
diff --git a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx
index b32c430d6056..990277a36f78 100644
--- a/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx
+++ b/reportdesign/source/ui/dlg/GroupsSorting.cxx
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ EditBrowseBox::RowStatus OFieldExpressionControl::GetRowStatus(long nRow) const
         }
         catch(uno::Exception&)
         {
-            OSL_FAIL("Exception cathced while try to get a group!");
+            OSL_FAIL("Exception catched while try to get a group!");
         }
     }
     return EditBrowseBox::CLEAN;
diff --git a/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx b/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx
index 456db62e589a..7d71809713cb 100644
--- a/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx
+++ b/reportdesign/source/ui/report/ViewsWindow.cxx
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ void OViewsWindow::removeSection(sal_uInt16 _nPosition)
 
         m_pParent->getReportView()->UpdatePropertyBrowserDelayed((*aNew)->getReportSection().getSectionView());
 
-        aPos->disposeAndClear();;
+        aPos->disposeAndClear();
         m_aSections.erase(aPos);
         Resize();
     }
diff --git a/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx b/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx
index 3c4fdbe1a75e..9c907160e9b6 100644
--- a/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx
+++ b/rsc/source/res/rscmgr.cxx
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ ERRTYPE RscMgr::WriteRcHeader( const RSCINST & rInst, RscWriteRc & rMem,
             }
 
             /*
-            // structure definitoin from which the resource is built
+            // structure definition from which the resource is built
             struct RSHEADER_TYPE{
                 RESOURCE_TYPE   nRT;        // resource type
                 sal_uInt32          nRT;        // resource type
diff --git a/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx b/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx
index 0764d08ea8eb..9c2332d91069 100644
--- a/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx
+++ b/sal/osl/unx/time.cxx
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL osl_getSystemTimeFromLocalTime( const TimeValue* pLocalTimeVal
 
     atime = (time_t) pLocalTimeVal->Seconds;
 
-    /* Convert atime, which is a local time, to it's GMT equivalent. Then, get
+    /* Convert atime, which is a local time, to its GMT equivalent. Then, get
      * the timezone offset for the local time for the GMT equivalent time. Note
      * that we cannot directly use local time to determine the timezone offset
      * because GMT is the only reliable time that we can determine timezone
diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx
index 74f0f97d91c8..479c1741d785 100644
--- a/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx
+++ b/sal/osl/w32/file_url.cxx
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ static BOOL IsValidFilePathComponent(
         // - Array should be const static
         // - Sorted array, use binary search
         // - More intelligent check for com1-9, lpt1-9
-        // Maybe make szComponent upper case, don't search case intensitive
+        // Maybe make szComponent upper case, don't search case insensitive
         // Talked to HRO: Could be removed. Shouldn't be used in OOo, and if used for something like a filename, it will lead to an error anyway.
         /*
         if ( fValid )
diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx
index 56123917534b..e88810b61819 100644
--- a/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx
+++ b/sal/osl/w32/module.cxx
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ void* SAL_CALL osl_getSymbol(oslModule Module, rtl_uString *strSymbolName)
 {
     /* casting from a function pointer to a data pointer is invalid
        be in this case unavoidable because the API has to stay
-       compitable we need to keep this function which returns a
+       compatible. We need to keep this function which returns a
        void* by definition */
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 #pragma warning(push)
diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx
index 77e680e44ac7..8c3e1169116d 100644
--- a/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx
+++ b/sal/osl/w32/process.cxx
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ static rtl_uString ** osl_createCommandArgs_Impl (int argc, char **)
                 0, reinterpret_cast<LPCWSTR>(ppArgs[0]->buffer), L".exe", aBuffer.getBufSizeInSymbols(), ::osl::mingw_reinterpret_cast<LPWSTR>(aBuffer), 0);
             if ((0 < dwResult) && (dwResult < aBuffer.getBufSizeInSymbols()))
             {
-                /* Replace argv[0] with it's absolute path */
+                /* Replace argv[0] with its absolute path */
                 rtl_uString_newFromStr_WithLength(
                     &(ppArgs[0]), aBuffer, dwResult);
             }
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ oslProcessError SAL_CALL osl_getProcessWorkingDir( rtl_uString **pustrWorkingDir
     if ( dwLen && dwLen < aBuffer.getBufSizeInSymbols() )
     {
         oslFileError    eError;
-        rtl_uString     *ustrTemp = NULL;;
+        rtl_uString     *ustrTemp = NULL;
 
         rtl_uString_newFromStr_WithLength( &ustrTemp, aBuffer, dwLen );
         eError = osl_getFileURLFromSystemPath( ustrTemp, pustrWorkingDir );
diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx
index a3465cacabe0..9218976934ca 100644
--- a/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx
+++ b/sal/osl/w32/profile.cxx
@@ -2245,7 +2245,7 @@ static sal_Bool lookupProfile(const sal_Unicode *strPath, const sal_Unicode *str
         rtl_uString * strTmp = NULL;
         sal_Int32 nPos;
 
-        /* try to find the file in the directory of the executbale */
+        /* try to find the file in the directory of the executable */
         if (osl_getExecutableFile(&strTmp) != osl_Process_E_None)
             return sal_False;
 
diff --git a/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx b/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx
index 51fe5ac93b77..69c56838f3bb 100644
--- a/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx
+++ b/sal/osl/w32/signal.cxx
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ void win_seh_translator( unsigned nSEHCode, _EXCEPTION_POINTERS* /* pExcPtrs */)
         case EXCEPTION_FLT_UNDERFLOW:            pSEHName = "SEH Exception: FLOAT UNDERFLOW"; break;
         case EXCEPTION_INT_DIVIDE_BY_ZERO:       pSEHName = "SEH Exception: INTEGER DIVIDE_BY_ZERO"; break;
         case EXCEPTION_INT_OVERFLOW:             pSEHName = "SEH Exception: INTEGER OVERFLOW"; break;
-        case EXCEPTION_PRIV_INSTRUCTION:         pSEHName = "SEH Exception: PRIVILEDGED INSTRUCTION"; break;
+        case EXCEPTION_PRIV_INSTRUCTION:         pSEHName = "SEH Exception: PRIVILEGED INSTRUCTION"; break;
         case EXCEPTION_IN_PAGE_ERROR:            pSEHName = "SEH Exception: IN_PAGE_ERROR"; break;
         case EXCEPTION_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION:      pSEHName = "SEH Exception: ILLEGAL INSTRUCTION"; break;
         case EXCEPTION_NONCONTINUABLE_EXCEPTION: pSEHName = "SEH Exception: NONCONTINUABLE EXCEPTION"; break;
diff --git a/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx b/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx
index 31d73177d1ca..ef262143f593 100644
--- a/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx
+++ b/sal/qa/osl/file/osl_File.cxx
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ namespace osl_FileBase
         checkUNXBehaviour_getFileURLFromSystemPath(sSysPath, osl::FileBase::E_INVAL, "");
         checkWNTBehaviour_getFileURLFromSystemPath(sSysPath, osl::FileBase::E_INVAL, "");
      }
-         // start with "~user", not impletment
+         // start with "~user", not implement
     //      void SystemPath_FileURL::getFileURLFromSystemPath_006()
 
     // testing the method
diff --git a/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx b/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx
index 529c113ced76..568f0472923d 100644
--- a/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx
+++ b/sal/qa/osl/pipe/osl_Pipe.cxx
@@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ namespace osl_StreamPipe
 
     /** testing the methods:
         inline StreamPipe();
-        inline StreamPipe(oslPipe Pipe);;
+        inline StreamPipe(oslPipe Pipe);
         inline StreamPipe(const StreamPipe& Pipe);
         inline StreamPipe(const ::rtl::OUString& strName, oslPipeOptions Options = osl_Pipe_OPEN);
         inline StreamPipe(const ::rtl::OUString& strName, oslPipeOptions Options, const Security &rSec );
diff --git a/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx b/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx
index 4a1b2276c727..7505fd28f5bf 100644
--- a/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx
+++ b/sal/qa/rtl/digest/rtl_digest.cxx
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ public:
 #if 0 // Don't remove, but instead fix the test or something
 
             // With this test case rtl_digest_SHA1 computes the wrong sum. This was confirmed
-            // by decrytion of a MSO encrypted document. Replacing the rtl_digest_SHA1 calculation
+            // by decryption of a MSO encrypted document. Replacing the rtl_digest_SHA1 calculation
             // with sha1 calculation from NSS was able to decrypt the document.
 
             const unsigned char aData[] = {
diff --git a/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx b/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx
index c9ad1222e090..09a78557c8cb 100644
--- a/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx
+++ b/sax/source/expatwrap/saxwriter.cxx
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ public:
     ~SaxWriterHelper()
     {
         OSL_ENSURE(!nCurrentPos, "cached Sequence not written");
-        OSL_ENSURE(m_bStartElementFinished, "StartElement not complettly written");
+        OSL_ENSURE(m_bStartElementFinished, "StartElement not completely written");
     }
 
     inline void insertIndentation(sal_uInt32 m_nLevel)  throw( SAXException );
diff --git a/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx b/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx
index f0bf021e4157..0570024cfd45 100644
--- a/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx
+++ b/sax/source/tools/converter.cxx
@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ static bool lcl_parseDate(
 
     {
         // While W3C XMLSchema specifies years with a minimum of 4 digits, be
-        // leninent in what we accept for years < 1000. One digit is acceptable
+        // lenient in what we accept for years < 1000. One digit is acceptable
         // if the remainders match.
         bSuccess = readDateTimeComponent(string, nPos, nYear, 1, false);
         if (!bIgnoreInvalidOrMissingDate)
diff --git a/sc/inc/document.hxx b/sc/inc/document.hxx
index b617fa1717e5..01f7a48f51e1 100644
--- a/sc/inc/document.hxx
+++ b/sc/inc/document.hxx
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ private:
     ScFormulaCell*      pFormulaTree;                   // formula tree (start)
     ScFormulaCell*      pEOFormulaTree;                 // formula tree (end), last cell
     ScFormulaCell*      pFormulaTrack;                  // BroadcastTrack (start)
-    ScFormulaCell*      pEOFormulaTrack;                // BrodcastTrack (end), last cell
+    ScFormulaCell*      pEOFormulaTrack;                // BroadcastTrack (end), last cell
     ScBroadcastAreaSlotMachine* pBASM;                  // BroadcastAreas
     ScChartListenerCollection* pChartListenerCollection;
     SvMemoryStream*     pClipData;
diff --git a/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java b/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java
index 2da80548e387..57529e6d709f 100644
--- a/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java
+++ b/sc/qa/complex/sc/CalcRTL.java
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ public class CalcRTL
     }
 
     /*
-     * This method inserts a RectangleShape into the calc document xSheetDoc and returns the resultung XShape-object
+     * This method inserts a RectangleShape into the calc document xSheetDoc and returns the resulting XShape-object
      */
     protected XShape getInsertedShape() {
         XShape insertedShape = null;
diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx b/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx
index 1beb33cb866c..cce409c9adbd 100644
--- a/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx
+++ b/sc/qa/unit/helper/qahelper.hxx
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SCQAHELPER_DLLPUBLIC std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& rStrm, const OpCode&
 // handling APIs? Do we really want to add arbitrary new file handling
 // wrappers here and there (and then having to handle the Android (and
 // eventually perhaps iOS) special cases here, too)?  Please move this to osl,
-// it sure looks gemerally useful. Or am I missing something?
+// it sure looks generally useful. Or am I missing something?
 
 SCQAHELPER_DLLPUBLIC void loadFile(const OUString& aFileName, std::string& aContent);
 
diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx
index 65e9fbce9cbf..3be2f8e8cb28 100644
--- a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx
+++ b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc.cxx
@@ -5717,7 +5717,7 @@ void Test::testCondFormatInsertDeleteSheets()
     ScConditionalFormatList* pList = m_pDoc->GetCondFormList(0);
     CPPUNIT_ASSERT(pList);
     const ScConditionalFormat* pCheck = pList->GetFormat(nKey);
-    CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("Wrong condntional format instance.", pCheck == pFormat);
+    CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("Wrong conditional format instance.", pCheck == pFormat);
 
     // ... and its range is B2:B4.
     ScRangeList aCheckRange = pCheck->GetRange();
diff --git a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx
index 99dc5ca388cb..75ef6a2ba0c0 100644
--- a/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx
+++ b/sc/qa/unit/ucalc_formula.cxx
@@ -4190,7 +4190,7 @@ void Test::testFuncLEN()
 
     ScFormulaCell* pFC = m_pDoc->GetFormulaCell(ScAddress(1,0,0));
     CPPUNIT_ASSERT(pFC);
-    CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("This formulashould be a matrix origin.",
+    CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("This formula should be a matrix origin.",
                            pFC->GetMatrixFlag() == MM_FORMULA);
 
     // This should be a 1x3 matrix.
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx
index d59e5d588d5b..1b03f1f803f6 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/column3.cxx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
 
 using ::com::sun::star::i18n::LocaleDataItem;
 
-// Err527 Workaroand
+// Err527 Workaround
 extern const ScFormulaCell* pLastFormulaTreeTop; // in cellform.cxx
 using namespace formula;
 
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx
index 4c42a7d387c2..c2e5bc5da4a8 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/column4.cxx
@@ -904,7 +904,7 @@ private:
 
         sc::CellTextAttr& rAttr = sc::celltextattr_block::at(*aAttrPos.first->data, aAttrPos.second);
         if (rAttr.mnScriptType != SvtScriptType::UNKNOWN)
-            // Script type already deteremined.  Skip it.
+            // Script type already determined.  Skip it.
             return;
 
         const ScPatternAttr* pPat = mrCol.GetPattern(nRow);
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx
index 7bd9f5cd55a2..aaeb3c880d1a 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/conditio.cxx
@@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ void ScConditionEntry::FillCache() const
             SCROW nRowStart = aRange->aStart.Row();
             SCTAB nTab = aRange->aStart.Tab();
 
-            // temporary fix to workaorund slow duplicate entry
+            // temporary fix to workaround slow duplicate entry
             // conditions, prevent to use a whole row
             if(nRow == MAXROW)
             {
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx
index 8b79337ba6b5..c174d994ee48 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/dociter.cxx
@@ -2108,7 +2108,7 @@ bool ScHorizontalCellIterator::SkipInvalidInRow()
     return false;
 }
 
-/// Find the next row that has some real content in one of it's columns.
+/// Find the next row that has some real content in one of its columns.
 SCROW ScHorizontalCellIterator::FindNextNonEmptyRow()
 {
     size_t nNextRow = MAXROW+1;
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx
index f8839b9a72fc..e1eb4955e627 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/docpool.cxx
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ void ScDocumentPool::InitVersionMaps()
     pVersionMap3 = new sal_uInt16 [ nMap3Count ];
     for ( i=0, j=nMap3Start; i < nMap3New; i++, j++ )
         pVersionMap3[i] = j;
-    // An entry insterted ...
+    // An entry inserted...
     for ( i=nMap3New, j=nMap3Start+nMap3New+1; i < nMap3Count; i++, j++ )
         pVersionMap3[i] = j;
 
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx
index b0b6cc9643f5..afe6469e44a2 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/documen4.cxx
@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ sal_uInt16 ScDocument::RowDifferences( SCROW nThisRow, SCTAB nThisTab,
     if (nUsed > 0)
         return static_cast<sal_uInt16>((nDif*64)/nUsed);            // max.256 (SC_DOCCOMP_MAXDIFF)
 
-    OSL_ENSURE(!nDif,"Diff withoud Used");
+    OSL_ENSURE(!nDif,"Diff without Used");
     return 0;
 }
 
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx
index c87bca8a7f8e..d37142c92634 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/document.cxx
@@ -4006,7 +4006,7 @@ bool ScDocument::CompileErrorCells(sal_uInt16 nErrCode)
 void ScDocument::CalcAfterLoad( bool bStartListening )
 {
     if (bIsClip)    // Excel data is loaded from the Clipboard to a Clip-Doc
-        return;     // the clculation is then only perfromed when inserting into the real document
+        return;     // the calculation is then only performed when inserting into the real document
 
     bCalcingAfterLoad = true;
     sc::CompileFormulaContext aCxt(this);
@@ -6196,7 +6196,7 @@ void ScDocument::RestorePrintRanges( const ScPrintRangeSaver& rSaver )
 bool ScDocument::NeedPageResetAfterTab( SCTAB nTab ) const
 {
     // The page number count restarts at a sheet, if another template is set at
-    // the preseding one (oly compare names) and if a pagenumber is specified (not 0)
+    // the preceding one (only compare names) and if a pagenumber is specified (not 0)
 
     if ( nTab + 1 < static_cast<SCTAB>(maTabs.size()) && maTabs[nTab] && maTabs[nTab+1] )
     {
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx
index cffc05af74f4..bed460df4630 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/dpresfilter.cxx
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ void ScDPResultTree::add(
         DimensionsType::iterator itDim = rDims.find(aUpperName);
         if (itDim == rDims.end())
         {
-            // New dimenison.  Insert it.
+            // New dimension.  Insert it.
             std::pair<DimensionsType::iterator, bool> r =
                 rDims.insert(DimensionsType::value_type(aUpperName, new DimensionNode));
 
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx
index 6516bc73bf7c..2078cf6fb727 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/dptabres.cxx
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ void ScDPInitState::AddMember( long nSourceIndex, SCROW nMember )
 
 void ScDPInitState::RemoveMember()
 {
-    OSL_ENSURE(!maMembers.empty(), "ScDPInitState::RemoveMember: Attempt to remmove member while empty.");
+    OSL_ENSURE(!maMembers.empty(), "ScDPInitState::RemoveMember: Attempt to remove member while empty.");
     if (!maMembers.empty())
         maMembers.pop_back();
 }
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx
index 8b72b196edb1..1df7454367bf 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/formulacell.cxx
@@ -3800,7 +3800,7 @@ ScFormulaCell::CompareState ScFormulaCell::CompareByTokenArray( ScFormulaCell& r
     if ( GetMatrixFlag() != MM_NONE )
         return NotEqual;
 
-    // are these formule at all similar ?
+    // are these formulas at all similar ?
     if ( GetHash() != rOther.GetHash() )
         return NotEqual;
 
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx
index 74acac9ba854..899129908f12 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/table1.cxx
@@ -812,7 +812,7 @@ void ScTable::GetDataArea( SCCOL& rStartCol, SCROW& rStartRow, SCCOL& rEndCol, S
     // Flags as modifiers:
     //
     //     bIncludeOld = true ensure that the returned area contains at least the initial area,
-    //                   independently of the emptniess of rows / columns (i.e. does not allow shrinking)
+    //                   independently of the emptiness of rows / columns (i.e. does not allow shrinking)
     //     bOnlyDown = true means extend / shrink the inputed area only down, i.e modifiy only rEndRow
 
     bool bLeft = false;
diff --git a/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx b/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx
index 0551f2621991..e8245b4da91d 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/data/table4.cxx
@@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ void ScTable::FillFormula(
                 }
                 else
                 {
-                    OSL_FAIL( "FillFormula: MatrixOrigin no forumla cell with MM_FORMULA" );
+                    OSL_FAIL( "FillFormula: MatrixOrigin no formula cell with MM_FORMULA" );
                 }
             }
             else
diff --git a/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx b/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx
index 11d6eb77f2cc..d0b27e6947f8 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/opencl/op_addin.hxx
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ class OpGestep: public Normal
 {
 public:
     virtual void GenSlidingWindowFunction(std::stringstream &ss,
-        const std::string &sSymName, SubArguments &vSubArguments) override;;
+        const std::string &sSymName, SubArguments &vSubArguments) override;
     virtual std::string BinFuncName() const override { return "Gestep"; }
 };
 
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx
index ced7be732aab..076a34ccf1dd 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/chgtrack.cxx
@@ -3472,7 +3472,7 @@ void ScChangeTrack::UpdateReference( ScChangeAction** ppFirstAction,
                 {
                     // Cut off inserted ranges, if Start/End is within the Delete,
                     // but the Insert is not completely within the Delete or
-                    // the Delete is not completelty within the Insert.
+                    // the Delete is not completely within the Insert.
                     // The Delete remembers which Insert it has cut off from;
                     // it can also just be a single Insert (because Delete has
                     // a single column/is a single row).
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx
index c6684c80e706..f64b0bce4724 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/compiler.cxx
@@ -1142,7 +1142,7 @@ struct ConventionXL
     static void makeExternalDocStr( OUStringBuffer& rBuffer, const OUString& rFullName, bool bEncodeUrl )
     {
         // Format that is easier to deal with inside OOo, because we use file
-        // URL, and all characetrs are allowed.  Check if it makes sense to do
+        // URL, and all characters are allowed.  Check if it makes sense to do
         // it the way Gnumeric does it.  Gnumeric doesn't use the URL form
         // and allows relative file path.
         //
@@ -4963,7 +4963,7 @@ bool ScCompiler::HandleColRowName()
         if (!bString && aCell.isEmpty())
             bString = true;     // empty cell is ok
         if ( bString )
-        {   // coresponds with ScInterpreter::ScColRowNameAuto()
+        {   // corresponds with ScInterpreter::ScColRowNameAuto()
             bValidName = true;
             if ( bColName )
             {   // ColName
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx
index 143aec6f5e0e..2c303f94a978 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr1.cxx
@@ -6189,7 +6189,7 @@ void ScInterpreter::ScLookup()
             case svDoubleRef:
             {
                 // Use the result array vector.  Note that the result array is assumed
-                // to be a vector (i.e. 1-dimensinoal array).
+                // to be a vector (i.e. 1-dimensional array).
 
                 ScAddress aAdr;
                 aAdr.SetTab(nResTab);
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx
index d11d99c2829d..a2c9de0809aa 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr3.cxx
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ static double lcl_IterateInverse( const ScDistFunc& rFunction, double fAx, doubl
         {
             fAx = fRx; fAy = fRy;
         }
-        // if last interration brought to small advance, then do bisection next
+        // if last iteration brought to small advance, then do bisection next
         // time, for safety
         bHasToInterpolate = bHasToInterpolate && (fabs(fRy) * 2.0 <= fabs(fQy));
         ++nCount;
@@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ static double lcl_GetBetaHelperContFrac(double fX, double fA, double fB)
 
     const double fMaxIter = 50000.0;
     // loop security, normal cases converge in less than 100 iterations.
-    // FIXME: You will get so much iteratons for fX near mean,
+    // FIXME: You will get so much iterations for fX near mean,
     // I do not know a better algorithm.
     bool bfinished = false;
     do
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx
index b85a9427e224..fa2453666d49 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr5.cxx
@@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@ void lcl_SolveWithLowerLeftTriangle(ScMatrixRef pMatA,
 
 /* Calculates Z = R * B
  * R is given in matrix A and vector VecR as obtained from the QR
- * decompostion in lcl_CalculateQRdecomposition. B and Z are column vectors
+ * decomposition in lcl_CalculateQRdecomposition. B and Z are column vectors
  * given as matrix with at least index 0 to K-1; elements on index>=K are
  * not used.
  */
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx
index 027c40391583..67e1039d82ee 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/interpr7.cxx
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void ScInterpreter::ScEncodeURL()
 
         OString aUtf8Str( aStr.toUtf8());
         const sal_Int32 nLen = aUtf8Str.getLength();
-        OStringBuffer aUrlBuf( nLen );;
+        OStringBuffer aUrlBuf( nLen );
         for ( int i = 0; i < nLen; i++ )
         {
             sal_Char c = aUtf8Str[ i ];
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx
index fb35163f1664..1a5c47145dcf 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/queryentry.cxx
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 /*
  * dialog returns the special field values "empty"/"not empty"
  * as constants SC_EMPTYFIELDS and SC_NONEMPTYFIELDS respectively in nVal in
- * conjuctions with the flag bQueryByString = FALSE.
+ * conjunctions with the flag bQueryByString = FALSE.
  */
 
 #define SC_EMPTYFIELDS      ((double)0x0042)
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx
index 6c99d837cf3c..b1883232bc07 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/reffind.cxx
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ sal_Int32 FindEndPosR1C1(const sal_Unicode* p, sal_Int32 nStartPos, sal_Int32 nE
 }
 
 /**
- * Find last character position that is considred text, from the specified
+ * Find last character position that is considered text, from the specified
  * start position.
  */
 sal_Int32 FindEndPos(const sal_Unicode* p, sal_Int32 nStartPos, sal_Int32 nEndPos,
diff --git a/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx b/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx
index 76018e4f5136..1fe40aaea6a6 100644
--- a/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/core/tool/token.cxx
@@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ namespace {
 
 void GetExternalTableData(const ScDocument* pOldDoc, const ScDocument* pNewDoc, const SCTAB nTab, OUString& rTabName, sal_uInt16& rFileId)
 {
-    OUString aFileName = pOldDoc->GetFileURL();;
+    OUString aFileName = pOldDoc->GetFileURL();
     rFileId = pNewDoc->GetExternalRefManager()->getExternalFileId(aFileName);
     rTabName = pOldDoc->GetCopyTabName(nTab);
     if (rTabName.isEmpty())
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx
index 4dce086be9fa..40f1c02a72c8 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xicontent.cxx
@@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ void XclImpDocProtectBuffer::Apply() const
 
     if (mnPassHash)
     {
-        // 16-bit password pash.
+        // 16-bit password hash.
         Sequence<sal_Int8> aPass(2);
         aPass[0] = (mnPassHash >> 8) & 0xFF;
         aPass[1] = mnPassHash & 0xFF;
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx
index a5eda2c50d6b..9b9fe1b2d990 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xistream.cxx
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ uno::Sequence< beans::NamedValue > XclImpBiff5Decrypter::OnVerifyPassword( const
                 *aIt = static_cast< sal_uInt16 >( rPassword[nInd] );
 
             uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 > aDocId = ::comphelper::DocPasswordHelper::GenerateRandomByteSequence( 16 );
-            OSL_ENSURE( aDocId.getLength() == 16, "Unexpected length of the senquence!" );
+            OSL_ENSURE( aDocId.getLength() == 16, "Unexpected length of the sequence!" );
 
             ::msfilter::MSCodec_Std97 aCodec97;
             aCodec97.InitKey( &aPassVect.front(), reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8 const *>(aDocId.getConstArray()) );
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx b/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx
index a70308a1eb68..3ca6b13442d2 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/excel/xlpivot.cxx
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ void XclPCNumGroupInfo::SetXclDataType( sal_uInt16 nXclType )
 XclImpStream& operator>>( XclImpStream& rStrm, XclPCNumGroupInfo& rInfo )
 {
     rInfo.mnFlags = rStrm.ReaduInt16();
-    return rStrm;;
+    return rStrm;
 }
 
 XclExpStream& operator<<( XclExpStream& rStrm, const XclPCNumGroupInfo& rInfo )
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx
index 21f3bab6ea71..639960e625a1 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/autofilterbuffer.hxx
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ public:
     virtual ApiFilterSettings finalizeImport( sal_Int32 nMaxCount ) override;
 
 private:
-    /** Appends the passed filter criteriom, if it contains valid settings. */
+    /** Appends the passed filter criterion, if it contains valid settings. */
     void                appendCriterion( const FilterCriterionModel& rCriterion );
 
 private:
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx
index 174190f0f51c..8fa5bbb42bd2 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/formulabase.hxx
@@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ public:
         @param orTokens  (input/output parameter) Expects a single string token
             in this token sequence (whitespace tokens are allowed). The string
             is split into substrings. A list of string tokens separated with
-            parameter separator tokens is returned in this psrameter.
+            parameter separator tokens is returned in this parameter.
 
         @param cStringSep  The separator character used to split the input
             string.
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx
index 03bceec92d09..ad0f9924876e 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/fprogressbar.hxx
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ const sal_Int32 SCF_INV_SEGMENT = -1;
 
 /** Progress bar for complex progress representation.
 
-    The progress bar contains one or more segments, each with customable
+    The progress bar contains one or more segments, each with customizable
     size. Each segment is represented by a unique identifier. While showing the
     progress bar, several segments can be started simultaneously. The progress
     bar displays the sum of all started segments on screen.
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx
index a18c2addf6f1..3bf5406c62f3 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/pivotcachebuffer.hxx
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ struct PCSharedItemsModel
     bool                mbHasMixed;         /// True = has [(string|bool|error) and (number|date)] or (number and date).
     bool                mbIsNumeric;        /// True = has numeric item(s), maybe other types except date.
     bool                mbIsInteger;        /// True = has numeric item(s) with only integers, maybe other types except date.
-    bool                mbHasLongText;      /// True = contains strings with >255 charascters.
+    bool                mbHasLongText;      /// True = contains strings with >255 characters.
     bool                mbHasLongIndexes;   /// True = indexes to shared items are 16-bit (BIFF only).
 
     explicit            PCSharedItemsModel();
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx
index 216dc4f41e52..a6878c34c8ec 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/scflt.hxx
@@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ struct Sc10GraphHeader
     sal_Int16       CarretX;        // Cell Position of Grafik
     sal_Int16       CarretY;
     sal_Int16       CarretZ;
-    sal_Int32       x;              // x,y distance to cell border in pixels (pixels, as Grafics are stored in window)
+    sal_Int32       x;              // x,y distance to cell border in pixels (pixels, as Graphics are stored in window)
     sal_Int32       y;
     sal_Int32       w;              // w,h width and height in pixels
     sal_Int32       h;
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx
index b269e29e43a5..0a606f3e9572 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/xelink.hxx
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ private:
     void                CalcSortedIndexes();
 
 private:
-    /** Data structure with infoemation about one Calc sheet. */
+    /** Data structure with information about one Calc sheet. */
     struct XclExpTabInfoEntry
     {
         OUString       maScName;
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx b/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx
index f6ba2eaf62c8..32b43b1c0558 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/inc/xiescher.hxx
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ protected:
     /** Reads fil data, line data, and frame flags. */
     void                ReadFrameData( XclImpStream& rStrm );
 
-    /** Converts fill formatting, line formattind, and frame style. */
+    /** Converts fill formatting, line formatting, and frame style. */
     void                ConvertRectStyle( SdrObject& rSdrObj ) const;
 
     /** Reads the contents of the a BIFF3 OBJ record from the passed stream. */
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx b/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx
index 3e8dd034fdc5..8748ffee4db3 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/oox/formulaparser.cxx
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ void FormulaParserImpl::initializeImport( const CellAddress& rBaseAddr, FormulaT
         break;
         case FORMULATYPE_DEFINEDNAME:
             mbRelativeAsOffset = true;
-            // BIFF2-BIFF4: convert 2D referebces to absolute 3D references
+            // BIFF2-BIFF4: convert 2D references to absolute 3D references
             mb2dRefsAs3dRefs = (getFilterType() == FILTER_BIFF) && (getBiff() <= BIFF4);
         break;
     }
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx b/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx
index 1ca679cd1885..76019722becd 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/qpro/qpro.cxx
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ FltError ScQProReader::import( ScDocument *pDoc )
     {
         switch( getId() )
         {
-            case 0x0000: // Begginning of file
+            case 0x0000: // Beginning of file
                 mpStream->ReadUInt16( nVersion );
                 break;
 
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx
index f55e570aec17..b3d830b1f1b8 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlcelli.cxx
@@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ void ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation(const ScAddress& rPos)
         "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - shape without drawing page" );
     if( mxAnnotationData->mxShape.is() && mxAnnotationData->mxShapes.is() )
     {
-        OSL_ENSURE( mxAnnotationData->mxShapes.get() == xShapes.get(), "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - diffenet drawing pages" );
+        OSL_ENSURE( mxAnnotationData->mxShapes.get() == xShapes.get(), "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - different drawing pages" );
         SdrObject* pObject = ::GetSdrObjectFromXShape( mxAnnotationData->mxShape );
         OSL_ENSURE( pObject, "ScXMLTableRowCellContext::SetAnnotation - cannot get SdrObject from shape" );
 
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx
index f9b96b3107a6..ab70483ee29e 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlfilti.cxx
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ SvXMLImportContext* ScXMLSetItemContext::CreateChildContext(
     sal_uInt16 nPrefix, const OUString& rLName,
     const Reference<XAttributeList>& /*xAttrList*/ )
 {
-    return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName );;
+    return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName );
 }
 
 ScXMLSetItemContext::~ScXMLSetItemContext()
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx
index 99f5def87f61..37dcb0246c50 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlnexpi.cxx
@@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ SvXMLImportContext *ScXMLNamedExpressionContext::CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16
                                             const css::uno::Reference<
                                         css::xml::sax::XAttributeList>& /* xAttrList */ )
 {
-    return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName );;
+    return new SvXMLImportContext( GetImport(), nPrefix, rLName );
 }
 
 void ScXMLNamedExpressionContext::EndElement()
diff --git a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx
index a0956de1799e..55916f10e75a 100644
--- a/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/filter/xml/xmlstyli.cxx
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ SvXMLImportContext* XMLTableCellPropsContext::CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPr
 {
     // no need for a custom context or indeed a SvXMLTokenMap to grab just the
     // single attribute ( href ) that we are interested in.
-    // still though, we will check namesspaces etc.
+    // still though, we will check namespaces etc.
     if ( ( XML_NAMESPACE_STYLE == nPrefix) &&
         IsXMLToken(rLocalName, XML_HYPERLINK ) )
     {
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx b/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx
index 996264dd8c72..696d319c520a 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/app/inputwin.cxx
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ ScInputWindow::ScInputWindow( vcl::Window* pParent, SfxBindings* pBind ) :
         // If the input row was hidden while editing (e.g. when editing a formula
         // and then switching to another document or the help), display the text
         // we just edited from the InputHandler
-        aTextWindow.SetTextString( pInputHdl->GetEditString() ); // Dispaly text
+        aTextWindow.SetTextString( pInputHdl->GetEditString() ); // Display text
         if ( pInputHdl->IsTopMode() )
             pInputHdl->SetMode( SC_INPUT_TABLE ); // Focus ends up at the bottom anyways
     }
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx b/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx
index 9e91618e2c5f..0c3e05dbc076 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/condformat/condformatdlg.cxx
@@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ void ScCondFormatDlg::RefInputDone( bool bForced )
     ScAnyRefDlg::RefInputDone(bForced);
 
     // ScAnyRefModalDlg::RefInputDone resets the title back
-    // to it's original state.
+    // to its original state.
     // I.e. if we open the dialog normally, and then click into the sheet
     // to modify the selection, the title is updated such that the range
     // is only a single cell (e.g. $A$1), after which the dialog switches
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx b/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx
index f14f1e957c01..89b2d26f493f 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/docshell/dbdocfun.cxx
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@ bool checkNewOutputRange(ScDPObject& rDPObj, ScDocShell& rDocShell, ScRange& rNe
     const ScSheetSourceDesc* pSheetDesc = rDPObj.GetSheetDesc();
     if (pSheetDesc && pSheetDesc->GetSourceRange().Intersects(rNewOut))
     {
-        // New output range intersepts with the source data. Move it up to
+        // New output range intersteps with the source data. Move it up to
         // where the old range is and see if that works.
         ScRange aOldRange = rDPObj.GetOutRange();
         SCsROW nDiff = aOldRange.aStart.Row() - rNewOut.aStart.Row();
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx b/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx
index 0a0a7c394b0d..3ca38ac018cf 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/docshell/docsh4.cxx
@@ -2194,7 +2194,7 @@ bool ScDocShell::DdeSetData( const OUString& rItem,
     }
 
     // Address in DDE function must be always parsed as CONV_OOO so that it
-    // would always work regardless of current address convension.  We do this
+    // would always work regardless of current address conversion.  We do this
     // because the address item in a DDE entry is *not* normalized when saved
     // into ODF.
     ScRange aRange;
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx b/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx
index 9d5f4e1958cd..aa7e5af437f1 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/inc/namemgrtable.hxx
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ private:
     // should be const because we should not modify it here
     const std::map<OUString, std::unique_ptr<ScRangeName>>& m_RangeMap;
     // for performance, save which entries already have the formula entry
-    // otherwise opening the dialog with a lot of range names is extremelly slow because
+    // otherwise opening the dialog with a lot of range names is extremely slow because
     // we would calculate all formula strings during opening
     std::map<SvTreeListEntry*, bool> maCalculatedFormulaEntries;
     const ScAddress maPos;
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx b/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx
index 5a29f2e8852c..31f3ea3f486f 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/miscdlgs/inscodlg.cxx
@@ -121,8 +121,8 @@ ScInsertContentsDlg::ScInsertContentsDlg( vcl::Window*       pParent,
     mpBtnInsAll->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, InsAllHdl ) );
     mpBtnLink->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, LinkBtnHdl ) );
 
-    mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesOnly->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) );;
-    mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesFormats->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) );;
+    mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesOnly->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) );
+    mpBtnShortCutPasteValuesFormats->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) );
     mpBtnShortCutPasteTranspose->SetClickHdl( LINK( this, ScInsertContentsDlg, ShortCutHdl ) );
 }
 
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src b/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src
index fd15cf13d101..82e5e62b222d 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src
+++ b/sc/source/ui/src/scstring.src
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ String STR_DEL_AUTOFORMAT_TITLE
 
 String STR_DEL_AUTOFORMAT_MSG
 {
-    Text [ en-US ] = "Do you really want to delete the # AutoFomat?" ;
+    Text [ en-US ] = "Do you really want to delete the # AutoFormat?" ;
 };
 
 String STR_BTN_AUTOFORMAT_CLOSE
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx b/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx
index ef9542e5ea83..ae121a45aed0 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/unoobj/condformatuno.cxx
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ void ScCondFormatsObj::removeByID(const sal_Int32 nID)
     throw(uno::RuntimeException, std::exception)
 {
     SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
-    ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();;
+    ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();
     pFormatList->erase(nID);
 }
 
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ uno::Sequence<uno::Reference<sheet::XConditionalFormat> > ScCondFormatsObj::getC
     throw(uno::RuntimeException, std::exception)
 {
     SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
-    ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();;
+    ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();
     size_t n = pFormatList->size();
     uno::Sequence<uno::Reference<sheet::XConditionalFormat> > aCondFormats(n);
     sal_Int32 i = 0;
@@ -390,8 +390,8 @@ sal_Int32 ScCondFormatsObj::getLength()
     throw(uno::RuntimeException, std::exception)
 {
     SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
-    ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();;
-    return pFormatList->size();;
+    ScConditionalFormatList* pFormatList = getCoreObject();
+    return pFormatList->size();
 }
 
 ScConditionalFormatList* ScCondFormatsObj::getCoreObject()
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx
index c62f5bf0beb8..d98a1be171c1 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/excelvbahelper.hxx
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ template < typename ImplObject >
         if ( xTunnel.is() )
             pObj = reinterpret_cast<ImplObject*>( xTunnel->getSomething(ImplObject::getUnoTunnelId()));
         if ( bThrow && !pObj )
-            throw css::uno::RuntimeException("Internal error, can't exctract implementation object", rxWrapperIf );
+            throw css::uno::RuntimeException("Internal error, can't extract implementation object", rxWrapperIf );
         return pObj;
     }
 
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx
index a57f136500ef..3a984d1cb6e5 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaapplication.cxx
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ ScVbaApplication::setStatusBar( const uno::Any& _statusbar ) throw (uno::Runtime
         }
     }
     else
-        throw uno::RuntimeException("Invalid prarameter. It should be a string or False" );
+        throw uno::RuntimeException("Invalid parameter. It should be a string or False" );
 }
 
 ::sal_Int32 SAL_CALL
@@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ ScVbaApplication::GoTo( const uno::Any& Reference, const uno::Any& Scroll ) thro
         ScGridWindow* gridWindow = static_cast<ScGridWindow*>(pShell->GetWindow());
         if ( xVbaRange.is() )
         {
-            //TODO bScroll should be using. An this time, it does not have effection
+            //TODO bScroll should be used. At this time, it does not have effect
             if( bScroll )
             {
                 xVbaRange->Select();
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx
index ec58bc901a3f..081400cafb16 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbawindow.cxx
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ ScVbaWindow::init()
         still zero. The implementation of ActivePane() uses a UNO reference of
         this (to set this window as parent of the pane object). This requires
         the own refcount to be non-zero, otherwise this instance will be
-        desctructed immediately! Guard the call to ActivePane() in try/catch to
+        destructed immediately! Guard the call to ActivePane() in try/catch to
         not miss the decrementation of the reference count on exception. */
     osl_atomic_increment( &m_refCount );
     try
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx
index 0160826d043c..2bd237a327a7 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/vba/vbaworkbook.cxx
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 #include "docoptio.hxx"
 #include "unonames.hxx"
 
-// Much of the impl. for the equivalend UNO module is
+// Much of the impl. for the equivalent UNO module is
 // sc/source/ui/unoobj/docuno.cxx, viewuno.cxx
 
 using namespace ::ooo::vba;
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx
index 16339d106aa8..47a43970a028 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/view/gridwin.cxx
@@ -5262,7 +5262,7 @@ void ScGridWindow::RFMouseMove( const MouseEvent& rMEvt, bool bUp )
     }
 
     if ( bUp )
-        aNew.PutInOrder();             // For ButtonUp agin in the proper order
+        aNew.PutInOrder();             // For ButtonUp again in the proper order
 
     if ( aNew != aOld )
     {
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx
index 16e24992f9fd..523349fd4959 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/view/output.cxx
@@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ void ScOutputData::DrawGrid(vcl::RenderContext& rRenderContext, bool bGrid, bool
     //   * when bWorksInPixels is false: these are in the logic units
     //
     // This is where all the confusion comes from, ultimately we want them
-    // always in the logic units (100th of milimiters), but we need to get
+    // always in the logic units (100th of millimiters), but we need to get
     // there gradually (get rid of setting MAP_PIXEL first), otherwise we'd
     // break all the drawing by one change.
     // So until that happens, we need to special case.
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx
index 33ba895fa751..20b74d78fcc9 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabcont.cxx
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ void ScTabControl::Select()
 
         // SetReference onlw when the consolidate dialog is open
         // (for referenzes over multiple sheets)
-        // for others this is only uneeded fidgeting
+        // for others this is only needed fidgeting
 
     if ( bRefMode && pViewData->GetRefType() == SC_REFTYPE_REF )
         if ( pViewData->GetViewShell()->GetViewFrame()->HasChildWindow(SID_OPENDLG_CONSOLIDATE) )
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx
index 08c0342f6734..b56722ad6fbe 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview.cxx
@@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( ScTabView, ScrollHdl, ScrollBar*, pScroll, void )
             /*  Convert scrollbar mouse position to screen position. If RTL
                 mode of scrollbar differs from RTL mode of its parent, then the
                 direct call to Window::OutputToNormalizedScreenPixel() will
-                give unusable results, because calcualtion of screen position
+                give unusable results, because calculation of screen position
                 is based on parent orientation and expects equal orientation of
                 the child position. Need to mirror mouse position before. */
             Point aMousePos = pScroll->GetPointerPosPixel();
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx
index 2cd556c98589..9334e36ea126 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview3.cxx
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ void ScTabView::AlignToCursor( SCsCOL nCurX, SCsROW nCurY, ScFollowMode eMode,
 
         // when for instance a search dialog is open, don't put the cursor behind the dialog
         // if possible, put the row with the cursor above or below the dialog
-        //! not if already complelely visible
+        //! not if already completely visible
 
         if ( eMode == SC_FOLLOW_JUMP )
         {
diff --git a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx
index c12b2b32715d..12783c13cccb 100644
--- a/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx
+++ b/sc/source/ui/view/tabview5.cxx
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ void ScTabView::Init()
         pTabControl->SetStyle(pTabControl->GetStyle() | WB_SIZEABLE);
 
     /*  #i97900# The tab control has to remain in RTL mode if GUI is RTL, this
-        is needed to draw the 3D effect correctly. The base TabBar implementes
+        is needed to draw the 3D effect correctly. The base TabBar implements
         mirroring independent from the GUI direction. Have to set RTL mode
         explicitly because the parent frame window is already RTL disabled. */
     pTabControl->EnableRTL( AllSettings::GetLayoutRTL() );
diff --git a/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba b/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba
index fb7c60bd4f22..24c61d8e9a40 100644
--- a/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba
+++ b/scripting/examples/basic/SearchAndReplace.xba
@@ -82,13 +82,13 @@ Sub getInfoFromDialog
  Dim oFoundCursor As Object
  Dim oSearchText as Object
  Dim oReplaceText as Object
- 
+
  &apos; Create a document object for the current document then create text and
  &apos; cursor objects
  oDocument = StarDesktop.ActiveFrame.Controller.Model
  oSearch = oDocument.createSearchDescriptor
 
- &apos; Replace all instances of the search string with the replavce string
+ &apos; Replace all instances of the search string with the replace string
  oSearch.SearchString = getSearchKey()
  oSearch.ReplaceString = getReplaceKey()
  oDocument.replaceAll(oSearch)
@@ -123,4 +123,4 @@ Function getReplaceKey() as String
  oReplaceText = oDialog.GetControl(&quot;ReplaceKeyTextBox&quot;)
  sReplace = oReplaceText.Text
  getReplaceKey = sReplace
-End Function</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file
+End Function</script:module>
diff --git a/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java b/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java
index 8c76331abd87..6c6ecdf3729d 100644
--- a/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java
+++ b/scripting/examples/java/Newsgroup/PostNewsgroup.java
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public class PostNewsgroup extends JFrame {
         });
 
         Container container = getContentPane();
-        container.setLayout(new GridBagLayout());;
+        container.setLayout(new GridBagLayout());
         GridBagConstraints constraints = new GridBagConstraints();
         constraints.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH;
 
diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java
index 17064de55830..91c2566be5ae 100644
--- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java
+++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/browse/ProviderBrowseNode.java
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public class ProviderBrowseNode extends PropertySet implements
                 creatable = false;
             }
         }
-        // TODO propage errors
+        // TODO propagate errors
         catch (com.sun.star.uno.Exception e) {
             LogUtils.DEBUG("Caught exception in creation of ProviderBrowseNode ");
             LogUtils.DEBUG(LogUtils.getTrace(e));
diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java
index 669c7b70c97d..7d5b9001e8dc 100644
--- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java
+++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/io/XStorageHelper.java
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ public class XStorageHelper implements XEventListener {
             try {
                 xTrans.commit();
             } catch (Exception e) {
-                LogUtils.DEBUG("Something went bellyup exception: " + e);
+                LogUtils.DEBUG("Something went belly up exception: " + e);
             }
         }
     }
diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java
index dcf173ab4aba..9e7c4b63d7b8 100644
--- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java
+++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/ScriptProvider.java
@@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ public abstract class ScriptProvider implements
             LogUtils.DEBUG("isPkgProvider is: " + isPkgProvider);
 
             // TODO should all be done in this class instead of
-            // deleagation????
+            // delegation????
             m_xBrowseNodeProxy =
                 new ProviderBrowseNode(this, m_container, m_xContext);
 
diff --git a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java
index 4d97d43c4718..945b3bc00a91 100644
--- a/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java
+++ b/scripting/java/com/sun/star/script/framework/provider/beanshell/PlainSourceView.java
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public class PlainSourceView extends JScrollPane implements
             try {
                 ta.setCaretPosition(pos);
             } catch (IllegalArgumentException iae) {
-                // do nothing and allow JTextArea to set it's own position
+                // do nothing and allow JTextArea to set its own position
             }
         }
 
diff --git a/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx b/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx
index 6b8a4a52b58c..695480c4238e 100644
--- a/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx
+++ b/scripting/source/provider/MasterScriptProvider.cxx
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ throw ( Exception, RuntimeException, std::exception )
         {
             // from the arguments, we were able to deduce a model. That alone doesn't
             // suffice, we also need an XEmbeddedScripts which actually indicates support
-            // for embeddeding scripts
+            // for embedding scripts
             Reference< XEmbeddedScripts > xScripts( m_xModel, UNO_QUERY );
             if ( !xScripts.is() )
             {
diff --git a/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx b/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx
index 5fa3d5ea833e..b3cb96f29cbc 100644
--- a/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx
+++ b/scripting/source/provider/ScriptImpl.cxx
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ throw ( RuntimeException ) :
         m_RunTimeManager( runtimeMgr, UNO_SET_THROW ),
         m_ScriptURI( scriptURI )
 {
-    SAL_INFO("scripting.provider", "<!constucting a ScriptImpl>" );
+    SAL_INFO("scripting.provider", "<!constructing a ScriptImpl>" );
 }
 
 
diff --git a/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py b/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py
index 16405f719412..3f2be64f4d13 100644
--- a/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py
+++ b/scripting/source/pyprov/msgbox.py
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
 # file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
 #
 
-# prepare pythoin environnement - Add the path of this class
+# prepare Python environment - Add the path of this class
 from os import path
 from sys import modules
 from sys import path as syspath
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ from com.sun.star.awt.TextAlign import RIGHT as right
 from com.sun.star.awt import XActionListener
 
 class MsgBox(unohelper.Base):
-    """Inspect UNO object, link to sdk and recusrsive calls"""
+    """Inspect UNO object, link to sdk and recursive calls"""
 
     def __init__(self, aContext):
         """acontext : a Valid UNO context
diff --git a/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py b/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py
index c62c22872f9c..a2fc4f055a10 100644
--- a/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py
+++ b/scripting/source/pyprov/pythonscript.py
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ def getLogTarget():
                 systemPath = uno.fileUrlToSystemPath( userInstallation + "/Scripts/python/log.txt" )
                 ret = open( systemPath , "a" )
         except:
-            print("Exception during creation of pythonscript logfile: "+ lastException2String() + "\n, delagating log to stdout\n")
+            print("Exception during creation of pythonscript logfile: "+ lastException2String() + "\n, delegating log to stdout\n")
     return ret
 
 class Logger(LogLevel):
diff --git a/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx b/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx
index c66d0c69a041..5c2e7356f7ec 100644
--- a/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx
+++ b/sd/qa/unit/export-tests.cxx
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ void SdExportTest::testBnc870233_1()
 
     const SdrPage *pPage = GetPage( 1, xDocShRef );
 
-    // The problem was all shapes had the same font (the last parsed font attribues overwrote all previous ones)
+    // The problem was all shapes had the same font (the last parsed font attributes overwrote all previous ones)
 
     // First shape has red, bold font
     {
diff --git a/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx b/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx
index a86bdbd05912..36e16cc5caf4 100644
--- a/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/core/drawdoc3.cxx
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ void SdDrawDocument::SetMasterPage(sal_uInt16 nSdPageNum,
             DBG_ASSERT(pMaster, "MasterPage (Standard page) not found");
             DBG_ASSERT(pNotesMaster, "MasterPage (Notes page) not found");
 
-            // this should not happen, but looking at crashreports, it does
+            // this should not happen, but looking at crash reports, it does
             if( (pMaster == nullptr) || (pNotesMaster == nullptr) )
             {
                 // so take the first MasterPage
diff --git a/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx b/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx
index 3795a4adef82..a6eee5d70dad 100644
--- a/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/core/sdiocmpt.cxx
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ SdIOCompat::SdIOCompat(SvStream& rNewStream, StreamMode nNewMode, sal_uInt16 nVe
     if (nNewMode == StreamMode::WRITE)
     {
         DBG_ASSERT(nVer != SDIOCOMPAT_VERSIONDONTKNOW,
-                   "can´t write unknown version");
+                   "can't write unknown version");
         rNewStream.WriteUInt16( nVersion );
     }
     else if (nNewMode == StreamMode::READ)
diff --git a/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx b/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx
index 91a9cde63e94..901a1c0354d4 100644
--- a/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/filter/eppt/epptso.cxx
@@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ void PPTWriter::ImplWritePortions( SvStream& rOut, TextObj& rTextObj )
             {
                 sal_uInt32 nBackgroundColor = 0xffffff;
 
-                if ( !nCharColor )          // special threatment for
+                if ( !nCharColor )          // special treatment for
                     nCharColor = 0xffffff;  // black fontcolor
 
                 css::uno::Any aAny;
@@ -3006,7 +3006,7 @@ void PPTWriter::ImplWritePage( const PHLayout& rLayout, EscherSolverContainer& a
                     mpExEmbed->WriteUInt32( EPP_ExEmbedAtom << 16 )
                                .WriteUInt32( 8 )
                                .WriteUInt32( 0 )    // follow colorscheme : 0->do not follow
-                                                    //                      1->follow collorscheme
+                                                    //                      1->follow colorscheme
                                                     //                      2->follow text and background scheme
                                .WriteUChar( 1 )     // (bool)set if embedded server can not be locked
                                .WriteUChar( 0 )     // (bool)do not need to send dimension
diff --git a/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx b/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx
index 2dcea0df8a8d..3ca397048a8e 100644
--- a/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/filter/eppt/pptexanimations.cxx
@@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ void AnimationExporter::GetUserData( const Sequence< NamedValue >& rUserData, co
         }
         else if ( p->Name == "master-element" )
         {
-        pAny[ DFF_ANIM_AFTEREFFECT ] = &(p->Value);;
+        pAny[ DFF_ANIM_AFTEREFFECT ] = &(p->Value);
         }
         p++;
     }
diff --git a/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx b/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx
index 784bac0f1a59..a8434a450339 100644
--- a/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/filter/html/pubdlg.cxx
@@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ bool SdPublishingDlg::Save()
     sal_uInt16 aCheck = nMagic;
     pStream->WriteUInt16( aCheck );
 
-    // Destroys the SdIOCompat before the Stream is being destributed
+    // Destroys the SdIOCompat before the Stream is being distributed
     {
         SdIOCompat aIO(*pStream, StreamMode::WRITE, 0);
 
diff --git a/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx b/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx
index 4d6535545d64..4d4d96510419 100644
--- a/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/filter/ppt/pptin.cxx
@@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ void ImplSdPPTImport::ImportPageEffect( SdPage* pPage, const bool bNewAnimations
 
         for( ;aIter != aEnd; ++aIter )
         {
-            Ppt97AnimationPtr pPpt97Animation = (*aIter).second;;
+            Ppt97AnimationPtr pPpt97Animation = (*aIter).second;
             if( pPpt97Animation.get() )
                 pPpt97Animation->createAndSetCustomAnimationEffect( (*aIter).first );
         }
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx b/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx
index 9706c33bc2f1..28c606216431 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/accessibility/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.cxx
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ bool
     return bRet;
 }
 
-/** Select or delselect the specified shapes.  The corresponding accessible
+/** Select or deselect the specified shapes.  The corresponding accessible
     shapes are notified over the selection change listeners registered with
     the XSelectionSupplier of the controller.
 */
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx b/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx
index 86c6723da8a8..7e90868080c4 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/animations/CustomAnimationDialog.cxx
@@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ CustomAnimationEffectTabPage::CustomAnimationEffectTabPage( vcl::Window* pParent
 
         mpFTProperty1->Enable( mpLBProperty1->IsEnabled() );
 
-        // accelerate & deccelerate
+        // accelerate & decelerate
 
         if( pSet->getPropertyState( nHandleAccelerate ) == STLPropertyState_DIRECT )
         {
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx b/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx
index d5e3f4717d18..524e3c858b30 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/controller/displaymodecontroller.cxx
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ void DisplayModeController::setToolboxItemImage( sal_uInt16 nImage )
 
 OUString SAL_CALL DisplayModeController::getImplementationName() throw( RuntimeException, std::exception )
 {
-    return OUString( "com.sun.star.comp.sd.DisplayModeController" );;
+    return OUString( "com.sun.star.comp.sd.DisplayModeController" );
 }
 
 Sequence< OUString > SAL_CALL DisplayModeController::getSupportedServiceNames(  ) throw( RuntimeException, std::exception )
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx b/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx
index 5bb117fc46b1..ec6ed1908ccd 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/dlg/dlgass.cxx
@@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ uno::Sequence < beans::NamedValue > AssistentDlgImpl::GetPassword( const OUStrin
         if(pEntry->maPath == rPath)
             return pEntry->aEncryptionData;
     }
-    return uno::Sequence < beans::NamedValue > ();;
+    return uno::Sequence < beans::NamedValue > ();
 }
 
 void AssistentDlgImpl::DeletePasswords()
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx b/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx
index 060727fbc1fc..3cf708074154 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/framework/configuration/ConfigurationUpdater.cxx
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void ConfigurationUpdater::CheckPureAnchors (
 
         if (bDeactiveCurrentResource)
         {
-            SAL_INFO("sd.fwk", OSL_THIS_FUNC << ": deactiving pure anchor " <<
+            SAL_INFO("sd.fwk", OSL_THIS_FUNC << ": deactivating pure anchor " <<
                 OUStringToOString(
                     FrameworkHelper::ResourceIdToString(xResourceId),
                     RTL_TEXTENCODING_UTF8).getStr() << "because it has no children");
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx
index d8ff9e469392..0da01c7b8083 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/AccessibleDrawDocumentView.hxx
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ protected:
         @param nAccessibleChildIndex
             Index of the child to select or deselect.  If the parameter has
             the value ACCESSIBLE_SELECTION_CHILD_ALL then all children are
-            selected or deslected.
+            selected or deselected.
         @param bSelect
             Indicates whether to select or deselect the specified child
             reps. children.
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx
index 0ea8a356deef..e444353850ee 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/WindowUpdater.hxx
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
             nothing is done.
         @param pDocument
             When given a pointer to a document then tell it to reformat all
-            text objects.  This refromatting is necessary for the new values
+            text objects.  This refomatting is necessary for the new values
             to take effect.
     */
     void Update (OutputDevice* pDevice, SdDrawDocument* pDocument=nullptr) const;
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ private:
     tWindowList maWindowList;
 
     /** The central method of this class.  Update the given output device.
-        It is the task of the caller to initiate a refrormatting of the
+        It is the task of the caller to initiate a reformatting of the
         document that is rendered on this device to reflect the changes.
         @param pWindow
             The output device to update.  When it is <null/> then the call
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx
index d916d61cb83d..23c32f8832ac 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/framework/Configuration.hxx
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace sd { namespace framework {
     instance. For resources, like panes, that are unique with respect to an
     application frame, that does not mean much of a difference. For other
     resources like views, that may have more than one instance per
-    application frame, this is different. To identify them unambigously a
+    application frame, this is different. To identify them unambiguously a
     second URL, one of a unique resource, is necessary. This second URL is
     called the anchor of the first. The two types of resources are called
     unique and linked respectively.
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx
index b50e31f31a01..5e30eb1e3f9f 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/fuconstr.hxx
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ public:
     void SetStyleSheet(SfxItemSet& rAttr, SdrObject* pObj);
 
     // SJ: setting stylesheet, the use of a filled or unfilled style
-    // is determinded by the parameters bUseFillStyle and bUseNoFillStyle :
+    // is determined by the parameters bUseFillStyle and bUseNoFillStyle :
     void SetStyleSheet( SfxItemSet& rAttr, SdrObject* pObj,
             const bool bUseFillStyle, const bool bUseNoFillStyle );
 
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx
index 41da005bf6d3..b4be259eef2c 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/fupoor.hxx
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ protected:
            next layer.  If it is negative then select a previous one.  An
            offset or zero does not change the current layer.  If the
            resulting index lies outside the valid range of indices then it
-           is set to either the minimal or maximal valid index, whitchever
+           is set to either the minimal or maximal valid index, whichever
            is nearer.
     */
     void SwitchLayer (sal_Int32 nOffset);
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc b/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc
index 06cc14c9531e..cbcf702da290 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc
+++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/strings.hrc
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
 /*
  *  Dummy-Strings, these ResourceIDs: should not be assigned to other strings
  *  as they're used for popup-menus (a popup-menu and its
- *  configurationsstring should have identical ResourceID's!).
+ *  configurations string should have identical ResourceID's!).
  *  See also: res_bmp.hrc, popup.src
  */
 
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx b/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx
index a5c4639b871a..49bc318da711 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/inc/tools/IdleDetection.hxx
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ namespace vcl { class Window; }
 namespace sd { namespace tools {
 
 /** Detect whether the system is idle and some time consuming operation may
-    be carried out.  This class ditinguishes between different states of
+    be carried out.  This class distinguishes between different states of
     idle-ness.
 */
 class IdleDetection
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx b/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx
index 85afd83005bb..0465e2031c9c 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/presenter/PresenterCanvas.cxx
@@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ void SAL_CALL PresenterCustomSprite::move (
         mpCanvas->MergeViewState(rViewState, mpCanvas->GetOffset(mxBaseWindow)),
         rRenderState);
     // Clip sprite against window bounds.  This call is necessary because
-    // sprite clipping is done in the corrdinate system of the sprite.
+    // sprite clipping is done in the coordinate system of the sprite.
     // Therefore, after each change of the sprites location the window
     // bounds have to be transformed into the sprites coordinate system.
     clip(nullptr);
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx
index 103ad97f9dc7..e2271ca2eefe 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/remotecontrol/BluetoothServer.cxx
@@ -1204,8 +1204,8 @@ void SAL_CALL BluetoothServer::run()
 
         // We don't need to listen to adapter changes anymore -- profile
         // registration is done globally for the entirety of bluez, so we only
-        // need adapters when setting discovereability, which can be done
-        // dyanmically without the need to listen for changes.
+        // need adapters when setting discoverability, which can be done
+        // dynamically without the need to listen for changes.
 
         // TODO: exit on SD deinit
         // Probably best to do that in SdModule::~SdModule?
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx
index c18c3880b2e4..e2b737efedfe 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshow.cxx
@@ -739,7 +739,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SlideShow::end()
             if( pViewShell )
             {
                 // invalidate the view shell so the presentation slot will be re-enabled
-                // and the rehersing will be updated
+                // and the rehearsing will be updated
                 pViewShell->Invalidate();
 
                 if( xController->meAnimationMode ==ANIMATIONMODE_SHOW )
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx
index d4817e3d8a59..07287a08e996 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/slideshow/slideshowimpl.cxx
@@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SlideshowImpl::resume() throw (RuntimeException, std::exception)
         }
         else
         {
-            mbIsPaused = false;;
+            mbIsPaused = false;
             if( mxShow.is() )
             {
                 mxShow->pause(sal_False);
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SlideshowImpl, ReadyForNextInputHdl, Timer *, void)
 }
 
 /** if I catch someone someday who calls this method by hand
-    and not by using the timer, I will personaly punish this
+    and not by using the timer, I will personally punish this
     person seriously, even if this person is me.
 */
 IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SlideshowImpl, updateHdl, Timer *, void)
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx
index 01d4bb3795f0..8b37209808cd 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsClipboard.hxx
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ private:
     */
     sal_Int32 PasteTransferable (sal_Int32 nInsertPosition);
 
-    /** Select a range of pages of the model.  Typicall usage is the
+    /** Select a range of pages of the model.  Typically usage is the
         selection of newly inserted pages.
         @param nFirstIndex
             The index of the first page to select.
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx
index 44d9da6fad94..006a6b83c383 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsPageSelector.hxx
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ public:
     void GetCoreSelection();
 
     /** Update the selection state of the SdPage objects to be the same as
-        that of the correspinding page descriptors.
+        that of the corresponding page descriptors.
     */
     void SetCoreSelection();
 
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx
index bda279596a98..4d4d9919b90e 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/inc/controller/SlsProperties.hxx
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ public:
     Color GetHighlightColor() const { return maHighlightColor;}
     void SetHighlightColor (const Color& rColor);
 
-    /** The UI can be set to be read only indepently from the model status.
+    /** The UI can be set to be read only independently from the model status.
         Used for instance in the presenter view.
     */
     bool IsUIReadOnly() const { return mbIsUIReadOnly;}
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx
index 2c8813c43e0e..638a215e7c95 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/slidesorter/view/SlsFramePainter.cxx
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ void FramePainter::OffsetBitmap::PaintSide (
     }
     else
     {
-        // Diagonal sides indicatee an error.
+        // Diagonal sides indicates an error.
         OSL_ASSERT(false);
     }
 }
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx b/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx
index 43d96f3901e4..f348e66b52c3 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/unoidl/unoobj.cxx
@@ -1511,7 +1511,7 @@ uno::Any SAL_CALL SdUnoEventsAccess::getByName( const OUString& aName )
         if ( SfxApplication::IsXScriptURL( pInfo->GetBookmark() ) )
         {
             // Scripting Framework URL
-            aAny <<= maStrScript;;
+            aAny <<= maStrScript;
             pProperties->Name = maStrEventType;
             pProperties->Handle = -1;
             pProperties->Value = aAny;
@@ -1528,7 +1528,7 @@ uno::Any SAL_CALL SdUnoEventsAccess::getByName( const OUString& aName )
         else
         {
             // Old Basic macro URL
-            aAny <<= maStrStarBasic;;
+            aAny <<= maStrStarBasic;
             pProperties->Name = maStrEventType;
             pProperties->Handle = -1;
             pProperties->Value = aAny;
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx
index 6b16b03d5e84..9b7322c369a9 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/view/Outliner.cxx
@@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ void Outliner::SetViewMode (PageKind ePageKind)
 
         // Force (well, request) a synchronous update of the configuration.
         // In a better world we would handle the asynchronous view update
-        // instead.  But that would involve major restucturing of the
+        // instead.  But that would involve major restructuring of the
         // Outliner code.
         framework::FrameworkHelper::Instance(rBase)->RequestSynchronousUpdate();
         SetViewShell(rBase.GetMainViewShell());
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx
index 93b9340a7200..6ccf7bc083f6 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/view/ToolBarManager.cxx
@@ -1427,7 +1427,7 @@ void ToolBarShellList::UpdateShells (
             rpManager->ActivateSubShell(*rpMainViewShell, iShell->mnId);
         }
 
-        // The maNewList now refelects the current state and thus is made
+        // The maNewList now reflects the current state and thus is made
         // maCurrentList.
         maCurrentList = maNewList;
     }
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx
index 26bb10613a80..2c0f86514ef7 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/view/drviewsj.cxx
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ void DrawViewShell::GetMenuStateSel( SfxItemSet &rSet )
     // multi-selection
     else if( nMarkCount > 1 )
     {
-        // distribure dialog for 3+n objects
+        // distribute dialog for 3+n objects
         if(nMarkCount <= 2)
             rSet.DisableItem(SID_DISTRIBUTE_DLG);
 
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx
index 8acacd4459ca..7bf1c8a7d664 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/view/outlnvsh.cxx
@@ -1777,7 +1777,7 @@ sal_uLong OutlineViewShell::Read(SvStream& rInput, const OUString& rBaseURL, sal
 
     bRet = rOutl.Read( rInput, rBaseURL, eFormat, GetDocSh()->GetHeaderAttributes() );
 
-    SdPage* pPage = GetDoc()->GetSdPage( GetDoc()->GetSdPageCount(PK_STANDARD) - 1, PK_STANDARD );;
+    SdPage* pPage = GetDoc()->GetSdPage( GetDoc()->GetSdPageCount(PK_STANDARD) - 1, PK_STANDARD );
     SfxStyleSheet* pTitleSheet = pPage->GetStyleSheetForPresObj( PRESOBJ_TITLE );
     SfxStyleSheet* pOutlSheet = pPage->GetStyleSheetForPresObj( PRESOBJ_OUTLINE );
 
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx
index c483bada3826..33b95d426ac0 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview2.cxx
@@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ void ImplProcessObjectList(SdrObject* pObj, SdrObjectVector& rVector )
 
 SdrModel* View::GetMarkedObjModel() const
 {
-    return FmFormView::GetMarkedObjModel();;
+    return FmFormView::GetMarkedObjModel();
 }
 
 bool View::Paste(
diff --git a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx
index 54d7dbf8329d..73184f2013cf 100644
--- a/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx
+++ b/sd/source/ui/view/sdview3.cxx
@@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ bool View::InsertData( const TransferableDataHelper& rDataHelper,
 
                             if(pSdrGrafObj)
                             {
-                                // If we have a graphic as source object, use it's graphic
+                                // If we have a graphic as source object, use its graphic
                                 // content as fill style
                                 aSet.Put(XFillStyleItem(drawing::FillStyle_BITMAP));
                                 aSet.Put(XFillBitmapItem(&mrDoc.GetPool(), pSdrGrafObj->GetGraphic()));
diff --git a/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx b/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx
index 68a291c11c5c..ae49deaf98fc 100644
--- a/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx
+++ b/sdext/source/pdfimport/xpdfwrapper/pdfioutdev_gpl.hxx
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ namespace pdfi
             size(0.0)
         {}
 
-        // xdpf goo stuff is so totally borked...
+        // xpdf goo stuff is so totally borked...
         // ...need to hand-code assignment
         FontAttributes( const FontAttributes& rSrc ) :
             familyName(),
diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx
index 59505961b86b..7ca117265f01 100644
--- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx
+++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterPaneBase.cxx
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Reference<drawing::framework::XPaneBorderPainter>
 void PresenterPaneBase::SetCalloutAnchor (const css::awt::Point& rCalloutAnchor)
 {
     mbHasCallout = true;
-    // Anchor is given in the coorindate system of the parent window.
+    // Anchor is given in the coordinate system of the parent window.
     // Transform it into the local coordinate system.
     maCalloutAnchor = rCalloutAnchor;
     const awt::Rectangle aBorderBox (mxBorderWindow->getPosSize());
diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx
index 386eb04a867d..09882941553b 100644
--- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx
+++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterSlideShowView.cxx
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ geometry::AffineMatrix2D SAL_CALL PresenterSlideShowView::getTransformation()
         // optimizations the avoid updates when the transformation is
         // unchanged (when the window size changes then due to the constant
         // aspect ratio the size of the preview may remain the same while
-        // the position changes.  The position, however, is repesented by
+        // the position changes.  The position, however, is rapresented by
         // the position of the view window.  This transformation is given
         // relative to the view window and therefore does not contain the
         // position.)
diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx
index 340a2a01f876..acb42e2c9d26 100644
--- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx
+++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterTimer.cxx
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ void TimerScheduler::CancelTask (const sal_Int32 nTaskId)
             mpCurrentTask->mbIsCanceled = true;
     }
 
-    // Let the main-loop cleanup in it's own time
+    // Let the main-loop cleanup in its own time
 }
 
 void SAL_CALL TimerScheduler::run()
diff --git a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx
index 9418a79ebc37..949a697a4c1d 100644
--- a/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx
+++ b/sdext/source/presenter/PresenterToolBar.hxx
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ namespace sdext { namespace presenter {
 
 /** A simple tool bar that can display bitmapped buttons and labels.  At the
     moment there are buttons for moving to the next and previous slide and
-    to the next effect.  A label displayes the index of the current slide
+    to the next effect.  A label displays the index of the current slide
     and the total number of slides.
 */
 class PresenterToolBar
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx
index f0814edbf5f3..5cf2bbdd7bae 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/appopen.cxx
@@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ void SfxApplication::OpenDocExec_Impl( SfxRequest& rReq )
             xTrans->parseStrict( aURL );
 
             Reference < XDispatchProvider > xProv( xTargetFrame, UNO_QUERY );
-            Reference < XDispatch > xDisp = xProv.is() ? xProv->queryDispatch( aURL, aTarget, FrameSearchFlag::ALL ) : Reference < XDispatch >();;
+            Reference < XDispatch > xDisp = xProv.is() ? xProv->queryDispatch( aURL, aTarget, FrameSearchFlag::ALL ) : Reference < XDispatch >();
             if ( xDisp.is() )
                 xDisp->dispatch( aURL, aArgs );
         }
diff --git a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx
index 117b9f947076..329a499a8992 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/appl/workwin.cxx
@@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ SvBorder SfxWorkWindow::Arrange_Impl()
         // First, we assume that there is room for the window.
         pCli->nVisible |= SfxChildVisibility::FITS_IN;
 
-        // Skip invisiable windows
+        // Skip invisible windows
         if (pCli->nVisible != SfxChildVisibility::VISIBLE)
             continue;
 
@@ -2301,7 +2301,7 @@ bool SfxWorkWindow::RequestTopToolSpacePixel_Impl( SvBorder aBorder )
             aClientArea.GetHeight() < aBorder.Top() + aBorder.Bottom() )
         return false;
     else
-        return true;;
+        return true;
 }
 
 void SfxWorkWindow::SaveStatus_Impl(SfxChildWindow *pChild, const SfxChildWinInfo &rInfo)
diff --git a/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx b/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx
index 6a3da70264cd..f3afe49cccc6 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/bastyp/fltlst.cxx
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ class SfxRefreshListener : public ::cppu::WeakImplHelper<css::util::XRefreshList
                     on right FilterFactory-Service for all changes and synchronize right SfxFilterContainer with
                     corresponding framework-cache.
                     We use given "sFactory" value to decide which query must be used to fill "pContainer" with new values.
-                    Given "pContainer" hold us alive as uno reference and we use it to syschronize it with framework caches.
+                    Given "pContainer" hold us alive as uno reference and we use it to synchronize it with framework caches.
                     We will die, if he die! see dtor for further information.
 
     @seealso        dtor
diff --git a/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx b/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx
index 9b6cc891beab..119880e37356 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/control/request.cxx
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ void SfxRequest::Done
                                    set */
 
     bool                bKeep   /*  true (default)
-                                   'rSet' is saved and GetArgs() queriable.
+                                   'rSet' is saved and GetArgs() queryable.
 
                                     false
                                    'rSet' is not copied (faster) */
diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx
index a4b2af6031b8..58e20504901e 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/backingcomp.cxx
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ BackingComp::~BackingComp()
     Some interfaces are supported by his class directly, but some other ones are
     used by aggregation. An instance of this class must provide some window interfaces.
     But it must represent a VCL window behind such interfaces too! So we use an internal
-    saved window member to ask it for it's interfaces and return it. But we must be aware then,
+    saved window member to ask it for its interfaces and return it. But we must be aware then,
     that it can be destroyed from outside too ...
 
     @param  aType
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< OUString > SAL_CALL BackingComp::getSupportedServiceNames()
             xBackingComp);
 
         // attach controller to the frame
-        // We will use it's container window, to create
+        // We will use its container window, to create
         // the component window. From now we offer the window interfaces!
         xBackingComp.attachFrame(xFrame);
 
diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx
index 602ad99eed8b..d82ffa2ed304 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/dockwin.cxx
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@ void SfxDockingWindow::Initialize(SfxChildWinInfo *pInfo)
         {
             //?????? Currently not supported
             // Window is docked individually; size is calculated.
-            // It must therefore be initialized with the DloatingSize if
+            // It must therefore be initialized with the FloatingSize if
             // someone relies on it that a reasonable size is set
             SetSizePixel(GetFloatingSize());
             SetSizePixel(CalcDockingSize(GetAlignment()));
diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx
index 904fe00d5d01..ed3e71d41bca 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/filedlghelper.cxx
@@ -788,7 +788,7 @@ ErrCode FileDialogHelper_Impl::getGraphic( Graphic& rGraphic ) const
 
     // rhbz#1079672 do not return maGraphic, it need not be the selected file
 
-    OUString aPath;;
+    OUString aPath;
     Sequence<OUString> aPathSeq = mxFileDlg->getFiles();
 
     if (aPathSeq.getLength() == 1)
@@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ void FileDialogHelper_Impl::loadConfig()
 
 void FileDialogHelper_Impl::setDefaultValues()
 {
-    // when no filter is set, we set the curentFilter to <all>
+    // when no filter is set, we set the currentFilter to <all>
     if ( maCurFilter.isEmpty() && !maSelectFilter.isEmpty() )
     {
         uno::Reference< XFilterManager > xFltMgr( mxFileDlg, UNO_QUERY );
diff --git a/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx b/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx
index 0783116c4cd1..b2dd691925ca 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/dialog/filtergrouping.cxx
@@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ namespace sfx2
             FillClassGroup( rGlobalFilters, _rGlobalClassesRef )
         );
             // now we have:
-            // in rGlobalFilters: a list of FilterDescriptor's, where each's discriptor's display name is set to the name of a class
+            // in rGlobalFilters: a list of FilterDescriptor's, where each's descriptor's display name is set to the name of a class
             // in aGlobalClassesRef: a mapping from logical filter names to positions within rGlobalFilters
             //  this way, if we encounter an arbitrary filter, we can easily (and efficient) check if it belongs to a global class
             //  and modify the descriptor for this class accordingly
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ namespace sfx2
             );
 
 
-            // add the filter to it's group
+            // add the filter to its group
 
             // for this, check if the filter is part of a local filter
             FilterGroupEntryReferrer::iterator aBelongsToLocal = aLocalClassesRef.find( sFilterName );
diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx
index 27d1829d9625..eb16eabd4aa3 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/doc/SfxDocumentMetaData.cxx
@@ -1745,7 +1745,7 @@ SfxDocumentMetaData::setDocumentStatistics(
     std::vector<std::pair<const char *, OUString> > attributes;
     for (sal_Int32 i = 0; i < the_value.getLength(); ++i) {
         const OUString name = the_value[i].Name;
-        // inefficently search for matching attribute
+        // inefficiently search for matching attribute
         for (size_t j = 0; s_stdStats[j] != nullptr; ++j) {
             if (name.equalsAscii(s_stdStats[j])) {
                 const css::uno::Any any = the_value[i].Value;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx
index 3a9cd1805809..5f1f33dd2f79 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/doc/docfile.cxx
@@ -3451,7 +3451,7 @@ void SfxMedium::CreateTempFile( bool bReplace )
 
         if ( !bTransferSuccess && pImp->m_pInStream )
         {
-            // the case when there is no URL-access available or this is a remote protocoll
+            // the case when there is no URL-access available or this is a remote protocol
             // but there is an input stream
             GetOutStream();
             if ( pImp->m_pOutStream )
diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx
index 47a06d11c30e..4b3cf63cc882 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/doc/doctempl.cxx
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ bool SfxDocumentTemplates::CopyFrom
     }
     else
     {
-        uno::Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );;
+        uno::Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );
 
         Sequence< PropertyValue > aArgs( 1 );
         aArgs[0].Name = "Hidden";
diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx
index 824e53796b1b..c656644282a4 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/doc/doctemplates.cxx
@@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ bool SfxDocTplService_Impl::needsUpdate()
         aValue >>= bNeedsUpdate;
 
     // the old template component also checks this state, but it is initialized from this component
-    // so if this componend was already updated the old component does not need such an update
+    // so if this component was already updated the old component does not need such an update
     ::svt::TemplateFolderCache aTempCache;
     if ( !bNeedsUpdate )
         bNeedsUpdate = aTempCache.needsUpdate();
@@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ bool SfxDocTplService_Impl::createFolder( const OUString& rNewFolderURL,
         // if the parent doesn't exists and bCreateParent is set to true,
         // we try to create the parent and if this was successful, we
         // try to create the new folder again ( but this time, we set
-        // bCreateParent to false to avoid endless recusions )
+        // bCreateParent to false to avoid endless recursions )
         if ( ( aParentURL.getSegmentCount() >= 1 ) &&
                createFolder( aParentURL.GetMainURL( INetURLObject::NO_DECODE ), bCreateParent, bFsysFolder, aParent ) )
         {
diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx
index dc279736d035..b23a5d5aa6a7 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objmisc.cxx
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::SetProgress_Impl
 {
     DBG_ASSERT( ( !pImp->pProgress && pProgress ) ||
                 ( pImp->pProgress && !pProgress ),
-                "Progress activation/deacitivation mismatch" );
+                "Progress activation/deactivation mismatch" );
     pImp->pProgress = pProgress;
 }
 
@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::TemplateDisconnectionAfterLoad()
         else
         {
             // !TODO/LATER: what's this?!
-            // Interactiv ( DClick, Contextmenu ) no long name is included
+            // Interactive ( DClick, Contextmenu ) no long name is included
             aTemplateName = getDocProperties()->getTitle();
             if ( aTemplateName.isEmpty() )
             {
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ bool SfxObjectShell::IsLoading() const
 void SfxObjectShell::CancelTransfers()
 /*  [Description]
 
-    Here can Transfers get canceled, which were not regestered
+    Here can Transfers get canceled, which were not registered
     by RegisterTransfer.
 */
 {
diff --git a/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx b/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx
index aff63a7420a3..7551f5b6a13c 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/doc/objserv.cxx
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ void SfxObjectShell::ExecFile_Impl(SfxRequest &rReq)
                         rReq.AppendItem( SfxBoolItem( SID_SAVETO, true ) );
                 }
 
-                // TODO/LATER: do the following GUI related actions in standalown method
+                // TODO/LATER: do the following GUI related actions in standalone method
 
                 // Introduce a status indicator for GUI operation
                 const SfxUnoAnyItem* pStatusIndicatorItem = rReq.GetArg<SfxUnoAnyItem>(SID_PROGRESS_STATUSBAR_CONTROL);
diff --git a/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx b/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx
index 6b5176163d06..145ed4f449fa 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/menu/thessubmenu.hxx
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ public:
     // returns the Locale to be used for the selected text when the thesaurus is to be called
     static void GetLocale( css::lang::Locale /*out */ &rLocale, const OUString &rLookUpString, sal_Int32 nDelimPos );
 
-    // returns true if the locale is supported by the theasaurus
+    // returns true if the locale is supported by the thesaurus
     bool    IsSupportedLocale( const css::lang::Locale & rLocale ) const;
 
     // get the first nMax Synonym entries, even if different meanings need to be evaluated
diff --git a/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx b/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx
index d8a671beacb2..05a390875078 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/menu/virtmenu.cxx
@@ -800,7 +800,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( SfxVirtualMenu, Activate, Menu *, pMenu, bool )
         {
             // update window list
             ::std::vector< OUString > aNewWindowListVector;
-            Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );;
+            Reference< XDesktop2 > xDesktop = Desktop::create( ::comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );
 
             sal_uInt16  nActiveItemId = 0;
             sal_uInt16  nItemId = START_ITEMID_WINDOWLIST;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx
index 85f3c5a5cf9d..defd8bda0f43 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/view/frame.cxx
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ SfxDispatcher* SfxFrame::GetDispatcher_Impl() const
 
 bool SfxFrame::IsAutoLoadLocked_Impl() const
 {
-    // Its own Docucument is locked?
+    // Its own Document is locked?
     const SfxObjectShell* pObjSh = GetCurrentDocument();
     if ( !pObjSh || !pObjSh->IsAutoLoadLocked() )
         return false;
diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx
index 364d53ff5f98..d2857642d45c 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/view/sfxbasecontroller.cxx
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ sal_Bool SAL_CALL SfxBaseController::suspend( sal_Bool bSuspend ) throw( Runtime
 {
     SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
 
-    // ignore dublicate calls, which doesn't change anything real
+    // ignore duplicate calls, which doesn't change anything real
     if (bool(bSuspend) == m_pData->m_bSuspendState)
        return true;
 
diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx
index 9904eaab94c8..1c83f6b03191 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/view/viewfrm.cxx
@@ -1691,7 +1691,7 @@ void SfxViewFrame::Enable( bool bEnable )
 
 /*  [Description]
 
-    This method makes the Frame-Window visible and before transmitts the
+    This method makes the Frame-Window visible and before transmits the
     window name. In addition, the document is held. In general one can never
     show the window directly!
 */
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@ void SfxViewFrame::ExecView_Impl
             {
                 pViewShell->DoVerb( pItem->GetValue() );
                 rReq.Done();
-                break;;
+                break;
             }
         }
     }
diff --git a/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx b/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx
index ced79a62e0fe..7d45430e5367 100644
--- a/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx
+++ b/sfx2/source/view/viewsh.cxx
@@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ SdrView* SfxViewShell::GetDrawView() const
 
 /*  [Description]
 
-    This virtual Method has to be overloded by the sub classes, to be able
+    This virtual Method has to be overloaded by the sub classes, to be able
     make the Property-Editor available.
 
     The default implementation does always return zero.
diff --git a/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c b/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c
index 4e6b432982ec..ce9d58735448 100644
--- a/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c
+++ b/solenv/bin/concat-deps.c
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ void* data;
 
 
 /* ===============================================
- * Hash implementation custumized to be just tracking
+ * Hash implementation customized to be just tracking
  * a unique list of string (i.e no data associated
  * with the key, no need for retrieval, etc..
  *
diff --git a/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk b/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk
index bf89091b9a61..6f2839f3d4a7 100644
--- a/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk
+++ b/solenv/doc/gbuild/solenv/gbuild/gbuild.mk
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ namespace gb
     static const List<String> CPUDEFS;
     /// default c++ compilation compiler flags
     static const List<String> CXXFLAGS;
-    /// platform- and compilerindependent default defines
+    /// platform- and compilerin dependent default defines
     static const List<String> GLOBALDEFS;
     /// default objective c++ compilation compiler flags
     static const List<String> OBJCXXFLAGS;
diff --git a/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk b/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk
index a0ff3109d285..3f0567449bb3 100644
--- a/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk
+++ b/solenv/gbuild/platform/WNT_INTEL_GCC.mk
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ include $(GBUILDDIR)/platform/windows.mk
 ifeq ($(COM_IS_CLANG),)
 # This has to do something with calling conventions, which are different
 # for x86 and x64. Don't put it in the common part since it is breaking
-# and conde that uses boost::bind
+# any code that uses boost::bind
 gb_GccLess470 := $(shell expr $(GCC_VERSION) \< 407)
 
 # Until GCC 4.6, MinGW used __cdecl by default, and BOOST_MEM_FN_ENABLE_CDECL
diff --git a/soltools/cpp/Test.txt b/soltools/cpp/Test.txt
index cbf1ea2905b6..484d150c1afa 100644
--- a/soltools/cpp/Test.txt
+++ b/soltools/cpp/Test.txt
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ args(t1, (args(t2, (x, y))))    // t1 (t2 (x, y))
 #define __ ARGS
 int foo __((int x));            // int foo (int x);
 
-/* Concatinations */
+/* Concatenations */
 
 #define tail _Test
 // Txt_##tail                      // Txt_##_Test
diff --git a/soltools/cpp/_lex.c b/soltools/cpp/_lex.c
index 4a9dcc7dddc5..fde7605e8354 100644
--- a/soltools/cpp/_lex.c
+++ b/soltools/cpp/_lex.c
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ continue2:
                     else
                     {
                         runelen = 1;
-                        s->lineinc = 0;;
+                        s->lineinc = 0;
                         tp->type = COMMENT;
                         tp->flag |= XTWS;
                     }
diff --git a/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx b/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx
index a92180ad2940..e7e40cf453cf 100644
--- a/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx
+++ b/sot/source/sdstor/stgcache.cxx
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ StgCache::~StgCache()
 
 void StgCache::SetPhysPageSize( short n )
 {
-    OSL_ENSURE( n >= 512, "Unexpecte page size is provided!" );
+    OSL_ENSURE( n >= 512, "Unexpected page size is provided!" );
     if ( n >= 512 )
     {
         m_nPageSize = n;
diff --git a/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx b/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx
index 84db648fecab..fb43f7c55d62 100644
--- a/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx
+++ b/sot/source/sdstor/ucbstorage.cxx
@@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ sal_Int16 UCBStorage_Impl::Commit()
                         nLocalRet = pElement->m_xStream->Commit();
                         if ( pElement->m_xStream->m_bIsOLEStorage )
                         {
-                            // OLE storage should be stored encrytped, if the storage uses encryption
+                            // OLE storage should be stored encrypted, if the storage uses encryption
                             pElement->m_xStream->m_aContentType = "application/vnd.sun.star.oleobject";
                             Any aValue;
                             aValue <<= true;
diff --git a/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx b/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx
index 9de6b5309d57..cde542353d38 100644
--- a/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx
+++ b/starmath/inc/cursor.hxx
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ private:
     /** Patch a line list after modification, merge SmTextNode, remove SmPlaceNode etc.
      *
      * @param pLineList The line list to patch
-     * @param aIter     Iterator pointing to the element that needs to be patched with it's previous.
+     * @param aIter     Iterator pointing to the element that needs to be patched with its previous.
      *
      * When the list is patched text nodes before and after aIter will be merged.
      * If there's an, in the context, inappropriate SmPlaceNode before or after aIter it will also be
diff --git a/starmath/inc/node.hxx b/starmath/inc/node.hxx
index 28becba19c89..41ff14cfa334 100644
--- a/starmath/inc/node.hxx
+++ b/starmath/inc/node.hxx
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ public:
  *
  * This node is used with commands: oper, uoper and boper.
  * E.g. in "A boper op B", "op" will be an instance of SmGlyphSpecialNode.
- * "boper" simply inteprets "op", the following token, as an binary operator.
+ * "boper" simply interprets "op", the following token, as an binary operator.
  * The command "uoper" interprets the following token as unary operator.
  * For these commands an instance of SmGlyphSpecialNode is used for the
  * operator token, following the command.
diff --git a/starmath/source/document.cxx b/starmath/source/document.cxx
index 9e2a745c46ef..a5c92ed42780 100644
--- a/starmath/source/document.cxx
+++ b/starmath/source/document.cxx
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ SmPrinterAccess::SmPrinterAccess( SmDocShell &rDocShell )
         {
             // if it is an embedded object (without it's own printer)
             // we change the MapMode temporarily.
-            //!If it is a document with it's own printer the MapMode should
+            //!If it is a document with its own printer the MapMode should
             //!be set correct (once) elsewhere(!), in order to avoid numerous
             //!superfluous pushing and poping of the MapMode when using
             //!this class.
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ SmPrinterAccess::SmPrinterAccess( SmDocShell &rDocShell )
         {
             // if it is an embedded object (without it's own printer)
             // we change the MapMode temporarily.
-            //!If it is a document with it's own printer the MapMode should
+            //!If it is a document with its own printer the MapMode should
             //!be set correct (once) elsewhere(!), in order to avoid numerous
             //!superfluous pushing and poping of the MapMode when using
             //!this class.
diff --git a/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx b/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx
index 2492d26d916a..83f6b2996c5b 100644
--- a/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx
+++ b/starmath/source/mathmlexport.cxx
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ void SmXMLExport::ExportTable(const SmNode *pNode, int nLevel)
     sal_uInt16 nSize = pNode->GetNumSubNodes();
 
     //If the list ends in newline then the last entry has
-    //no subnodes, the newline is superfulous so we just drop
+    //no subnodes, the newline is superfluous so we just drop
     //the last node, inclusion would create a bad MathML
     //table
     if (nSize >= 1)
diff --git a/starmath/source/node.cxx b/starmath/source/node.cxx
index 27409a9c7f37..2565f7dbd4a7 100644
--- a/starmath/source/node.cxx
+++ b/starmath/source/node.cxx
@@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@ void SmTextNode::CreateTextFromNode(OUString &rText)
 
         if ((GetToken().eType == TIDENT) && (GetFontDesc() == FNT_FUNCTION))
         {
-            //Search for existing functions and remove extraenous keyword
+            //Search for existing functions and remove extraneous keyword
             rText += "func ";
         }
         else if (bQuoted)
@@ -2505,7 +2505,7 @@ void SmMatrixNode::Arrange(const OutputDevice &rDev, const SmFormat &rFormat)
         }
     }
 
-    // norm distance from which the following two are calcutated
+    // norm distance from which the following two are calculated
     const long  nNormDist = 3 * GetFont().GetSize().Height();
 
     // define horizontal and vertical minimal distances that separate
diff --git a/starmath/source/parse.cxx b/starmath/source/parse.cxx
index 024dd8cf05f1..714e7045d7fa 100644
--- a/starmath/source/parse.cxx
+++ b/starmath/source/parse.cxx
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@ void SmParser::DoTerm(bool bGroupNumberIdent)
                     if (m_aCurToken.eType != TNUMBER &&
                         m_aCurToken.eType != TIDENT)
                     {
-                        // Neither a number nor an indentifier. We just moved to
+                        // Neither a number nor an identifier. We just moved to
                         // the next token, so no need to do that again.
                         moveToNextToken = false;
                         break;
@@ -1733,7 +1733,7 @@ void SmParser::DoUnOper()
         pSNode->SetScaleMode(SCALE_HEIGHT);
 
         // build nodes for left & right lines
-        // (text, group, level of the used token are of no interrest here)
+        // (text, group, level of the used token are of no interest here)
         // we'll use row & column of the keyword for abs
         aNodeToken.eType = TABS;
 
diff --git a/starmath/source/view.cxx b/starmath/source/view.cxx
index a4e8c39ebb48..e084ddf821ac 100644
--- a/starmath/source/view.cxx
+++ b/starmath/source/view.cxx
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ void SmGraphicWindow::SetCursor(const Rectangle &rRect)
 }
 
 const SmNode * SmGraphicWindow::SetCursorPos(sal_uInt16 nRow, sal_uInt16 nCol)
-    // looks for a VISIBLE node in the formula tree with it's token at
+    // looks for a VISIBLE node in the formula tree with its token at
     // (or around) the position 'nRow', 'nCol' in the edit window
     // (row and column numbering starts with 1 there!).
     // If there is such a node the formula-cursor is set to cover that nodes
diff --git a/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx b/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx
index e9c36eeea929..d4077d9c1c08 100644
--- a/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx
+++ b/stoc/source/defaultregistry/defaultregistry.cxx
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ protected:
 };
 
 
-// class NestedKeyImpl the implenetation of interface XRegistryKey
+// class NestedKeyImpl the implementation of interface XRegistryKey
 
 class NestedKeyImpl : public WeakImplHelper< XRegistryKey >
 {
diff --git a/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx b/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx
index 91c2db508d6b..d64c2c3af8ad 100644
--- a/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx
+++ b/stoc/test/testsmgr_cpnt.cxx
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ extern "C" void SAL_CALL test_ServiceManager()
 
         // getImplementations() check
          Sequence<OUString> seqImpl = xInst->getImplementations(OUString("com.sun.star.loader.SharedLibrary"), atUModule2);
-        OSL_ENSURE( seqImpl.getLength() == 1, "count of implementantions is wrong" );
+        OSL_ENSURE( seqImpl.getLength() == 1, "count of implementations is wrong" );
         OSL_ENSURE( seqImpl.getConstArray()[0] == "com.sun.star.DummyService.V10", "implementation name is not equal" );
 
 
diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx
index ab89025d3a0d..e73ba999748c 100644
--- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx
+++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgcharacternode.cxx
@@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ namespace svgio
                     || TextDecoration_overline == aDeco
                     || TextDecoration_line_through == aDeco)
                 {
-                    // get the fill for decroation as described by SVG. We cannot
+                    // get the fill for decoration as described by SVG. We cannot
                     // have different stroke colors/definitions for those, though
                     const SvgStyleAttributes* pDecoDef = rSvgStyleAttributes.getTextDecorationDefiningSvgStyleAttributes();
                     const basegfx::BColor aDecoColor(pDecoDef && pDecoDef->getFill() ? *pDecoDef->getFill() : aFill);
diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx
index d2b6532f2319..558ab7a80485 100644
--- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx
+++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgnode.cxx
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ namespace svgio
 
             if(maCssStyleVector.empty())
             {
-                // return given original if no CssStlyes found
+                // return given original if no CssStyles found
                 return &rOriginal;
             }
             else
diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx
index 42cc554a654e..61497fcde94a 100644
--- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx
+++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgstylenode.cxx
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ namespace svgio
         void SvgStyleNode::addCssStyleSheet(const OUString& aSelectors, const SvgStyleAttributes& rNewStyle)
         {
             // aSelectors: CssStyle selectors, any combination, no comma separations, no spaces at start/end
-            // rNewStyle: the already preapared style to register on that name
+            // rNewStyle: the already prepared style to register on that name
             if(!aSelectors.isEmpty())
             {
                 std::vector< OUString > aSelectorParts;
diff --git a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx
index 86a11d7b8b1e..08c69e602a3f 100644
--- a/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx
+++ b/svgio/source/svgreader/svgsvgnode.cxx
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ namespace svgio
             drawinglayer::primitive2d::Primitive2DSequence aSequence;
 
             // #i125258# check now if we need to init some style settings locally. Do not do this
-            // in the constructor, there is not yet informatikon e.g. about existing CssStyles.
+            // in the constructor, there is not yet information e.g. about existing CssStyles.
             // Here all nodes are read and interpreted
             const_cast< SvgSvgNode* >(this)->initializeStyleAttributes();
 
@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ namespace svgio
                                 // no clip needed, but an invisible HiddenGeometryPrimitive2D
                                 // to allow getting the full Svg range using the primitive mechanisms.
                                 // This is needed since e.g. an SdrObject using this as graphic will
-                                // create a mapping transformation to exactly map the content to it's
+                                // create a mapping transformation to exactly map the content to its
                                 // real life size
                                 const drawinglayer::primitive2d::Primitive2DReference xLine(
                                     new drawinglayer::primitive2d::PolygonHairlinePrimitive2D(
diff --git a/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx b/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx
index ff9ff7d6e3ab..7bd5c8895153 100644
--- a/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx
+++ b/svl/source/items/nranges.cxx
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ SfxUShortRanges& SfxUShortRanges::operator -=
             // right side
             if( u1 > u2 ) // anything left at all
             {
-                // reduce minuend interval, try again (minuend might be affected by other subtrahend itnervals )
+                // reduce minuend interval, try again (minuend might be affected by other subtrahend intervals )
                 _pRanges[ nPos1 ] = u2 + 1;
             }
 
diff --git a/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx b/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx
index fbf6180e8ce9..15ca63f9f89c 100644
--- a/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx
+++ b/svl/source/misc/inettype.cxx
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Registration::~Registration()
 // static
 TypeNameMapEntry * Registration::getExtensionEntry(OUString const & rTypeName)
 {
-    OUString aTheTypeName = rTypeName.toAsciiLowerCase();;
+    OUString aTheTypeName = rTypeName.toAsciiLowerCase();
     Registration &rRegistration = theRegistration::get();
     TypeNameMap::iterator it = rRegistration.m_aTypeNameMap.find(aTheTypeName);
     if (it != rRegistration.m_aTypeNameMap.end())
diff --git a/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx b/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx
index ff498a991ece..1a0c50c8a576 100644
--- a/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx
+++ b/svl/source/numbers/supservs.hxx
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 /**
  * SvNumberFormatsSupplierServiceObject - a number formats supplier which
  * - can be instantiated as an service
- * - works with it's own SvNumberFormatter instance
+ * - works with its own SvNumberFormatter instance
  * - can be initialized (css::lang::XInitialization)
  * with a specific language (i.e. css::lang::Locale)
  */
diff --git a/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx b/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx
index 26f683a83286..277754719a9e 100644
--- a/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx
+++ b/svl/source/numbers/zforlist.cxx
@@ -3482,7 +3482,7 @@ bool SvNumberFormatter::GetNewCurrencySymbolString( sal_uInt32 nFormat, OUString
             if ( ppEntry )
             {
                 bool bFoundBank = false;
-                // we definiteley need an entry matching the format code string
+                // we definitely need an entry matching the format code string
                 const NfCurrencyEntry* pFoundEntry = GetCurrencyEntry(
                     bFoundBank, aSymbol, aExtension, pFormat->GetLanguage(),
                     true );
diff --git a/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx b/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx
index 4926df3e6319..fb9446115137 100644
--- a/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx
+++ b/svl/unx/source/svdde/ddedummy.cxx
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ const OUString DdeConnection::GetServiceName()
 
 const OUString DdeConnection::GetTopicName()
 {
-    return OUString();;
+    return OUString();
 }
 
 DdeTransaction::DdeTransaction( DdeConnection& rConnection, const OUString&, long )
diff --git a/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx b/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx
index 2c1e0e90440e..9f5d9e7fe000 100644
--- a/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/config/fontsubstconfig.cxx
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ void SvtFontSubstConfig::Apply()
 {
     OutputDevice::BeginFontSubstitution();
 
-    // remove old substitions
+    // remove old substitutions
     sal_uInt16 nOldCount = OutputDevice::GetFontSubstituteCount();
 
     while (nOldCount)
diff --git a/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx b/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx
index 8b5bcb885b8d..f9741e67de23 100644
--- a/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/contnr/treelistbox.cxx
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 /*
     TODO:
         - delete anchor in SelectionEngine when selecting manually
-        - SelectAll( false ) => only repaint the delselected entries
+        - SelectAll( false ) => only repaint the deselected entries
 */
 
 #include <svtools/treelistbox.hxx>
diff --git a/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx b/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx
index 70b30c19907b..6ed7b4301a16 100644
--- a/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/control/ctrltool.cxx
@@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ const sal_IntPtr* FontList::GetSizeAry( const vcl::FontInfo& rInfo ) const
         const_cast<FontList*>(this)->mpSizeAry = nullptr;
     }
 
-    // use standarad sizes if no name
+    // use standard sizes if no name
     if ( rInfo.GetName().isEmpty() )
         return aStdSizeAry;
 
diff --git a/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx b/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx
index 0f28cfe0f3e9..b42b6f139a6f 100644
--- a/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/dialogs/wizardmachine.cxx
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ namespace svt
         // reset the WB_DEFBUTTON for every window which is a button
         implResetDefault(this);
 
-        // set it's new style
+        // set its new style
         if (_pNewDefButton)
             _pNewDefButton->SetStyle(_pNewDefButton->GetStyle() | WB_DEFBUTTON);
     }
diff --git a/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx b/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx
index 70abae2c01f4..e39bf5d2a00a 100644
--- a/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/filter/exportdialog.cxx
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ ExportDialog::ExportDialog(FltCallDialogParameter& rPara,
     GetGraphicSource();
 
     get(mpInfo, "information");
-    get(mpFtEstimatedSize, "estsizeft");;
+    get(mpFtEstimatedSize, "estsizeft");
 
     get(mpBtnOK, "ok");
 
diff --git a/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx b/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx
index eef174cba873..40b601ea09ce 100644
--- a/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/graphic/grfmgr.cxx
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ Graphic GraphicObject::GetTransformedGraphic( const Size& rDestSize, const MapMo
                 && aSrcSizePixel.Width())
             {
                 // the size in pixels calculated from Graphic's internal MapMode (aTransGraphic.GetPrefMapMode())
-                // and it's internal size (aTransGraphic.GetPrefSize()) is different from it's real pixel size.
+                // and it's internal size (aTransGraphic.GetPrefSize()) is different from its real pixel size.
                 // This can be interpreted as this values to be set wrong, but needs to be corrected since e.g.
                 // existing cropping is calculated based on this logic values already.
                 // aBitmapEx.Scale(aSrcSizePixel);
diff --git a/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx b/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx
index 2a2d0171722f..bded0896634a 100644
--- a/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/misc/transfer.cxx
@@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ bool TransferableDataHelper::GetString( const DataFlavor& rFlavor, OUString& rSt
             const sal_Char* pChars = reinterpret_cast< const sal_Char* >( aSeq.getConstArray() );
             sal_Int32       nLen = aSeq.getLength();
 
-            //JP 10.10.2001: 92930 - don't copy the last zero characterinto the string.
+            //JP 10.10.2001: 92930 - don't copy the last zero character into the string.
             //DVO 2002-05-27: strip _all_ trailing zeros
             while( nLen && ( 0 == *( pChars + nLen - 1 ) ) )
                 --nLen;
diff --git a/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx b/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx
index 3f156b7f8629..801e4e00ae68 100644
--- a/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/svhtml/parhtml.cxx
@@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ const HTMLOptions& HTMLParser::GetOptions( sal_uInt16 *pNoConvertToken )
 
             // Actually only certain characters allowed.
             // Netscape only looks for "=" and white space (c.f.
-            // Mozilla: PA_FetchRequestedNameValues in lipparse/pa_mdl.c)
+            // Mozilla: PA_FetchRequestedNameValues in libparse/pa_mdl.c)
             while( nPos < aToken.getLength() && '=' != (cChar=aToken[nPos]) &&
                    HTML_ISPRINTABLE(cChar) && !HTML_ISSPACE(cChar) )
                 nPos++;
diff --git a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx
index 867b2f52ade2..8d997330e6aa 100644
--- a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol.cxx
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ namespace svt { namespace table
                 aRetText = "ColumnHeaderBar";
                 break;
             case TCTYPE_TABLECELL:
-                //the name of the cell constists of column name and row name if defined
+                //the name of the cell consists of column name and row name if defined
                 //if the name is equal to cell content, it'll be read twice
                 if(GetModel()->hasColumnHeaders())
                 {
diff --git a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx
index 0b8795574aef..ab0af6f64197 100644
--- a/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx
+++ b/svtools/source/table/tablecontrol_impl.hxx
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ namespace svt { namespace table
                 the row position which should be visibleMust be non-negative, and smaller
                 than the row count.
             @param _bAcceptPartialVisibility
-                <TRUE/> if it's okay that the given cooordinate is only partially visible
+                <TRUE/> if it's okay that the given coordinate is only partially visible
         */
         void    ensureVisible( ColPos _nColumn, RowPos _nRow, bool _bAcceptPartialVisibility );
 
diff --git a/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx b/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx
index 8d5db2fd8c66..df5a473b5a7a 100644
--- a/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx
+++ b/svtools/source/uno/unoiface.cxx
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ void SAL_CALL VCLXMultiLineEdit::setFocus(  ) throw(css::uno::RuntimeException,
     SolarMutexGuard aGuard;
 
     // don't grab the focus if we already have it. Reason is that the only thing which the edit
-    // does is forwarding the focus to it's text window. This text window then does a "select all".
+    // does is forwarding the focus to its text window. This text window then does a "select all".
     // So if the text window already has the focus, and we give the focus to the multi line
     // edit, then all which happens is that everything is selected.
     // #i27072#
@@ -906,7 +906,7 @@ void SVTXFormattedField::setProperty( const OUString& PropertyName, const css::u
                         // no double
                         if (Value.hasValue())
                         {   // but a value
-                            // try if it is something converitble
+                            // try if it is something convertible
                             sal_Int32 nValue = 0;
                             if (!(Value >>= nValue))
                                 throw css::lang::IllegalArgumentException();
diff --git a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx
index 03e6a2c1de31..7950969e40d9 100644
--- a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleControlShape.cxx
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ void SAL_CALL AccessibleControlShape::disposing()
 
     m_xUnoControl.clear();
 
-    // let the base do it's stuff
+    // let the base do its stuff
     AccessibleShape::disposing();
 }
 
diff --git a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx
index 3d70db02ae8a..3bfb1e860a01 100644
--- a/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/accessibility/AccessibleEmptyEditSource.cxx
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ namespace accessibility
         // a switch to a real EditSource, too. Fortunately, the
         // AccessibleEditableTextPara implementation currently always
         // calls GetEditViewForwarder(true) before doing
-        // changes. Thus, we rely on this behabviour here (problem
+        // changes. Thus, we rely on this behaviour here (problem
         // when that changes: via accessibility API, it would no
         // longer be possible to enter text in previously empty
         // shapes).
diff --git a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx
index 1d00f00b0229..e65e60cdc7c7 100644
--- a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape2d.cxx
@@ -708,8 +708,8 @@ EnhancedCustomShape2d::EnhancedCustomShape2d( SdrObject* pAObj ) :
 
     ClearItem( SDRATTR_TEXTDIRECTION ); //SJ: vertical writing is not required, by removing this item no outliner is created
 
-    // #i105323# For 2D AtoShapes, the shadow attribute does not need to be applied to any
-    // of the constucted helper SdrObjects. This would lead to problems since the shadow
+    // #i105323# For 2D AutoShapes, the shadow attribute does not need to be applied to any
+    // of the constructed helper SdrObjects. This would lead to problems since the shadow
     // of one helper object would fall on one helper object behind it (e.g. with the
     // eyes of the smiley shape). This is not wanted; instead a single shadow 'behind'
     // the AutoShape visualisation is wanted. This is done with primitive functionailty
diff --git a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx
index 7e2b45ee057a..f1be6bb3c80c 100644
--- a/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/customshapes/EnhancedCustomShape3d.cxx
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ SdrObject* EnhancedCustomShape3d::Create3DObject( const SdrObject* pShape2d, con
         // created visualisation helper model shape individually. The shadow itself
         // will then be rendered from the 3D renderer correctly for the whole 3D scene
         // (and thus behind all objects of which the visualisation may be built). So,
-        // dio NOT remove it from the ItemSet here.
+        // do NOT remove it from the ItemSet here.
         // aSet.ClearItem(SDRATTR_SHADOW);
 
         std::vector< E3dCompoundObject* > aPlaceholderObjectList;
diff --git a/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx b/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx
index 8de7620f004f..b3677f698813 100644
--- a/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/dialog/dlgctl3d.cxx
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ void Svx3DLightControl::Tracking( const TrackingEvent& rTEvt )
 
             if(mbMouseMoved)
             {
-                // was change dinteractively
+                // was change interactively
             }
             else
             {
diff --git a/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx b/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx
index 08585b9f3760..2a06715cce0b 100644
--- a/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/dialog/hdft.cxx
@@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SvxHFPage, BackgroundHdl, Button*, void)
         if(SfxItemState::SET == GetItemSet().GetItemState(GetWhich(nId), false, &pItem))
         {
             // If a SfxItemSet from the SetItem for SID_ATTR_PAGE_HEADERSET or
-            // SID_ATTR_PAGE_FOOTERSET exists, use it's content
+            // SID_ATTR_PAGE_FOOTERSET exists, use its content
             pBBSet->Put(static_cast<const SvxSetItem*>(pItem)->GetItemSet());
         }
         else
diff --git a/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src b/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src
index e520e77e25d8..06630ccb12a8 100644
--- a/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src
+++ b/svx/source/dialog/ucsubset.src
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ Resource RID_SUBSETMAP
     };
     String RID_SUBSETSTR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL
     {
-        Text [ en-US ] = "Canadan Aboriginal Syllables";
+        Text [ en-US ] = "Canadian Aboriginal Syllables";
     };
     String RID_SUBSETSTR_MONGOLIAN
     {
diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx
index ef2e4d711c9f..5d3383032604 100644
--- a/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/engine3d/camera3d.cxx
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ void Camera3D::SetBankAngle(double fAngle)
         }
     }
 
-    // Calculate from aDiff to uppwards pointing View-Up-Vector
+    // Calculate from aDiff to upwards pointing View-Up-Vector
     // duplicated line is intentional!
     aPrj = aPrj.getPerpendicular(aDiff);
     aPrj = aPrj.getPerpendicular(aDiff);
diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx b/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx
index b5d5b4b56d28..559f49714c4c 100644
--- a/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx
+++ b/svx/source/engine3d/helperminimaldepth3d.hxx
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 class E3dCompoundObject;
 
 
-/** support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in it's scene
+/** support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in its scene
 
     @param rObject
     The 3D Object from which the minimal depth needs to be calculated. The scene
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ class E3dCompoundObject;
     means the transformations (esp. rotation) of the scene are taken into account
 
 */
-// support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in it's scene
+// support extracting the minimal depth of a 3d object in its scene
 
 double getMinimalDepthInViewCoordinates(const E3dCompoundObject& rObject);
 
diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx
index 85018b965e68..0cc4f79f1a43 100644
--- a/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/engine3d/obj3d.cxx
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ void E3dObject::TakeObjInfo(SdrObjTransformInfoRec& rInfo) const
     // At first not only possible, because the creation of a group of
     // 2D polygons would be required which need to be sorted by depth,
     // ie at intersections be cut relative to each other. Also the texture
-    // coorinates were an unsolved problem.
+    // coordinates were an unsolved problem.
     rInfo.bCanConvToPoly = false;
     rInfo.bCanConvToContour = false;
     rInfo.bCanConvToPathLineToArea = false;
@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ void E3dObject::RecalcSnapRect()
 }
 
 // Inform the parent about insertion of a 3D object, so that the parent is able
-// treat the particualar objects in a special way (eg Light / Label in E3dScene)
+// treat the particular objects in a special way (eg Light / Label in E3dScene)
 
 void E3dObject::NewObjectInserted(const E3dObject* p3DObj)
 {
diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx
index f37e4d4a209c..cb70de813dc5 100644
--- a/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/engine3d/scene3d.cxx
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Imp3DDepthRemapper::Imp3DDepthRemapper(E3dScene& rScene)
         }
     }
 
-    // now, we need to sort the maVector by it's members minimal depth. The
+    // now, we need to sort the maVector by its members minimal depth. The
     // smaller, the nearer to the viewer.
     ::std::sort(maVector.begin(), maVector.end());
 }
diff --git a/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx b/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx
index da83bf92ef30..e17bdbfa5a15 100644
--- a/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/engine3d/view3d.cxx
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ void E3dView::DrawMarkedObj(OutputDevice& rOut) const
             SdrObject *pObj = GetMarkedObjectByIndex(nObjs);
             if(pObj && dynamic_cast< const E3dCompoundObject*>(pObj) !=  nullptr)
             {
-                // relatated scene
+                // related scene
                 pScene = static_cast<E3dCompoundObject*>(pObj)->GetScene();
                 if(pScene)
                     pScene->SetSelected(false);
diff --git a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx
index 2de79055f8af..c4174c381d0e 100644
--- a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridcl.cxx
@@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ Sequence< Any> FmGridControl::getSelectionBookmarks()
         // navigation bar and the grid. The latter itself will result in SeekRow calls. So after (successfully) returning
         // from the moveRelative the getPosition returns an invalid value. And so the SeekCursor fails.
         // In the consequence ALL parts of code where two calls to the seek cursor are done, while the second call _relys_ on
-        // the first one, should be secured against recursion, with a broad-minded interpretion of "recursion": if any of these
+        // the first one, should be secured against recursion, with a broad-minded interpretation of "recursion": if any of these
         // code parts is executed, no other should be accessible. But this sounds very difficult to achieve...
         // )
 
diff --git a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx
index 48a4f7c31278..b0774fbf66a9 100644
--- a/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/fmcomp/fmgridif.cxx
@@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ void SAL_CALL FmXGridControl::createPeer(const Reference< css::awt::XToolkit >&
 
         // consider the following ugly scenario: updateFromModel leads to a propertiesChanges on the Control,
         // which determines, dat a "critical" property has changed (e.g. "Border") and therefore starts a new
-        // Peer, which lands again here in createPeerm we also start a second FmXGridPeer and initialise it.
+        // Peer, which lands again here in createPeer we also start a second FmXGridPeer and initialise it.
         // Then we exit from the first incarnation's updateFromModel and continue working with the pPeer,
         // that is in fact now already obsolete (as another peer is being started in the second incarnation).
         // Therefore the effort with the PeerCreationLevel, which ensures that we really use the Peer
@@ -1783,7 +1783,7 @@ void FmXGridPeer::elementReplaced(const ContainerEvent& evt) throw( RuntimeExcep
     // set the model of the new column
     DbGridColumn* pCol = pGrid->GetColumns().at( nNewPos );
 
-    // for initializong this grid column, we need the fields of the grid's data source
+    // for initializing this grid column, we need the fields of the grid's data source
     Reference< XColumnsSupplier > xSuppColumns;
     CursorWrapper* pGridDataSource = pGrid->getDataSource();
     if ( pGridDataSource )
@@ -2100,7 +2100,7 @@ void FmXGridPeer::dispose() throw( RuntimeException, std::exception )
         // tell the interceptor it has a new (means no) predecessor
         xInterceptor->setMasterDispatchProvider( nullptr );
 
-        // ask for it's successor
+        // ask for its successor
         Reference< XDispatchProvider > xSlave = xInterceptor->getSlaveDispatchProvider();
         // and give it the new (means no) successoert
         xInterceptor->setSlaveDispatchProvider( nullptr );
diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx
index c3ac0373e72a..164234a7adb4 100644
--- a/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/form/fmshimp.cxx
@@ -2019,7 +2019,7 @@ bool FmXFormShell::setCurrentSelection( const InterfaceBag& _rSelection )
         OSL_ENSURE( xThisRoundsForm.is(), "FmXFormShell::setCurrentSelection: *everything* should belong to a form!" );
 
         if ( !xNewCurrentForm.is() )
-        {   // the first form we encounterd
+        {   // the first form we encountered
             xNewCurrentForm = xThisRoundsForm;
         }
         else if ( xNewCurrentForm != xThisRoundsForm )
@@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED(FmXFormShell, OnSearchContextRequest, FmSearchContext&, rfmscCon
     // The alternative to this (ugly but certainly not entirely fixable) solution would be
     // to renounce the caching of the SdrObjects, which would lead to significant extra
     // work in OnFoundData (since there I'd have to get the SdrObject first thing every
-    // time). But since OnFoundData is usually called more often than ExecuteSeearch, I'll
+    // time). But since OnFoundData is usually called more often than ExecuteSearch, I'll
     // do that here.
 
     Reference< XNameAccess> xValidFormFields;
@@ -2792,7 +2792,7 @@ void FmXFormShell::SetDesignMode(bool bDesign)
 
     pFormView->ChangeDesignMode(bDesign);
 
-    // notify listensers
+    // notify listeners
     FmDesignModeChangedHint aChangedHint( bDesign );
     m_pShell->Broadcast(aChangedHint);
 
diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx
index 75fe9ef63ab4..98a48cbddf29 100644
--- a/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/form/fmsrcimp.cxx
@@ -845,11 +845,11 @@ void FmSearchEngine::Init(const OUString& sVisibleFields)
         xMeta = xConn->getMetaData();
     OSL_ENSURE( xMeta.is(), "FmSearchEngine::Init: very strange cursor (could not derive connection meta data from it)!" );
 
-    bool bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers = true;  // assume case sensivity
+    bool bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers = true;  // assume case sensitivity
     if ( xMeta.is() )
         bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers = xMeta->supportsMixedCaseQuotedIdentifiers();
 
-    // now that we have this information, we need a collator which is able to case (in)sentively compare strings
+    // now that we have this information, we need a collator which is able to case (in)sensitivity compare strings
     m_aStringCompare.loadDefaultCollator( SvtSysLocale().GetLanguageTag().getLocale(),
         bCaseSensitiveIdentifiers ? 0 : css::i18n::CollatorOptions::CollatorOptions_IGNORE_CASE );
 
diff --git a/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx b/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx
index a81b2044123c..9c0cc8b60adb 100644
--- a/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/form/fmvwimp.cxx
@@ -957,7 +957,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(FmXFormView, OnAutoFocus, void*, void)
 {
     m_nAutoFocusEvent = nullptr;
 
-    // go to the first form of our page, examine it's TabController, go to it's first (in terms of the tab order)
+    // go to the first form of our page, examine it's TabController, go to its first (in terms of the tab order)
     // control, give it the focus
 
     SdrPageView *pPageView = m_pView ? m_pView->GetSdrPageView() : nullptr;
@@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED( FmXFormView, OnStartControlWizard, void*, void )
         try
         {
             Reference<XComponentContext> xContext = comphelper::getProcessComponentContext();
-            xWizard.set( xContext->getServiceManager()->createInstanceWithArgumentsAndContext( OUString::createFromAscii(pWizardAsciiName), aWizardArgs.getWrappedPropertyValues(), xContext ), UNO_QUERY);;
+            xWizard.set( xContext->getServiceManager()->createInstanceWithArgumentsAndContext( OUString::createFromAscii(pWizardAsciiName), aWizardArgs.getWrappedPropertyValues(), xContext ), UNO_QUERY);
         }
         catch (const Exception&)
         {
diff --git a/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx b/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx
index e72141ac66c7..fbd2e894218c 100644
--- a/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/form/formcontroller.cxx
@@ -3379,7 +3379,7 @@ void FormController::stopFiltering()
         Reference< XControl > xControl = pControls[--i];
         if (xControl.is())
         {
-            // now enable eventhandling again
+            // now enable event handling again
             addToEventAttacher(xControl);
 
             Reference< XModeSelector >  xSelector(xControl, UNO_QUERY);
@@ -4223,7 +4223,7 @@ void FormController::deleteInterceptor(const Reference< XDispatchProviderInterce
         return;
     }
 
-    // log off the interception from it's interception object
+    // log off the interception from its interception object
     DispatchInterceptionMultiplexer* pInterceptorImpl = *aIter;
     pInterceptorImpl->dispose();
     pInterceptorImpl->release();
diff --git a/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx b/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx
index df966602450c..c2c64fdcce5b 100644
--- a/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/form/navigatortree.cxx
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ namespace svxform
         // 0) the root entry is part of the list (can't DnD the root!)
         // 1) one of the draged entries is to be dropped onto it's own parent
         // 2) -               "       - is to be dropped onto itself
-        // 3) -               "       - is a Form and to be dropped onto one of it's descendants
+        // 3) -               "       - is a Form and to be dropped onto one of its descendants
         // 4) one of the entries is a control and to be dropped onto the root
         // 5) a control or form will be dropped onto a control which is _not_ a sibling (dropping onto a sibling
         //      means moving the control)
@@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ namespace svxform
         }
         catch ( const Exception& )
         {
-            OSL_FAIL("NavigatorTree::NewForm : could not set esssential properties !");
+            OSL_FAIL("NavigatorTree::NewForm : could not set essential properties!");
         }
 
 
@@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ namespace svxform
                     {
                         // actually i would have to test, if parent is part of m_arr_CurrentSelection ...
                         // but if it's selected, than it's in m_arrCurrentSelection
-                        // or one of it's ancestors, which was selected earlier.
+                        // or one of its ancestors, which was selected earlier.
                         // In both cases IsSelected is enough
                         if (IsSelected(pParentLoop))
                             break;
@@ -1913,11 +1913,11 @@ namespace svxform
             }
 
             // now SelectList contains only entries, which have to be selected
-            // two possabilities : 1) run through SelectList, get SvTreeListEntry for every entry and select it (is more intuitive)
+            // two possibilities : 1) run through SelectList, get SvTreeListEntry for every entry and select it (is more intuitive)
             // 2) run through my SvLBoxEntries and select those, i can find in the SelectList
             // 1) needs =(k*n) (k=length of SelectList, n=number of entries),
             // plus the fact, that FindEntry uses extensive IsEqualWithoutChilden instead of comparing pointer to UserData
-            // 2) needs =(n*log k), dublicates some code from FindEntry
+            // 2) needs =(n*log k), duplicates some code from FindEntry
             // This may be a frequently used code ( at every change in mark of the view!),
             // so i use latter one
             SvTreeListEntry* pLoop = First();
diff --git a/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx b/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx
index 9826f91b5970..2169e9688452 100644
--- a/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx
+++ b/svx/source/inc/charmapacc.hxx
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ namespace svx
 
     // - SvxShowCharSetAcc -
 
-    /** The table implemtentation of the vcl control.
+    /** The table implementation of the vcl control.
     */
 
     class SvxShowCharSetAcc : public ::comphelper::OAccessibleSelectionHelper,
diff --git a/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx b/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx
index bd7647c649bf..9160b0e1503b 100644
--- a/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx
+++ b/svx/source/inc/docrecovery.hxx
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ class SaveProgressDialog : public ModalDialog
                     is used automatically.
 
             @param  pCore
-                    used to start emegrency save.
+                    used to start emergency save.
          */
         SaveProgressDialog(vcl::Window*       pParent,
                            RecoveryCore* pCore  );
diff --git a/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx b/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx
index ec9ce901de85..d5138b3f0196 100644
--- a/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx
+++ b/svx/source/inc/fmshimp.hxx
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ protected:
         FmFormArray& _out_rForms,
         ::std::vector< OUString >& _out_rNames );
 
-    /** checks whether the instance is already disposed, if so, this is reported as assertion error (debug
+    /** checks whenever the instance is already disposed, if so, this is reported as assertion error (debug
         builds only) and <TRUE/> is returned.
     */
     SAL_DLLPRIVATE bool    impl_checkDisposed() const;
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ public:
     SAL_DLLPRIVATE static PopupMenu* GetConversionMenu();
         // ein Menue, das alle ControlConversion-Eintraege enthaelt
 
-    /// checks whethere a given control conversion slot can be applied to the current selection
+    /// checks whether a given control conversion slot can be applied to the current selection
     SAL_DLLPRIVATE        bool canConvertCurrentSelectionToControl( sal_Int16 nConversionSlot );
     /// enables or disables all conversion slots in a menu, according to the current selection
     SAL_DLLPRIVATE        void checkControlConversionSlotsForCurrentSelection( Menu& rMenu );
diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx
index b30c904bb5f1..db7e6ab4a306 100644
--- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/objectcontactofpageview.cxx
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ namespace sdr
             }
         }
 
-        // Process the whole displaying. Only use given DsiplayInfo, do not access other
+        // Process the whole displaying. Only use given DisplayInfo, do not access other
         // OutputDevices then the given ones.
         void ObjectContactOfPageView::DoProcessDisplay(DisplayInfo& rDisplayInfo)
         {
diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx
index b0237255a892..2b2f6c847c7e 100644
--- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewcontactofsdrobjcustomshape.cxx
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ namespace sdr
                 {
                     // text range needs to be corrected by
                     // aObjectRange.getCenter() - aRotObjectRange.getCenter() since it's
-                    // defined differenly by using rotation around object center. Start
+                    // defined differently by using rotation around object center. Start
                     // with positive part
                     basegfx::B2DVector aTranslation(aObjectRange.getCenter());
 
diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx
index 8078349251fb..50989e7acea0 100644
--- a/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/sdr/contact/viewobjectcontact.cxx
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ ViewObjectContact::~ViewObjectContact()
 
     // take care of remembered ObjectContact. Remove from
     // OC first. The VC removal (below) CAN trigger a StopGettingViewed()
-    // which (depending of it's implementation) may destroy other OCs. This
+    // which (depending of its implementation) may destroy other OCs. This
     // can trigger the deletion of the helper OC of a page visualising object
     // which IS the OC of this object. Eventually StopGettingViewed() needs
     // to get asynchron later
diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx
index 65f6cfbf4c39..6b3def9d6f9c 100644
--- a/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/sdr/overlay/overlaymanagerbuffered.cxx
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ namespace sdr
                 vcl::Region aPaintRegionPixel = rWindow.LogicToPixel(rWindow.GetPaintRegion());
                 aRegion.Intersect(aPaintRegionPixel);
 
-                // #i72754# Make sure content is completetly rendered, the window
+                // #i72754# Make sure content is completely rendered, the window
                 // will be used as source of a DrawOutDev soon
                 rWindow.Flush();
             }
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ namespace sdr
                 }
 
                 // VCL hack for transparent child windows
-                // Problem is e.g. a radiobuttion form control in life mode. The used window
+                // Problem is e.g. a radiobutton form control in life mode. The used window
                 // is a transparence vcl childwindow. This flag only allows the parent window to
                 // paint into the child windows area, but there is no mechanism which takes
                 // care for a repaint of the child window. A transparent child window is NOT
diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx
index bb8ab021274a..d8434d62db20 100644
--- a/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/sdr/primitive3d/sdrattributecreator3d.cxx
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ namespace drawinglayer
                 aNormalsKind = css::drawing::NormalsKind_SPHERE;
             }
 
-            // get NoermalsInvert flag
+            // get NormalsInvert flag
             const bool bInvertNormals(static_cast<const SfxBoolItem&>(rSet.Get(SDRATTR_3DOBJ_NORMALS_INVERT)).GetValue());
 
             // get TextureProjectionX
diff --git a/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx b/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx
index e06e66714607..eed59766cd2f 100644
--- a/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/sdr/properties/defaultproperties.cxx
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ namespace sdr
             {
                 mpItemSet = rProps.mpItemSet->Clone();
 
-                // do not keep parent info, this may be changed by later construrtors.
+                // do not keep parent info, this may be changed by later constructors.
                 // This class just copies the ItemSet, ignore parent.
                 if(mpItemSet && mpItemSet->GetParent())
                 {
diff --git a/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx b/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx
index 9d0eacf225d7..e3494528e9e7 100644
--- a/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/sidebar/nbdtmg.cxx
@@ -1581,8 +1581,8 @@ sal_uInt16 OutlineTypeMgr::GetNBOIndexForNumRule(SvxNumRule& aNum,sal_uInt16 /*m
                         bool bIsMatch = false;
                         if (pBrsh1==pBrsh2) bIsMatch = true;
                         if (pBrsh1 && pBrsh2) {
-                            const Graphic* pGrf1 = pBrsh1->GetGraphic();;
-                            const Graphic* pGrf2 = pBrsh2->GetGraphic();;
+                            const Graphic* pGrf1 = pBrsh1->GetGraphic();
+                            const Graphic* pGrf2 = pBrsh2->GetGraphic();
                             if (pGrf1==pGrf2) bIsMatch = true;
                             if (pGrf1 && pGrf2) {
                                 if ( pGrf1->GetBitmap().IsEqual(pGrf2->GetBitmap()) &&
@@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ bool OutlineTypeMgr::ApplyNumRule(SvxNumRule& aNum, sal_uInt16 nIndex, sal_uInt1
             if (isResetSize) aFmt.SetBulletRelSize(45);
         }else if ((aFmt.GetNumberingType()&(~LINK_TOKEN)) == SVX_NUM_BITMAP ) {
             if (pLevelSettings->pBrushItem) {
-                    const Graphic* pGrf = pLevelSettings->pBrushItem->GetGraphic();;
+                    const Graphic* pGrf = pLevelSettings->pBrushItem->GetGraphic();
                     Size aSize = pLevelSettings->aSize;
                     sal_Int16 eOrient = text::VertOrientation::LINE_CENTER;
                     if (!isResetSize  && aFmt.GetGraphicSize()!=Size(0,0)) aSize=aFmt.GetGraphicSize();
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx
index 8d2ef4f3e5dd..05149a022cc8 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/sdrhittesthelper.cxx
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ SdrObject* SdrObjectPrimitiveHit(
             }
             else
             {
-                // not a single 3D object; Check in first PageWindow using prmitives (only SC
+                // not a single 3D object; Check in first PageWindow using primitives (only SC
                 // with split views uses multiple PageWindows nowadays)
                 if(rSdrPageView.PageWindowCount())
                 {
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx
index 4ef94671eec7..fc7c77218c9d 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svddrgmt.cxx
@@ -2834,7 +2834,7 @@ void SdrDragCrook::TakeSdrDragComment(OUString& rStr) const
         rStr += ImpGetResStr(STR_EditWithCopy);
 }
 
-// These defines parameterize the created raster
+// These defines parametrize the created raster
 // for interactions
 #define DRAG_CROOK_RASTER_MINIMUM   (4)
 #define DRAG_CROOK_RASTER_MAXIMUM   (15)
@@ -3938,7 +3938,7 @@ bool SdrDragCrop::EndSdrDrag(bool /*bCopy*/)
 
     // the following old code uses aOldRect/aNewRect to calculate the crop change for
     // the crop item. It implies unrotated objects, so create the unrotated original
-    // erctangle and the unrotated modified rectangle. Latter can in case of shear and/or
+    // rectangle and the unrotated modified rectangle. Latter can in case of shear and/or
     // rotation not be fetched by using
 
     //Rectangle aNewRect( pObj->GetLogicRect() );
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx
index 7f4be4161a71..7265bb9159fe 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdoedge.cxx
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ void SdrEdgeObj::ImpRecalcEdgeTrack()
         {
             // #i123048# If layouting was ever suppressed, it needs to be done once
             // and the attr need to be set at EdgeInfo, else these attr *will be lost*
-            // in the following call to ImpSetEdgeInfoToAttr() sice they were never
+            // in the following call to ImpSetEdgeInfoToAttr() since they were never
             // set before (!)
             *pEdgeTrack=ImpCalcEdgeTrack(*pEdgeTrack,aCon1,aCon2,&aEdgeInfo);
             ImpSetAttrToEdgeInfo();
diff --git a/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx b/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx
index 319d5599240f..eac5c32e9484 100644
--- a/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/svdraw/svdouno.cxx
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ void SdrUnoObj::NbcResize(const Point& rRef, const Fraction& xFact, const Fracti
 
     if (aGeo.nShearAngle!=0 || aGeo.nRotationAngle!=0)
     {
-        // small correctures
+        // small correctors
         if (aGeo.nRotationAngle>=9000 && aGeo.nRotationAngle<27000)
         {
             maRect.Move(maRect.Left()-maRect.Right(),maRect.Top()-maRect.Bottom());
diff --git a/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx b/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx
index 4a43e724c439..2238cbb78c97 100644
--- a/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/table/accessibletableshape.cxx
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ void SAL_CALL AccessibleTableShape::disposing()
 {
     mxImpl->dispose();
 
-    // let the base do it's stuff
+    // let the base do its stuff
     AccessibleShape::disposing();
 }
 
diff --git a/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx b/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx
index 04067466e721..a69693f0b883 100644
--- a/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/tbxctrls/linectrl.cxx
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ using namespace ::com::sun::star::frame;
 using namespace ::com::sun::star::lang;
 using namespace ::com::sun::star;
 
-// For End Line Controlleer
+// For End Line Controller
 #define MAX_LINES 12
 
 SFX_IMPL_TOOLBOX_CONTROL( SvxLineStyleToolBoxControl, XLineStyleItem );
diff --git a/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx b/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx
index 0d868a51d8ea..ee6635a88b37 100644
--- a/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/unodraw/unoprov.cxx
@@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ bool SvxUnoConvertResourceString( int nSourceResIds, int nDestResIds, int nCount
 //   these have to be in front of others
 
 // It would be nice to:
-// - evtl. organize these in a single array with 2-dimensional inner to elliminate
+// - evtl. organize these in a single array with 2-dimensional inner to eliminate
 //   the possibility to define it wrong
 // - change the compare to also work when a shorter name is in front of a longer one
 
diff --git a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx
index 43dbfa7c4a26..2dff1ef4f7d7 100644
--- a/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx
+++ b/svx/source/unodraw/unoshape.cxx
@@ -1867,7 +1867,7 @@ css::uno::Sequence< css::uno::Any > SAL_CALL SvxShape::getPropertyValues( const
     const OUString* pNames = aPropertyNames.getConstArray();
 
     uno::Sequence< uno::Any > aRet( nCount );
-    uno::Any* pValue = aRet.getArray();;
+    uno::Any* pValue = aRet.getArray();
 
     if( mpImpl->mpMaster )
     {
diff --git a/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx b/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx
index a1ed1027eabf..97ec004df2ee 100644
--- a/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/crsskip.hxx
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
 // define for cursor travelling normally in western text cells and chars do
 // the same, but in complex text cell skip over legatures and char skip
 // into it.
-// These defines exist only to cut off the dependicies to I18N project.
+// These defines exist only to cut off the dependencies to I18N project.
 const sal_uInt16 CRSR_SKIP_CHARS  = 0;
 const sal_uInt16 CRSR_SKIP_CELLS  = 1;
 const sal_uInt16 CRSR_SKIP_HIDDEN = 2;
diff --git a/sw/inc/editsh.hxx b/sw/inc/editsh.hxx
index 9bd252aee17a..7c2dd0e60809 100644
--- a/sw/inc/editsh.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/editsh.hxx
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ public:
      * GetXXX(i)     returns i-th xxx (ERR_RAISE if beyond range!).
      * DelXXX(i)     deletes i-th xxx  (ERR_RAISE if beyond range!).
      * GetCurXXX()   returns xxx that is valid at cursor or in ranges.
-     *               returns 0, if not unanimuous.
+     *               returns 0, if not unanimous.
      * SetXXX()      sets xxx at cursor or in ranges.
      * MakeXXX()     makes a xxx, derived from pDerivedFrom.
      */
diff --git a/sw/inc/fesh.hxx b/sw/inc/fesh.hxx
index 16e7594947df..b8a0a2c0d572 100644
--- a/sw/inc/fesh.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/fesh.hxx
@@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ public:
     Point FindAnchorPos( const Point &rAbsPos, bool bMoveIt = false );
 
     /** Determines whether a frame or its environment is vertically formatted and right-to-left.
-     also determines, if frame or its environmane is in mongolianlayout (vertical left-to-right)
+     also determines, if frame or its environment is in mongolianlayout (vertical left-to-right)
      - add output parameter <bVertL2R> */
     bool IsFrameVertical(const bool bEnvironment, bool& bRightToLeft, bool& bVertL2R) const;
 
diff --git a/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx b/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx
index 4a58a1e3560e..c603430c2e26 100644
--- a/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/ndtxt.hxx
@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ public:
        to economize notifications */
     bool IsNotificationEnabled() const;
 
-    /// Checks a temporary notification blocker and the global conditons of IsNotificationEnabled()
+    /// Checks a temporary notification blocker and the global conditions of IsNotificationEnabled()
     bool IsNotifiable() const;
 
     void SetListRestart( bool bRestart );
diff --git a/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx b/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx
index 5d99dae0ce41..eb17dbe47156 100644
--- a/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/swtypes.hxx
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ enum PrepareHint
     PREP_POS_CHGD,          // Position of Frame has changed.
                             // (Check for Fly-break). In void* of Prepare()
                             // a sal_Bool& is passed. If this is sal_True,
-                            // it indicateds that a format has been executed.
+                            // it indicates that a format has been executed.
     PREP_UL_SPACE,          // UL-Space has changed, TextFrames have to
                             // re-calculate line space.
     PREP_MUST_FIT,          // Make frm fit (split) even if the attributes do
diff --git a/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx b/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx
index f08a5cdc3bcb..129e358053da 100644
--- a/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/tblafmt.hxx
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ For example, in a 2x3 table, the 4 lines will be [0, 1, 1, 1]. In each line, the
 [0, 1, 2, 5].
 
 As you can see, property extraction/application is lossless for tables that are 4x4 or smaller
-(and in fact has a bit of redundnacy). For larger tables, we lose any individual cell formatting
+(and in fact has a bit of redundancy). For larger tables, we lose any individual cell formatting
 for the range [(3,rows - 1) -> (3, cols - 1)]. That formatting is replaced by formatting from
 the saved cells:
 
diff --git a/sw/inc/tox.hxx b/sw/inc/tox.hxx
index 89f117b22794..541df563bcc8 100644
--- a/sw/inc/tox.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/tox.hxx
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwTOXBase : public SwClient
 
 protected:
     // Add a data member, for record the TOC field expression of MS Word binary format
-    // For keeping fidality and may giving a better exporting performance
+    // For keeping fidelity and may giving a better exporting performance
     OUString maMSTOCExpression;
     bool mbKeepExpression;
 
diff --git a/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx b/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx
index c70774807406..75e52edbb321 100644
--- a/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx
+++ b/sw/inc/viewsh.hxx
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwViewShell : public sw::Ring<SwViewShell>
 
     VclPtr<vcl::Window>   mpWin;     ///< = 0 during printing or pdf export
     VclPtr<OutputDevice>  mpOut;     ///< Window, Printer, VirtDev, ...
-    VclPtr<OutputDevice>  mpTmpRef;  // Temporariy reference device. Is used
+    VclPtr<OutputDevice>  mpTmpRef;  // Temporary reference device. Is used
                                      // during (printer depending) prospect
                                      // and page preview printing
                                      // (because a scaling has to be set at
diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx b/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx
index 9098d2bd1df4..9cc8bbf3195f 100644
--- a/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx
+++ b/sw/qa/extras/inc/swmodeltestbase.hxx
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ protected:
         if (!mpXmlBuffer)
             dumpLayout();
 
-        return xmlParseMemory(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(xmlBufferContent(mpXmlBuffer)), xmlBufferLength(mpXmlBuffer));;
+        return xmlParseMemory(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(xmlBufferContent(mpXmlBuffer)), xmlBufferLength(mpXmlBuffer));
     }
 
     /**
diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx
index 59c0668fadeb..db771bd782c9 100644
--- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx
+++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport3.cxx
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testCellGridSpan, "cell-grid-span.docx")
 {
     // The problem was during export gridSpan value for 1st & 2nd cells for test document
     // used to get set wrongly to 5 and 65532 respectively which was the reason for crash during save operation
-    // Varifying gridSpan element is not present in RoundTriped Document (As it's Default value is 1).
+    // Varifying gridSpan element is not present in RoundTripped Document (As it's Default value is 1).
     xmlDocPtr pXmlDoc = parseExport();
     if (!pXmlDoc)
         return;
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testPNGImageCrop, "test_PNG_ImageCrop.docx")
 #if !defined(MACOSX)
     /* The problem was image cropping information was not getting saved
      * after roundtrip.
-     * Check for presenece of cropping parameters in exported file.
+     * Check for presence of cropping parameters in exported file.
      */
     uno::Reference<drawing::XShape> image = getShape(1);
     uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> imageProperties(image, uno::UNO_QUERY);
diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx
index 55474d751a2b..c01a4e3c4d64 100644
--- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx
+++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlexport6.cxx
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testDMLSolidfillAlpha, "dml-solidfill-alpha.docx")
 {
     // Problem was that the transparency was not exported (a:alpha).
     // RGB color (a:srgbClr)
-    uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xShape(getShape(1), uno::UNO_QUERY);;
+    uno::Reference<beans::XPropertySet> xShape(getShape(1), uno::UNO_QUERY);
     CPPUNIT_ASSERT_EQUAL(sal_Int16(70), getProperty<sal_Int16>(xShape, "FillTransparence"));
 
     // Theme color (a:schemeClr)
diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx
index 90daf422b8ab..09c0840fad08 100644
--- a/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx
+++ b/sw/qa/extras/ooxmlexport/ooxmlfieldexport.cxx
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testFDO77715,"FDO77715.docx")
 
 DECLARE_OOXMLEXPORT_TEST(testTOCFlag_u,"testTOCFlag_u.docx")
 {
-    // DOCX contaning TOC should preserve code field '\u'.
+    // DOCX containing TOC should preserve code field '\u'.
     xmlDocPtr pXmlDoc = parseExport("word/document.xml");
     if (!pXmlDoc)
         return;
diff --git a/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx b/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx
index 8e996e2523f6..b069859c699d 100644
--- a/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx
+++ b/sw/qa/extras/rtfimport/rtfimport.cxx
@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ DECLARE_RTFIMPORT_TEST(testFdo69384, "hello.rtf")
     paste("fdo69384-paste.rtf", xEnd);
 
     // Import got interrupted in the middle of style sheet table import,
-    // resuling in missing styles and text.
+    // resulting in missing styles and text.
     getStyles("ParagraphStyles")->getByName("Text body justified");
 }
 
diff --git a/sw/qa/python/check_table.py b/sw/qa/python/check_table.py
index 1e361cfa5cd7..e92044f0e83c 100644
--- a/sw/qa/python/check_table.py
+++ b/sw/qa/python/check_table.py
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ class CheckTable(unittest.TestCase):
         xDispatcher.executeDispatch(xDocFrame, '.uno:InsertText', '', 0,
                                    (PropertyValue('Text', 0, '15-10-30', 0),))
         xDispatcher.executeDispatch(xDocFrame, '.uno:JumpToNextCell', '', 0, ())
-        # Without number recognition 15-10-30 should not be interperated as a date
+        # Without number recognition 15-10-30 should not be interpretated as a date
         self.assertEquals(xTable.getCellByPosition(0,0).getString(), '15-10-30')
         self.assertEquals(xTable.getCellByPosition(0,0).getValue(), 0)
         # Activate number recognition
diff --git a/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi b/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi
index d27eae2981f5..147945159449 100644
--- a/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi
+++ b/sw/sdi/_textsh.sdi
@@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ interface BaseText
     ]
     SID_ATTR_CHAR_LANGUAGE // status(final|play)
     [
-        ExecMethod = ExecTextCtrl;;
+        ExecMethod = ExecTextCtrl;
         StateMethod = GetTextFontCtrlState;
         DisableFlags="SW_DISABLE_ON_PROTECTED_CURSOR";
     ]
diff --git a/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx b/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx
index 459cf5425718..a6863fe3ff72 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/SwNumberTree/SwNumberTree.cxx
@@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ void SwNumberTreeNode::AddChild( SwNumberTreeNode * pChild,
             mChildren.upper_bound(pChild);
 
         OSL_ENSURE(! (aInsertDeepIt != mChildren.end() &&
-                  (*aInsertDeepIt)->IsPhantom()), " unexspected phantom");
+                  (*aInsertDeepIt)->IsPhantom()), " unexpected phantom");
 
         if (aInsertDeepIt == mChildren.begin())
         {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx b/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx
index f82193b32177..274fd3a9d9a2 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/bastyp/init.cxx
@@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ void _InitCore()
     aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_HIGHLIGHT - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] =     new SvxBrushItem( RES_CHRATR_HIGHLIGHT );
     aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_GRABBAG - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] =       new SfxGrabBagItem( RES_CHRATR_GRABBAG );
 
-// CharakterAttr - MSWord weak char direction/script override emulation
+// CharacterAttr - MSWord weak char direction/script override emulation
     aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_BIDIRTL - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] = new SfxInt16Item( RES_CHRATR_BIDIRTL, sal_Int16(-1) );
     aAttrTab[ RES_CHRATR_IDCTHINT - POOLATTR_BEGIN ] = new SfxInt16Item( RES_CHRATR_IDCTHINT, sal_Int16(-1) );
 
diff --git a/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx b/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx
index c6216cd771ed..54d361e984e9 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/bastyp/swcache.cxx
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ void SwCache::DeleteObj( SwCacheObj *pObj )
          (nCurMax <= (m_aCacheObjects.size() - aFreePositions.size())) )
     {
         // Shrink if possible.To do so we need enough free positions.
-        // Unpleasent side effect: positions will be moved and the owner of
+        // Unpleasant side effect: positions will be moved and the owner of
         // these might not find them afterwards
         for ( size_t i = 0; i < m_aCacheObjects.size(); ++i )
         {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx b/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx
index f9ce84c17371..7e57d314efed 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/crsr/crstrvl.cxx
@@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ SwField* SwCursorShell::GetCurField( const bool bIncludeInputFieldAtStart ) cons
         return nullptr;
     }
 
-    SwField* pCurField = GetFieldAtCursor( pCursor, bIncludeInputFieldAtStart );;
+    SwField* pCurField = GetFieldAtCursor( pCursor, bIncludeInputFieldAtStart );
     if ( pCurField != nullptr
          && RES_TABLEFLD == pCurField->GetTyp()->Which() )
     {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx b/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx
index 3248f116fd53..d1776a1e1aa0 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/crsr/findtxt.cxx
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ lcl_CleanStr(const SwTextNode& rNd, sal_Int32 const nStart, sal_Int32& rEnd,
                         const bool bEmpty =
                             ( pHt->Which() != RES_TXTATR_FIELD
                               && pHt->Which() != RES_TXTATR_ANNOTATION )
-                            || (static_txtattr_cast<SwTextField const*>(pHt)->GetFormatField().GetField()->ExpandField(true).isEmpty());;
+                            || (static_txtattr_cast<SwTextField const*>(pHt)->GetFormatField().GetField()->ExpandField(true).isEmpty());
                         if ( bEmpty && nStart == nAkt )
                         {
                             rArr.push_back( nAkt );
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx
index e9988c7606db..9f7620878e02 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentRedlineManager.cxx
@@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ bool DocumentRedlineManager::AppendRedline( SwRangeRedline* pNewRedl, bool bCall
                     {
                         // it may be necessary to split the existing redline in
                         // two. In this case, pRedl will be changed to cover
-                        // only part of it's former range, and pNew will cover
+                        // only part of its former range, and pNew will cover
                         // the remainder.
                         SwRangeRedline* pNew = nullptr;
 
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx
index 40e2e69fe231..f9137bc4b791 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/DocumentStylePoolManager.cxx
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ namespace
     #define HTML_PARSPACE   GetMetricVal( CM_05 )
 
     static const sal_uInt16 aHeadlineSizes[ 2 * MAXLEVEL ] = {
-        // we do everything procentual now:
+        // we do everything percentual now:
         130, 115, 101, 95, 85,
         85,   80,  80, 75, 75,  // normal
         PT_24, PT_18, PT_14, PT_12, PT_10,
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx
index c0b5d3656fee..4b8b9770d58c 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/docedt.cxx
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ void DelFlyInRange( const SwNodeIndex& rMkNdIdx,
             }
             else
             {
-                // If the Fly is deleted, all Flys in it's content have to be deleted too.
+                // If the Fly is deleted, all Flys in its content have to be deleted too.
                 const SwFormatContent &rContent = pFormat->GetContent();
                 if( rContent.GetContentIdx() )
                 {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx
index e0c6b2bc86df..cd25942f9be4 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/docfld.cxx
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ _HashStr::_HashStr( const OUString& rName, const OUString& rText,
     pNext = pNxt;
 }
 
-/// Look up the Name, if it is present, return it's String, otherwise return an empty String
+/// Look up the Name, if it is present, return its String, otherwise return an empty String
 OUString LookString( SwHash** ppTable, sal_uInt16 nSize, const OUString& rName,
                      sal_uInt16* pPos )
 {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx
index 5c0f91413d0b..298b50882cff 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/docfmt.cxx
@@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ namespace docfunc
 {
     bool HasOutlineStyleToBeWrittenAsNormalListStyle( SwDoc& rDoc )
     {
-        // If a parent paragraph style of one of the parargraph styles, which
+        // If a parent paragraph style of one of the paragraph styles, which
         // are assigned to the list levels of the outline style, has a list style
         // set or inherits a list style from its parent style, the outline style
         // has to be written as a normal list style to the OpenDocument file
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx
index a9d6835d58f3..6c5dfdd0433e 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/doclay.cxx
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ lcl_InsertLabel(SwDoc & rDoc, SwTextFormatColls *const pTextFormatCollTable,
             bTable = true;
             // no break here
         case LTYPE_FLY:
-            // At the FlySection's Beginning/End insert the corresponding Node with it's Field.
+            // At the FlySection's Beginning/End insert the corresponding Node with its Field.
             // The Frame is created automatically.
             {
                 SwStartNode *pSttNd = rDoc.GetNodes()[nNdIdx]->GetStartNode();
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx
index 3244fb725729..722ba67f5e7a 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/poolfmt.cxx
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ void SetAllScriptItem( SfxItemSet& rSet, const SfxPoolItem& rItem )
         rSet.Put( rItem, nWhCTL );
 }
 
-/// Return the AutoCollection by it's Id. If it doesn't
+/// Return the AutoCollection by its Id. If it doesn't
 /// exist yet, create it.
 /// If the String pointer is defined, then only query for
 /// the Attribute descriptions. It doesn't create a style!
diff --git a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx b/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx
index 4a7cb666d23a..eca9a38f8170 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/doc/tblrwcl.cxx
@@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ bool SwTable::DeleteSel(
         size_t const nIdx = rBoxes.size() - 1 - n;
 
         // First adapt the data-sequence for chart if necessary
-        // (needed to move the implementation cursor properly to it's new
+        // (needed to move the implementation cursor properly to its new
         // position which can't be done properly if the cell is already gone)
         if (pPCD && pTableNd)
             pPCD->DeleteBox( &pTableNd->GetTable(), *rBoxes[nIdx] );
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx
index a5a8802c89cd..e99dc554c513 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/finalthreadmanager.cxx
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ void SAL_CALL FinalThreadManager::cancelAllJobs() throw (css::uno::RuntimeExcept
 
         if ( mpCancelJobsThread == nullptr )
         {
-            mpCancelJobsThread = new CancelJobsThread( aThreads );;
+            mpCancelJobsThread = new CancelJobsThread( aThreads );
             if ( !mpCancelJobsThread->create() )
             {
                 delete mpCancelJobsThread;
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx
index 31d3f80317eb..82b9f6c82e7c 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndcopy.cxx
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ SwContentNode* SwTextNode::MakeCopy( SwDoc* pDoc, const SwNodeIndex& rIdx ) cons
     // the Copy-Textnode is the Node with the Text, the Copy-Attrnode is the
     // node with the collection and hard attributes. Normally is the same
     // node, but if insert a glossary without formatting, then the Attrnode
-    // is the prev node of the destionation position in dest. document.
+    // is the prev node of the destination position in dest. document.
     SwTextNode* pCpyTextNd = const_cast<SwTextNode*>(this);
     SwTextNode* pCpyAttrNd = pCpyTextNd;
 
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx
index e9d44141fbf5..419d0fb37e62 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/ndsect.cxx
@@ -1022,7 +1022,7 @@ SwFrame *SwSectionNode::MakeFrame( SwFrame *pSib )
     return new SwSectionFrame( *m_pSection, pSib );
 }
 
-// Creates all Document Views for the precedeing Node.
+// Creates all Document Views for the preceding Node.
 // The created ContentFrames are attached to the corresponding Layout
 void SwSectionNode::MakeFrames(const SwNodeIndex & rIdx )
 {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx b/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx
index 613721391863..77863891d5f3 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/docnode/section.cxx
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ void SwSection::Modify( const SfxPoolItem* pOld, const SfxPoolItem* pNew )
         return;
 
     case RES_COL:
-        // Is handeled by the Layout, if appropriate
+        // Is handled by the Layout, if appropriate
         break;
 
     case RES_FTN_AT_TXTEND:
diff --git a/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx b/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx
index 3ded66f433e5..f421748c0c22 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/draw/dcontact.cxx
@@ -2048,7 +2048,7 @@ namespace sdr
 
                 if(rCandidate.GetViewContact().GetObjectCount())
                 {
-                    // is a group object itself, call resursively
+                    // is a group object itself, call recursively
                     impAddPrimitivesFromGroup(rCandidate, rOffsetMatrix, rDisplayInfo, rxTarget);
                 }
                 else
diff --git a/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx b/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx
index 35ad0566e8e4..2c1c57d4dcc3 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/edit/autofmt.cxx
@@ -1359,7 +1359,7 @@ void SwAutoFormat::BuildEnum( sal_uInt16 nLvl, sal_uInt16 nDigitLevel )
     bool bBreak = true;
 
     // first, determine current indentation and frame width
-    SwTwips nFrameWidth = m_pCurTextFrame->Prt().Width();;
+    SwTwips nFrameWidth = m_pCurTextFrame->Prt().Width();
     SwTwips nLeftTextPos;
     {
         sal_Int32 nPos(0);
@@ -2250,7 +2250,7 @@ SwAutoFormat::SwAutoFormat( SwEditShell* pEdShell, SvxSwAutoFormatFlags& rFlags,
                         ( 0 != (nSz = pLRSpace->GetTextFirstLineOfst()) ||
                             0 != pLRSpace->GetTextLeft() ) )
                     {
-                        // exception: numbering/enumation can have an indentation
+                        // exception: numbering/enumeration can have an indentation
                         if( IsEnumericChar( *m_pCurTextNd ))
                         {
                             nLevel = CalcLevel( *m_pCurTextNd, &nDigitLvl );
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx
index 2dbe0e3fdb8a..aa941c5956a2 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/feshview.cxx
@@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ long SwFEShell::EndDrag( const Point *, bool )
 
         // #50778# Bug during dragging: In StartAction a HideShowXor is called.
         // In EndDragObj() this is reversed, for no reason and even wrong.
-        // To restore consistancy we should bring up the Xor again.
+        // To restore consistency we should bring up the Xor again.
 
         // Reanimation from the hack #50778 to fix bug #97057
         // May be not the best solution, but the one with lowest risc at the moment.
diff --git a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx
index 8e9178e97e9d..1565fc66839a 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/frmedt/fetab.cxx
@@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ size_t SwFEShell::GetCurTabColNum() const
         {
             long nX = (pFrame->Frame().*fnRect->fnGetRight)() - (pPage->Frame().*fnRect->fnGetLeft)();
 
-            const long nRight = aTabCols.GetLeftMin() + aTabCols.GetRight();;
+            const long nRight = aTabCols.GetLeftMin() + aTabCols.GetRight();
 
             if ( !::IsSame( nX, nRight ) )
             {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx
index 3d137e0c1471..14ccafe418c2 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/inc/rolbck.hxx
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ public:
 
 class SwHistorySetTextField : public SwHistoryHint
 {
-    //!! beware of the order for the declation of the unique_ptrs.
+    //!! beware of the order for the declaration of the unique_ptrs.
     //!! If they get destroyed in the wrong order sw may crash (namely mail-merge as well)
     ::std::unique_ptr<SwFieldType> m_pFieldType;
     const ::std::unique_ptr<SwFormatField> m_pField;
diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx
index 6d3c05cb0bf7..d6f467558c87 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/inc/scriptinfo.hxx
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ typedef std::list< sal_Int32 > PositionList;
 
 #define SPACING_PRECISION_FACTOR 100
 
-// encapsultes information about script changes
+// encapsulates information about script changes
 class SwScriptInfo
 {
 public:
diff --git a/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx b/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx
index 1df9c22ba665..60c2eed78c76 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/inc/swfont.hxx
@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ public:
 
     /**
      * Calculate the shadow space on the specified side dependent from
-     * the orientation and connection with neightbours.
+     * the orientation and connection with neighbours.
      * @see shaditem.hxx for integer constants of sides
      *
      * @param[in]   nShadow     specify the side
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx
index 9eba5ebf13f9..a5fd16c971b4 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/calcmove.cxx
@@ -1210,7 +1210,7 @@ void SwContentFrame::MakeAll(vcl::RenderContext* /*pRenderContext*/)
         }
     }
 
-    // If a Follow sits next to it's Master and doesn't fit, we know it can
+    // If a Follow sits next to its Master and doesn't fit, we know it can
     // be moved right now.
     if ( lcl_Prev( this ) && static_cast<SwTextFrame*>(this)->IsFollow() && IsMoveable() )
     {
@@ -1824,7 +1824,7 @@ bool SwContentFrame::_WouldFit( SwTwips nSpace,
                             bool bTstMove,
                             const bool bObjsInNewUpper )
 {
-    // To have the footnote select it's place carefully, it needs
+    // To have the footnote select its place carefully, it needs
     // to be moved in any case if there is at least one page/column
     // between the footnote and the new Upper.
     SwFootnoteFrame* pFootnoteFrame = nullptr;
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx
index 38dd5a78c7ff..3c30c4c1560c 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/findfrm.cxx
@@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ const SwPageFrame* SwRootFrame::GetPageAtPos( const Point& rPt, const Size* pSiz
             pPage = pPage->GetNext();
     }
 
-    OSL_ENSURE( GetPageNum() <= maPageRects.size(), "number of pages differes from page rect array size" );
+    OSL_ENSURE( GetPageNum() <= maPageRects.size(), "number of pages differs from page rect array size" );
     size_t nPageIdx = 0;
 
     while ( pPage && !pRet )
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx
index e823a83290aa..f2f062ad5207 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/flowfrm.cxx
@@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ bool SwFlowFrame::IsPrevObjMove() const
 |*      If bAct is set to true, this function returns true if
 |*      there's a PageBreak.
 |*      Of course, we don't evaluate the hard page break for follows.
-|*      The page break is in it's own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the
+|*      The page break is in its own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the
 |*      predecessor (AFTER). If there's no predecessor on the page, we don't
 |*      need to think further.
 |*      Also, a page break (or the need for one) is also present if
@@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ bool SwFlowFrame::IsPageBreak( bool bAct ) const
 |*      If bAct is set to true, we return true if there's a ColBreak.
 |*      Of course, we don't evaluate the hard column break for follows.
 |*
-|*      The column break is in it's own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the
+|*      The column break is in its own FrameFormat (BEFORE) or in the FrameFormat of the
 |*      predecessor (AFTER). If there's no predecessor in the column, we don't
 |*      need to think further.
 |*      The implementation works only on ContentFrames! - the definition
@@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ SwTwips SwFlowFrame::_GetUpperSpaceAmountConsideredForPageGrid(
     return nUpperSpaceAmountConsideredForPageGrid;
 }
 
-/** method to determent the upper space amount, which is considered for
+/** method to determine the upper space amount, which is considered for
     the previous frame
 
     OD 2004-03-11 #i11860#
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx
index 5bb29a5778d7..248fab1fb22d 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/fly.cxx
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ SwFlyFrame::SwFlyFrame( SwFlyFrameFormat *pFormat, SwFrame* pSib, SwFrame *pAnch
 
 void SwFlyFrame::Chain( SwFrame* _pAnch )
 {
-    // Connect to chain neighboors.
+    // Connect to chain neighbours.
     // No problem, if a neighboor doesn't exist - the construction of the
     // neighboor will make the connection
     const SwFormatChain& rChain = GetFormat()->GetChain();
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx
index 9088d5601b08..ddee9c7bac43 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/flylay.cxx
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ void SwFlyFreeFrame::CheckClip( const SwFormatFrameSize &rSz )
                 // the environment of the ole object does not have to be valid
                 // at this moment, or even worse, it does not have to have a
                 // reasonable size. In this case we do not want to change to
-                // attributes permanentely. Maybe one day somebody dares to remove
+                // attributes permanently. Maybe one day somebody dares to remove
                 // this code.
                 if ( aFrameRect.HasArea() &&
                      static_cast<SwContentFrame*>(Lower())->GetNode()->GetOLENode() &&
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx
index aac896042507..d57a1803c16b 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/frmtool.cxx
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ void _InsertCnt( SwLayoutFrame *pLay, SwDoc *pDoc,
 
     //In the generation of the Layout bPages=true will be handed over.
     //Then will be new pages generated all x paragraphs already times in advance.
-    //On breaks and/or pagedescriptorchanges the correspondig will be generated
+    //On breaks and/or pagedescriptorchanges the corresponding will be generated
     //immediately.
     //The advantage is, that on one hand already a nearly realistic number of
     //pages are created, but above all there are no almost endless long chain
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx
index 38f0f71384a6..62a64a4eea2f 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/layact.cxx
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ inline bool SwLayAction::_PaintContent( const SwContentFrame *pContent,
 }
 
 /**
- * Depending of the type, the Content is output according to it's changes, or the area
+ * Depending of the type, the Content is output according to its changes, or the area
  * to be outputted is registered with the region, respectively.
  */
 void SwLayAction::PaintContent( const SwContentFrame *pCnt,
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx
index 9f377bb4456b..fa82e61d5854 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/newfrm.cxx
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ void SwRootFrame::DestroyImpl()
     // Object ownership in writer and esp. in layout are a mess: Before the
     // document/layout split SwDoc and SwRootFrame were essentially one object
     // and magically/uncleanly worked around their common destruction by call
-    // to SwDoc::IsInDtor() -- even from the layout. As of now destuction of
+    // to SwDoc::IsInDtor() -- even from the layout. As of now destruction of
     // the layout proceeds forward through the frames. Since SwTextFootnote::DelFrames
     // also searches backwards to find the master of footnotes, they must be
     // considered to be owned by the SwRootFrame and also be destroyed here,
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx
index b20fadb93cbd..0465936332ec 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/ssfrm.cxx
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ const SwRect SwFrame::PaintArea() const
             bLeft = false;
             bRight = false;
         }
-        else if( pTmp->IsColumnFrame() )  // nobody enters neightbour columns
+        else if( pTmp->IsColumnFrame() )  // nobody enters neighbour columns
         {
             bool bR2L = pTmp->IsRightToLeft();
             // the first column has _no_ influence to the left range
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx
index 4f73aaa38f5c..820bb000a883 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/tabfrm.cxx
@@ -3337,7 +3337,7 @@ bool SwTabFrame::ShouldBwdMoved( SwLayoutFrame *pNewUpper, bool, bool &rReformat
                     // the tabfrm may not have a correct position. Therefore
                     // it is possible that pNewUpper->Prt().Height == 0. In this
                     // case the above calculation of nSpace might give wrong
-                    // results and we really do not want to MoveBackwrd into a
+                    // results and we really do not want to MoveBackward into a
                     // 0 height frame. If nTmpSpace is already <= 0, we take this
                     // value:
                     const SwTwips nTmpSpace = (aRect.*fnRectX->fnGetHeight)();
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx
index c955254f9116..c8f4911924a5 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/trvlfrm.cxx
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ bool SwPageFrame::GetCursorOfst( SwPosition *pPos, Point &rPoint,
         else
         {
             /* In order to provide a selection as accurable as possible when we have both
-             * text and brackground object, then we compute the distance between both
+             * text and background object, then we compute the distance between both
              * would-be positions and the click point. The shortest distance wins.
              */
             double nTextDistance = 0;
diff --git a/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx b/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx
index 032177a40d31..c3bc3479663d 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/layout/wsfrm.cxx
@@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ void SwFrame::InsertBehind( SwLayoutFrame *pParent, SwFrame *pBefore )
     }
 }
 
-/** Insert a chain of SwFrames into an existing struction
+/** Insert a chain of SwFrames into an existing structure
  *
  * Currently, this method is used to insert a SectionFrame (which may have some siblings) into an
  * existing structure. If the third parameter is NULL, this method is (besides handling the
diff --git a/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx b/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx
index 2193796685ec..86e80e6ccef0 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/ole/ndole.cxx
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ bool SwOLENode::IsInGlobalDocSection() const
     }
 
     // pAnchorNd contains the most recently found Section Node, which
-    // now must fulfill the prerequesites for the GlobalDoc
+    // now must fulfill the prerequisites for the GlobalDoc
     pSectNd = static_cast<const SwSectionNode*>(pAnchorNd);
     return FILE_LINK_SECTION == pSectNd->GetSection().GetType() &&
             pSectNd->GetIndex() > nEndExtraIdx;
diff --git a/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx b/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx
index 83a6a82cb9ca..1103e651f73b 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/table/swnewtable.cxx
@@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ static void lcl_FillSelBoxes( SwSelBoxes &rBoxes, SwTableLine &rLine )
         rBoxes.insert( rLine.GetTabBoxes()[i] );
 }
 
-/** SwTable::InsertSpannedRow(..) inserts "superfluous" rows, i.e. rows containig
+/** SwTable::InsertSpannedRow(..) inserts "superfluous" rows, i.e. rows containing
     overlapped cells only. This is a preparation for an upcoming split.
 */
 
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx
index 939fe331b2c9..f401fcbb489b 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/guess.cxx
@@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ bool SwTextGuess::Guess( const SwTextPortion& rPor, SwTextFormatInfo &rInf,
     return false;
 }
 
-// returns true if word at position nPos has a diffenrent spelling
+// returns true if word at position nPos has a different spelling
 // if hyphenated at this position (old german spelling)
 bool SwTextGuess::AlternativeSpelling( const SwTextFormatInfo &rInf,
     const sal_Int32 nPos )
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx b/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx
index d95dc824dbac..3753bbdbb13f 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/inftxt.hxx
@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ public:
  * For the text replacement and restoration of SwTextSizeInfo.
  * The way this is done is a bit of a hack: Although rInf is const we change it
  * anyway.
- * Because rInf is restorated again in the DTOR, we can do this.
+ * Because rInf is restored again in the DTOR, we can do this.
  * You could call it a "logical const", if you wish.
  */
 class SwTextSlot
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx
index 03f80de1164c..5a413efa353f 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/itratr.cxx
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ void SwTextNode::GetMinMaxSize( sal_uLong nIndex, sal_uLong& rMin, sal_uLong &rM
                             if( RES_FLYFRMFMT == pFrameFormat->Which()
                                 && rTmpSize.GetWidthPercent() )
                             {
-                                // This is a hack for the wollowing situation: In the paragraph there's a
+                                // This is a hack for the following situation: In the paragraph there's a
                                 // text frame with relative size. Then let's take 0.5 cm as minimum width
                                 // and USHRT_MAX as maximum width
                                 // It were cleaner and maybe necessary later on to iterate over the content
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx
index 79f2e1e79c9e..b1ddd9397925 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/itrcrsr.cxx
@@ -655,7 +655,7 @@ void SwTextCursor::_GetCharRect( SwRect* pOrig, const sal_Int32 nOfst,
                         {
                              pLastBidiPor = static_cast<SwBidiPortion*>(pPor);
                              nLastBidiPorWidth = pLastBidiPor->Width() +
-                                                 pLastBidiPor->CalcSpacing( nSpaceAdd, aInf );;
+                                                 pLastBidiPor->CalcSpacing( nSpaceAdd, aInf );
                         }
                     }
 
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx
index c6864e818a65..2649c1f2697a 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/itrform2.cxx
@@ -1345,7 +1345,7 @@ SwLinePortion *SwTextFormatter::NewPortion( SwTextFormatInfo &rInf )
                     // #127428# Abandon dec. tab position if line is full
                     // We have a decimal tab portion in the line and the next character has to be
                     // aligned at the tab stop position. We store the width from the beginning of
-                    // the tab stop portion up to the portion containint the decimal separator:
+                    // the tab stop portion up to the portion containing the decimal separator:
                   if ( GetTextFrame()->GetTextNode()->getIDocumentSettingAccess()->get(DocumentSettingId::TAB_COMPAT) /*rInf.GetVsh()->IsTabCompat();*/ &&
                          POR_TABDECIMAL == pLastTabPortion->GetWhichPor() )
                     {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx
index 63b6756d670e..e905301f9f1f 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/porfld.cxx
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ bool SwFieldPortion::Format( SwTextFormatInfo &rInf )
             SetHasFollow( true );
 
             // For a newly created field, nNextOffset contains the Offset
-            // of it's start of the original string
+            // of its start of the original string
             // If a FollowField is created when formatting, this FollowField's
             // Offset is being held in nNextOffset
             nNextOffset = nNextOffset + nNextOfst;
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx
index e29d93f485a7..06a30aa41b31 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/porlay.cxx
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ static  bool lcl_HasStrongLTR ( const OUString& rText, sal_Int32 nStart, sal_Int
  }
 
 // class SwLineLayout: This is the layout of a single line, which is made
-// up of it's dimension, the character count and the word spacing in the line.
+// up of its dimension, the character count and the word spacing in the line.
 // Line objects are managed in an own pool, in order to store them continuously
 // in memory so that they are paged out together and don't fragment memory.
 SwLineLayout::~SwLineLayout()
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx
index 53219bf4ca28..f720384413d5 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/pormulti.cxx
@@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ SwDoubleLinePortion::SwDoubleLinePortion(SwDoubleLinePortion& rDouble, sal_Int32
 
 // This constructor uses the textattribute to get the right brackets.
 // The textattribute could be a 2-line-attribute or a character- or
-// internetstyle, which contains the 2-line-attribute.
+// internet style, which contains the 2-line-attribute.
 SwDoubleLinePortion::SwDoubleLinePortion(const SwMultiCreator& rCreate, sal_Int32 nEnd)
     : SwMultiPortion(nEnd)
     , pBracket(new SwBracket())
@@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ static bool lcl_ExtractFieldFollow( SwLineLayout* pLine, SwLinePortion* &rpField
 }
 
 // If a multi portion completely has to go to the
-// next line, this function is called to trunctate
+// next line, this function is called to truncate
 // the rest of the remaining multi portion
 static void lcl_TruncateMultiPortion( SwMultiPortion& rMulti, SwTextFormatInfo& rInf,
                                sal_Int32 nStartIdx )
diff --git a/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx b/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx
index c9169818a3c5..8082dd29e45e 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/text/txtftn.cxx
@@ -1208,7 +1208,7 @@ sal_Int32 SwTextFormatter::FormatQuoVadis( const sal_Int32 nOffset )
 
 /**
  * This function creates a Line that reaches to the other Page Margin.
- * DummyLines or DummyPortions make sure, that osicllations stop, because
+ * DummyLines or DummyPortions make sure, that oscillations stop, because
  * there's no way to flow back.
  * They are used for Footnotes in paragraph-bound Frames and for Footnote
  * oscillations
diff --git a/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx b/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx
index f8189328cff6..45c31bd6849a 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/txtnode/fntcache.cxx
@@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ void SwFntObj::GuessLeading( const SwViewShell&
         }
         else
         {
-            // If all else fails, take 15% of the height, as emprically
+            // If all else fails, take 15% of the height, as empirically
             // determined by CL
             nGuessedLeading = (nWinHeight * 15) / 100;
         }
diff --git a/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx b/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx
index 5e4baaa09a36..3d355a0b2b3c 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/txtnode/ndhints.cxx
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ bool SwpHints::Check(bool bPortionsMerged) const
                                 ->GetSortNumber() !=
                          static_txtattr_cast<const SwTextCharFormat *>(pHtLast)
                                 ->GetSortNumber())
-                    ) // multiple CHARFMT on same range need distinct sortnr
+                    ) // multiple CHARFMT on same range need distinct sortner
                 )
             ||  (pHtThis->GetStart() == *pHtThis->End()), // this empty
                    "HintsCheck: Portion inconsistency. "
diff --git a/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx b/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx
index 134cce58364f..753b8d405c74 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/txtnode/swfont.cxx
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ sal_uInt16 MapDirection( sal_uInt16 nDir, const bool bVertFormat )
     return nDir;
 }
 
-// maps the absolute direction set at the font to its logical conterpart
+// maps the absolute direction set at the font to its logical counterpart
 // in the rotated environment
 sal_uInt16 UnMapDirection( sal_uInt16 nDir, const bool bVertFormat )
 {
diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx
index 8a276be76b9b..3d80aaaec4dc 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unochart.cxx
@@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ void SwChartDataProvider::DisposeAllDataSequences( const SwTable *pTable )
  * SwChartDataProvider::AddRowCols tries to notify charts of added columns
  * or rows and extends the value sequence respectively (if possible).
  * If those can be added to the end of existing value data-sequences those
- * sequences get mofdified accordingly and will send a modification
+ * sequences get modified accordingly and will send a modification
  * notification (calling 'setModified
  *
  * Since this function is a work-around for non existent Writer core functionality
diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx
index 4abb22ae119f..1682401bbb08 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoframe.cxx
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@ SwXFrame::SwXFrame(FlyCntType eSet, const ::SfxItemPropertySet* pSet, SwDoc *pDo
     // get the property set for the default style data
     // First get the model
     uno::Reference < XModel > xModel = pDoc->GetDocShell()->GetBaseModel();
-    // Ask the model for it's family supplier interface
+    // Ask the model for its family supplier interface
     uno::Reference < XStyleFamiliesSupplier > xFamilySupplier ( xModel, uno::UNO_QUERY );
     // Get the style families
     uno::Reference < XNameAccess > xFamilies = xFamilySupplier->getStyleFamilies();
@@ -3559,7 +3559,7 @@ void SAL_CALL SwXTextEmbeddedObject::release()throw()
 ::uno::Any SAL_CALL SwXTextEmbeddedObject::queryInterface( const uno::Type& aType )
     throw( uno::RuntimeException, std::exception)
 {
-    ::uno::Any aRet = SwXFrame::queryInterface(aType);;
+    ::uno::Any aRet = SwXFrame::queryInterface(aType);
     if(aRet.getValueType() == cppu::UnoType<void>::get())
         aRet = SwXTextEmbeddedObjectBaseClass::queryInterface(aType);
     return aRet;
diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx
index 8cf08e4f741b..f8d31c57cbb7 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unoparagraph.cxx
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@ throw (uno::RuntimeException, std::exception)
                         SwPosition aPos( rTextNode );
                         SwPaM aPam( aPos );
                         // handle properties that are not part of the attribute
-                        // and thus only pretendend to be paragraph attributes
+                        // and thus only pretended to be paragraph attributes
                         beans::PropertyState eTemp;
                         const bool bDone =
                             SwUnoCursorHelper::getCursorPropertyValue(
diff --git a/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx b/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx
index d8b0037dfe9b..4f4ebe5c7b68 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/unocore/unostyle.cxx
@@ -3874,7 +3874,7 @@ uno::Sequence< uno::Any > SAL_CALL SwXPageStyle::GetPropertyValues_Impl(
                     // TextLeft returns the left content if there is one,
                     // Text and TextRight return the master content.
                     // TextRight does the same as Text and is for
-                    // comptability only.
+                    // compatability only.
                     if( bLeft && !bShare )
                     {
                         pFrameFormat = &pDesc->GetLeft();
diff --git a/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx b/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx
index 99949835b9bd..1fcc3a269124 100644
--- a/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/core/view/pagepreviewlayout.cxx
@@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ void SwPagePreviewLayout::_CalcPreviewPages()
     sal_uInt16 nCurrCol = mnPaintStartCol;
     sal_uInt16 nConsideredRows = 0;
     Point aCurrPaintOffset = aInitialPaintOffset;
-    // loop on pages to determine preview background retangles
+    // loop on pages to determine preview background rectangles
     while ( pPage &&
             (!mbDoesLayoutRowsFitIntoWindow || nConsideredRows < mnRows) &&
             aCurrPaintOffset.Y() < maWinSize.Height()
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx
index b5690e80ed9e..f039ef7ad183 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/html/css1atr.cxx
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ void SwHTMLWriter::OutCSS1_Property( const sal_Char *pProp,
         sOut.append("<" + OString(OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_style) + " " +
                     OString(OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_HTML_O_type) + "=\"text/css\">");
     //  Optional CSS2 code for dot leaders (dotted line between the Table of Contents titles and page numbers):
-    //  (More inforation: http://www.w3.org/Style/Examples/007/leaders.en.html)
+    //  (More information: http://www.w3.org/Style/Examples/007/leaders.en.html)
     //
     //  p.leaders {
     //      /* FIXME:
@@ -2723,7 +2723,7 @@ static Writer& OutCSS1_SvxFontWeight( Writer& rWrt, const SfxPoolItem& rHt )
         break;
     case WEIGHT_ULTRABOLD:  pStr = sCSS1_PV_extra_bold;     break;
     default:
-        pStr = sCSS1_PV_normal;;
+        pStr = sCSS1_PV_normal;
     }
 
     if( pStr )
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx
index 0559b5f81a40..02dfb42cd009 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/html/htmltab.cxx
@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ class HTMLTable
     bool bHasToFly;
     bool bFixedCols;
     bool bColSpec;                  // where there COL(GROUP)-elements?
-    bool bPrcWidth;                 // width is declarated in %
+    bool bPrcWidth;                 // width is declared in %
 
     SwHTMLParser *pParser;          // the current parser
     HTMLTable *pTopTable;           // the table on the Top-Level
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx b/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx
index 94a06fd4386a..a151ff19938a 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/html/swhtml.cxx
@@ -3045,7 +3045,7 @@ bool SwHTMLParser::EndAttr( _HTMLAttr* pAttr, _HTMLAttr **ppDepAttr,
         nEndCnt != pAttr->GetSttCnt() )
     {
         bInsert = true;
-        // We do some optimization for script depenedent attributes here.
+        // We do some optimization for script dependent attributes here.
         if( *pEndIdx == pAttr->GetSttPara() )
         {
             bool bFont = false;
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx b/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx
index efb11063fc02..c091ec2e7025 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/inc/wwstyles.hxx
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ namespace ww
 
     /** Find the WinWord english name from a sti index
 
-        Map the word style index to it's english name
+        Map the word style index to its english name
 
         @param
         sti the Style index
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx
index c59931b953cc..cf50f0321815 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/docxattributeoutput.cxx
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ void DocxAttributeOutput::EndParagraphProperties(const SfxItemSet& rParagraphMar
     // Call the 'Redline' function. This will add redline (change-tracking) information that regards to paragraph properties.
     // This includes changes like 'Bold', 'Underline', 'Strikethrough' etc.
 
-    // If there is RedlineData present, call WriteCollectedParagraphProperties() for writting pPr before calling Redline().
+    // If there is RedlineData present, call WriteCollectedParagraphProperties() for writing pPr before calling Redline().
     // As there will be another pPr for redline and LO might mix both.
     if(pRedlineData)
         WriteCollectedParagraphProperties();
@@ -5630,7 +5630,7 @@ static OString impl_NumberingType( sal_uInt16 nNumberingType )
     return aType;
 }
 
-// Convertig Level Numbering Format Code to string
+// Converting Level Numbering Format Code to string
 static OString impl_LevelNFC( sal_uInt16 nNumberingType , const SfxItemSet *pOutSet)
 {
     OString aType;
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx
index 6e97113a543f..42138325ce11 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfattributeoutput.cxx
@@ -183,8 +183,8 @@ void RtfAttributeOutput::RTLAndCJKState(bool bIsRTL, sal_uInt16 nScript)
        You would have thought that
        m_rExport.Strm() << (bIsRTL ? OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_RTLCH : OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_LTRCH); would be sufficient here ,
        but looks like word needs to see the other directional token to be
-       satisified that all is kosher, otherwise it seems in ver 2003 to go and
-       semi-randomlyly stick strike through about the place. Perhaps
+       satisfied that all is kosher, otherwise it seems in ver 2003 to go and
+       semi-randomly stick strike through about the place. Perhaps
        strikethrough is some ms developers "something is wrong signal" debugging
        code that we're triggering ?
        */
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ void RtfAttributeOutput::TableDefaultBorders(ww8::WW8TableNodeInfoInner::Pointer
             OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRT, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRL, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRB, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLBRDRR
         };
         //Yes left and top are swapped with eachother for cell padding! Because
-        //that's what the thunderingly annoying rtf export/import word xp does.
+        //that's what the thundering annoying rtf export/import word xp does.
         static const char* aCellPadNames[] =
         {
             OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADL, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADT, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADB, OOO_STRING_SVTOOLS_RTF_CLPADR
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx
index f917347d8872..dd9300657f5f 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/rtfstringbuffer.hxx
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ public:
     sal_Int32 getLength() const;
     /// Writes the contents of the buffer directly to the supplied stream.
     void makeStringAndClear(RtfAttributeOutput* pAttributeOutput);
-    /// Returns the bufferent strings as a string (ignores graphic elements!)
+    /// Returns the buffered strings as a string (ignores graphic elements!)
     OString makeStringAndClear();
     /// Access to the last buffer.
     OStringBuffer& getLastBuffer();
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx
index 6c60d7760492..5be0823fed39 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerhelper.hxx
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ namespace ww8
         In word all frames are effectively anchored to character or as
         character. This is nice and simple, writer is massively complex in this
         area, so this ww8::Frame simplifies matters by providing a single unified
-        view of the multitute of elements in writer and their differing quirks.
+        view of the multitude of elements in writer and their differing quirks.
 
         A ww8::Frame wraps a writer frame and is guaranteed to have a suitable
         anchor position available from it. It hides much of the needless
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx
index 25ad1a18e046..5e751166ecaf 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.cxx
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ namespace myImplHelpers
 
     /*
      SwTextFormatColl and SwCharFormat are quite distinct types and how they are
-     gotten is also distinct, but the algorithm to match word's eqivalents into
+     gotten is also distinct, but the algorithm to match word's equivalents into
      them is the same, so we put the different stuff into two separate helper
      implementations and a core template that uses the helpers that uses the
      same algorithm to do the work. We'll make the helpers specializations of a
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ namespace sw
              All we want to do is ensure for now is that if a charfmt exist
              in the character properties that it rises to the top and is
              exported first.  In the future we might find more ordering
-             depandancies for export, in which case this is the place to do
+             dependencies for export, in which case this is the place to do
              it
             */
             if (nA == nB)
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx
index 4e09a0a2bfc2..0e8ec8558822 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/writerwordglue.hxx
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ namespace sw
             else is the same.
 
             So this function compares two writer page fmts and sees if the
-            follow frame and the title frame are the same from word persecptive
+            follow frame and the title frame are the same from word perspective
             except for the content of their headers.
 
             @return true if the rTitleFormat followed by rFollowFormat could be
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx
index 011a811f04cd..172be21f527a 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtw8nds.cxx
@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ void MSWordExportBase::OutputTextNode( const SwTextNode& rNode )
         AppendAnnotationMarks( rNode, nAktPos, nNextAttr - nAktPos );
 
         // At the moment smarttags are only written for paragraphs, at the
-        // begining of the paragraph.
+        // beginning of the paragraph.
         if (nAktPos == 0)
             AppendSmartTags(rNode);
 
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx
index d1179cb3123a..8a2a592dea2a 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/wrtww8.hxx
@@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ public:
     /// Iterate through the nodes and call the appropriate OutputNode() on them.
     void WriteText();
 
-    /// Return whether cuurently exported node is in table.
+    /// Return whether currently exported node is in table.
     bool IsInTable() const;
 
     /// Set the pCurPam appropriately and call WriteText().
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx
index 194e2105d511..23599896699e 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8graf2.cxx
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ void SwWW8ImplReader::ReplaceObj(const SdrObject &rReplaceObj,
         rSubObj.SetLayer(rReplaceObj.GetLayer());
 
         // remove old object from group-list and add new one
-        // (this also exchanges it in the drwaing page)
+        // (this also exchanges it in the drawing page)
         pObjectList->ReplaceObject(&rSubObj, rReplaceObj.GetOrdNum());
     }
     else
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx
index 16db554200f8..628662eb4f7a 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.cxx
@@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ SdrObject* SwMSDffManager::ProcessObj(SvStream& rSt,
                 );
             }
 
-            // Distance of Textbox to it's surrounding Autoshape
+            // Distance of Textbox to its surrounding Autoshape
             sal_Int32 nTextLeft = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextLeft, 91440L);
             sal_Int32 nTextRight = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dxTextRight, 91440L );
             sal_Int32 nTextTop = GetPropertyValue( DFF_Prop_dyTextTop, 45720L  );
@@ -6294,7 +6294,7 @@ bool SwMSDffManager::GetOLEStorageName(long nOLEId, OUString& rStorageName,
     if (rReader.m_pStg)
     {
         // Via the TextBox-PLCF we get the right char Start-End positions
-        // We should then find the EmbedField and the corresponding Sprms
+        // We should then find the EmbeddedField and the corresponding Sprms
         // in that Area.
         // We only need the Sprm for the Picture Id.
         long nOldPos = rReader.m_pStrm->Tell();
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx
index 03e6b43539ea..de881a1ad6f9 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par.hxx
@@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ private:
     as they are encountered, and so their end point is normally unimportant.
     But hyperlink fields need to be applied as attributes to text and it is
     far easier and safer to set the end point of an attribute when we
-    encounter the end marker of the field instead of caculating in advance
+    encounter the end marker of the field instead of calculating in advance
     where the end point will fall, to do so fully correctly duplicates the
     main logic of the filter itself.
     */
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx
index 3501d63d1911..27b82a46c63d 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par2.cxx
@@ -2143,7 +2143,7 @@ void WW8TabDesc::CalcDefaults()
     // 2. pass: Detect number of writer columns. This can exceed the count
     // of columns in WW by 2, because SW in constrast to WW does not provide
     // fringed left and right borders and has to fill with empty boxes.
-    // Non exisitent cells can reduce the number of columns.
+    // Non existent cells can reduce the number of columns.
 
     // 3. pass: Replace border with defaults if needed
     nConvertedLeft = nMinLeft;
@@ -2884,7 +2884,7 @@ bool WW8TabDesc::SetPamInCell(short nWwCol, bool bPam)
             pIo->SetLowerSpacing(*pIo->m_pPaM, 0);
 
         //We need to set the pPaM on the first cell, invalid
-        //or not so that we can collect paragraph proproties over
+        //or not so that we can collect paragraph properties over
         //all the cells, but in that case on the valid cell we do not
         //want to reset the fmt properties
         sal_uLong nSttNd = pTabBox->GetSttIdx() + 1,
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx
index 454d04a86c05..cdfa30f11b71 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par5.cxx
@@ -2532,7 +2532,7 @@ eF_ResT SwWW8ImplReader::Read_F_DBNum( WW8FieldDesc*, OUString& )
 /*
     EQ , only the usage for
     a. Combined Characters supported, must be exactly in the form that word
-    only accepts as combined charactersm, i.e.
+    only accepts as combined characters, i.e.
     eq \o(\s\up Y(XXX),\s\do Y(XXX))
     b. Ruby Text supported, must be in the form that word recognizes as being
     ruby text
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx
index 2a9da61281e7..092f5650f3eb 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8par6.cxx
@@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ void SwWW8ImplReader::StopApo()
             {
                 //If the last anchor pos is here, then clear the anchor pos.
                 //This "last anchor pos" is only used for fixing up the
-                //postions of things anchored to page breaks and here
+                //positions of things anchored to page breaks and here
                 //we are removing the last paragraph of a frame, so there
                 //cannot be a page break at this point so we can
                 //safely reset m_pLastAnchorPos to avoid any dangling
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx
index 01da4a164471..d3481edc8f53 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8scan.cxx
@@ -1838,7 +1838,7 @@ static bool WW8GetFieldPara(WW8PLCFspecial& rPLCF, WW8FieldDesc& rF)
         }
         rF.nLen = rF.nLRes - rF.nSCode + 2;         // nLRes is still the final position
         rF.nLRes -= rF.nSRes;                       // now: nLRes = length
-        rF.nSRes++;                                 // Endpos encluding Markers
+        rF.nSRes++;                                 // Endpos including Markers
         rF.nLRes--;
     }else{
         rF.nLRes = 0;                               // no result found
@@ -6848,7 +6848,7 @@ WW8Fonts::WW8Fonts( SvStream& rSt, WW8Fib& rFib )
         nMax = nCalcMax;
     else
     {
-        //newer versions include purportive count of fonts, so take min of that
+        //newer versions include supportive count of fonts, so take min of that
         //and calced max
         nMax = std::min(nMax, nCalcMax);
     }
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx
index f5b85c9a2275..2a742925dcd0 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/ww8/ww8toolbar.cxx
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ SwTBC::ImportToolBarControl( SwCTBWrapper& rWrapper, const css::uno::Reference<
                 SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","cmt is cmtAllocated [???] 0x" << std::hex << arg2);
                 break;
             case 7:
-                SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","cmt is cmNill no-phing 0x" << std::hex << arg2);
+                SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","cmt is cmNill no-thing 0x" << std::hex << arg2);
                 break;
             default:
                 SAL_INFO("sw.ww8","illegal 0x" << std::hex << cmt);
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx b/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx
index 73b6d293d3f3..772f0e062dd7 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/xml/XMLRedlineImportHelper.cxx
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ void XMLRedlineImportHelper::Add(
     {
         // 3b) we already have a redline with this name: hierarchical redlines
         // insert pInfo as last element in the chain.
-        // (hierarchy sanity checking happens on insertino into the document)
+        // (hierarchy sanity checking happens on inserting into the document)
 
         // find last element
         RedlineInfo* pInfoChain;
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx b/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx
index 63be8a31c178..a784f43cafdc 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/xml/swxml.cxx
@@ -916,7 +916,7 @@ sal_uLong XMLReader::Read( SwDoc &rDoc, const OUString& rBaseURL, SwPaM &rPaM, c
 
     // ... restore redline mode
     // (First set bogus mode to make sure the mode in getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineMode()
-    //  is different from it's previous mode.)
+    //  is different from its previous mode.)
     rDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineMode_intern((RedlineMode_t)( ~nRedlineMode ));
     rDoc.getIDocumentRedlineAccess().SetRedlineMode( (RedlineMode_t)( nRedlineMode ));
 
diff --git a/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx b/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx
index a5ec78a33e5f..eda3db88f092 100644
--- a/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/filter/xml/xmltbli.cxx
@@ -2259,7 +2259,7 @@ SwTableLine *SwXMLTableContext::MakeTableLine( SwTableBox *pUpper,
             }
             else
             {
-                // No subtabels: We use the new table model.
+                // No subtables: we use the new table model.
                 SwXMLTableCell_Impl *pCell = GetCell(nTopRow,nCol);
 
                 // #i95726# - some fault tolerance
@@ -2332,7 +2332,7 @@ SwTableLine *SwXMLTableContext::MakeTableLine( SwTableBox *pUpper,
                     // column, and the remaining fragment could be divided
                     // into lines. Anyway, it could be that this applies to
                     // the next column, too. That for, we check the next
-                    // column but rememeber the current one as a good place to
+                    // column but remember the current one as a good place to
                     // split.
                     nSplitCol = nCol + 1UL;
                 }
diff --git a/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx b/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx
index 49e4b3433b00..4f53dff41419 100644
--- a/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/ui/chrdlg/break.cxx
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ SwBreakDlg::SwBreakDlg( vcl::Window *pParent, SwWrtShell &rS )
     m_pColumnBtn->SetClickHdl( aLk );
     m_pPageCollBox->SetSelectHdl( LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,SelectHdl) );
 
-    get<OKButton>("ok")->SetClickHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,OkHdl));;
+    get<OKButton>("ok")->SetClickHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,OkHdl));
     m_pPageNumBox->SetClickHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,PageNumHdl));
     m_pPageNumEdit->SetModifyHdl(LINK(this,SwBreakDlg,PageNumModifyHdl));
 
diff --git a/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx b/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx
index 0d4637a11eee..ac1a53cdb8e2 100644
--- a/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/ui/fldui/fldvar.cxx
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_NOARG_TYPED(SwFieldVarPage, ModifyHdl, Edit&, void)
     case TYP_DDEFLD:
         if( nLen )
         {
-            // is there already a corrensponding type
+            // is there already a corresponding type
             bInsert = bApply = true;
 
             SwFieldType* pType = GetFieldMgr().GetFieldType(RES_DDEFLD, sName);
diff --git a/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx b/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx
index 4a6f61d0a953..7107511a2fdb 100644
--- a/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/ui/misc/glossary.cxx
@@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ IMPL_LINK_TYPED( SwGlossaryDlg, NameModify, Edit&, rEdit, void )
     const bool bNotFound = !DoesBlockExist(aName, bNameED ? OUString() : rEdit.GetText());
     if(bNameED)
     {
-            // did the text get in to the Listbbox in the Edit with a click?
+            // did the text get in to the Listbox in the Edit with a click?
         if(bNotFound)
         {
             m_pShortNameEdit->SetText( lcl_GetValidShortCut( aName ) );
diff --git a/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx b/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx
index ce0f1adfd61e..08e3e30c0f0a 100644
--- a/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/ui/misc/titlepage.cxx
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ namespace
             }
         }
 
-        // If we want a new descriptior then set it, otherwise reuse the existing one
+        // If we want a new descriptor then set it, otherwise reuse the existing one
         if (!pNewDesc)
         {
             SwFormatPageDesc aPageFormatDesc(pPageFormatDesc ? *pPageFormatDesc : &rCurrentDesc);
diff --git a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx
index b53e91630e28..9c27b04059e9 100644
--- a/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/ui/vba/vbaheadersfooters.cxx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
     // XIndexAccess
     virtual sal_Int32 SAL_CALL getCount(  ) throw (uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override
     {
-        // first page, evenpages and primary page
+        // first page, even pages and primary page
         return 3;
     }
     virtual uno::Any SAL_CALL getByIndex( sal_Int32 Index ) throw (lang::IndexOutOfBoundsException, lang::WrappedTargetException, uno::RuntimeException, std::exception) override
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx
index cedea9b48b8c..74cb5591f81a 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/app/docstyle.cxx
@@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ bool   SwDocStyleSheet::SetParent( const OUString& rStr)
             break;
 
         case SFX_STYLE_FAMILY_PARA :
-            OSL_ENSURE( pColl, "Collektion missing!");
+            OSL_ENSURE( pColl, "Collection missing!");
             if( nullptr != ( pFormat = pColl ) && !rStr.isEmpty() )
                 pParent = lcl_FindParaFormat( rDoc, rStr );
             break;
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx
index f0c8185fe11f..1d459cc3ef34 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/config/modcfg.cxx
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@ void SwCompareConfig::Load()
 
             switch(nProp)
             {
-                case 0 : eCmpMode = (SvxCompareMode) nVal; break;;
+                case 0 : eCmpMode = (SvxCompareMode) nVal; break;
                 case 1 : bUseRsid = *static_cast<sal_Bool const *>(pValues[nProp].getValue()); break;
                 case 2 : bIgnorePieces = *static_cast<sal_Bool const *>(pValues[nProp].getValue()); break;
                 case 3 : nPieceLen = nVal; break;
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx
index 0825bbc6b48c..2c26252317a1 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldmgr.cxx
@@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ bool SwFieldMgr::InsertField(
             pField = new SwDBField(pTyp);
             pField->SetSubType(nSubType);
 
-            if( !(nSubType & nsSwExtendedSubType::SUB_OWN_FMT) ) // determinee database format
+            if( !(nSubType & nsSwExtendedSubType::SUB_OWN_FMT) ) // determine database format
             {
                 Reference< XDataSource> xSource;
                 rData.m_aDBDataSource >>= xSource;
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx
index 0501e0e602f3..5c35092b4cdb 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/fldui/fldwrap.cxx
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ SFX_IMPL_CHILDWINDOW(SwFieldDataOnlyDlgWrapper, FN_INSERT_FIELD_DATA_ONLY)
 SfxChildWinInfo SwFieldDataOnlyDlgWrapper::GetInfo() const
 {
     SfxChildWinInfo aInfo = SfxChildWindow::GetInfo();
-// prevent instatiation of dialog other than by calling
+// prevent instantiation of dialog other than by calling
 // the mail merge dialog
     aInfo.bVisible = false;
     return aInfo;
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx
index 832dfd360adf..0e49f2b9a52b 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/fldmgr.hxx
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ public:
     sal_uLong           GetDefaultFormat(sal_uInt16 nTypeId, bool bIsText, SvNumberFormatter* pFormatter, double* pVal = nullptr);
 
     // turn off evaluation of expression fields for insertation
-    // of many expressino fields (see labels)
+    // of many expression fields (see labels)
 
     inline void     SetEvalExpFields(bool bEval);
     void            EvalExpFields(SwWrtShell* pSh = nullptr);
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx
index 1a0594d8abc3..03908be3d687 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/frmpage.hxx
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ class SwFramePage: public SfxTabPage
     bool            m_bNew;
     bool            m_bNoModifyHdl;
     bool            m_bIsVerticalFrame;  //current frame is in vertical environment - strings are exchanged
-    // --> OD 2009-08-31 #mongolianlayou#
+    // --> OD 2009-08-31 #mongolianlayout#
     bool            m_bIsVerticalL2R;
     bool            m_bIsInRightToLeft; // current frame is in right-to-left environment - strings are exchanged
     bool            m_bHtmlMode;
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx
index 35cb5ef488fe..bd2db2c3e7b1 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/pview.hxx
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ class SW_DLLPUBLIC SwPagePreview: public SfxViewShell
     // ViewWindow and handle to core
     // current dispatcher shell
     VclPtr<SwPagePreviewWin> pViewWin;
-    //viewdata of the previous SwView and the new crsrposition
+    //viewdata of the previous SwView and the new cursor position
     OUString sSwViewData;
     //and the new cursor position if the user double click in the PagePreview
     OUString sNewCursorPos;
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx b/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx
index 1b98bd6bbee2..db6d39ed5539 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/inc/wrtsh.hxx
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ namespace nsSelectionType
     const SelectionType SEL_DRW_TXT         = 0x000400; // draw-textobjects in edit mode
     const SelectionType SEL_BEZ             = 0x000800; // edit ornament objects
     const SelectionType SEL_DRW_FORM        = 0x001000; // drawing objects: DB-Forms
-    const SelectionType SEL_FOC_FRM_CTRL    = 0x002000; // a form control is focused. Neither set nor evaluated by the SwWrtShell itself, only by it's clients.
+    const SelectionType SEL_FOC_FRM_CTRL    = 0x002000; // a form control is focused. Neither set nor evaluated by the SwWrtShell itself, only by its clients.
     const SelectionType SEL_MEDIA           = 0x004000; // Media object
     const SelectionType SEL_EXTRUDED_CUSTOMSHAPE = 0x008000;    // extruded custom shape
     const SelectionType SEL_FONTWORK        = 0x010000; // fontwork
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx
index 95d2ece08aff..fde324abb0f0 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/lingu/hhcwrp.cxx
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ void SwHHCWrapper::ReplaceUnit(
             //!! back to false we do it now manually in order for the selection
             //!! to be done properly in the following call to Left.
             // We didn't fix it in Delete and Insert since it is currently
-            // unclear if someone depends on this incorrect behvaiour
+            // unclear if someone depends on this incorrect behaviour
             // of the flag.
             m_rWrtShell.EndSelect();
 
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx
index bdda3e628d55..628eaf51b5bd 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewdraw.cxx
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ bool SwView::BeginTextEdit(SdrObject* pObj, SdrPageView* pPV, vcl::Window* pWin,
     }
 
     // To allow editing the referenced object from a SwDrawVirtObj here
-    // the original needs to be fetched evenually. This ATM activates the
+    // the original needs to be fetched eventually. This ATM activates the
     // text edit mode for the original object.
     SdrObject* pToBeActivated = pObj;
 
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx
index dee0f3ccd5e7..6a915277d92f 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/uiview/viewprt.cxx
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ void SwView::ExecutePrint(SfxRequest& rReq)
                 }
             }
 
-            //#i61455# if master documentes are printed silently without loaded links then update the links now
+            //#i61455# if master documents are printed silently without loaded links then update the links now
             if( bSilent && pSh->IsGlobalDoc() && !pSh->IsGlblDocSaveLinks() )
             {
                 pSh->GetLinkManager().UpdateAllLinks( false, false );
diff --git a/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx b/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx
index 904c76697f20..e1070bb27adf 100644
--- a/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx
+++ b/sw/source/uibase/wrtsh/move.cxx
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ bool SwWrtShell::PageCursor(SwTwips lOffset, bool bSelect)
         // no updating of the display of the cursor position takes place.
         // The CursorShell-Actionparentheses cannot be used, because it
         // always leads to displaying the cursor, thus also,
-        // if after the scroll scrolled in a region without a valid postition.
+        // if after the scroll scrolled in a region without a valid position.
         // SwViewShell::StartAction();
     PageMove eDir = lOffset > 0? MV_PAGE_DOWN: MV_PAGE_UP;
         // Change of direction and stack present
diff --git a/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java b/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java
index 4c1b340af65a..a7d4a48cdf06 100644
--- a/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java
+++ b/swext/mediawiki/src/com/sun/star/wiki/WikiEditorImpl.java
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ public final class WikiEditorImpl extends WeakBase
     {
         String urlstring = url.Complete;
         m_statusListeners.put( urlstring, listener );
-        // synchroneous callback required!!!
+        // synchronous callback required!!!
         callStatusListener( urlstring );
     }
 
diff --git a/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1 b/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1
index f91101b7d346..5291d8492e9b 100644
--- a/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1
+++ b/sysui/desktop/man/libreoffice.1
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ If a file name contains spaces, then it must be enclosed in quotation marks.
 
 .TP
 \fB\-\-quickstart \fB\-\-quickstart=no
-Starts LO with it's quick starter.
+Starts LO with its quick starter.
 \fB\-\-quickstart disable the quick starter.
 
 Does not work with \-\-invisible or \-\-headless.
diff --git a/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx b/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx
index 1ce6d989abd3..ee82169abbbd 100644
--- a/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx
+++ b/test/source/sheet/xnamedrange.cxx
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ void XNamedRange::testSetType()
     OUString aTestedNamedRangeString("initial1");
     uno::Reference< sheet::XNamedRange > xNamedRange = getNamedRange(aTestedNamedRangeString);
 
-    sal_Int32 nType = ::sheet::NamedRangeFlag::ROW_HEADER;;
+    sal_Int32 nType = ::sheet::NamedRangeFlag::ROW_HEADER;
     xNamedRange->setType(nType);
     CPPUNIT_ASSERT_MESSAGE("Wrong expected Type ROW_HEADER after setting it", xNamedRange->getType() == nType);
 
diff --git a/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt b/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt
index d0a55beae98b..88ad4bd30b12 100644
--- a/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt
+++ b/testtools/qa/cli/readme.txt
@@ -1,26 +1,26 @@
 This test is for Windows only!
 
-The cli test uses .NET assemblies: 
-cli_types.dll, 
-cli_basetypes.dll, 
-cli_ure.dll, 
+The cli test uses .NET assemblies:
+cli_types.dll,
+cli_basetypes.dll,
+cli_ure.dll,
 cli_cppuhelper.dll.
 
 
-When an office is properly installed then these assemblies can be found in the 
-global assebly cache (GAC), for example in c:\windows\assembly.
+When an office is properly installed then these assemblies can be found in the
+global assembly cache (GAC), for example in c:\windows\assembly.
 
-When the test is run then the assemblies are used from the GAC. That is 
+When the test is run then the assemblies are used from the GAC. That is
 one has to make sure that one has the respective office installed.
 
-The test can also be run without an installed office. Then the assemblies are used 
+The test can also be run without an installed office. Then the assemblies are used
 which reside next to the executable. The testtools project copies the assemblies from
 the build environment into the wntmscixx\bin folder.
 
-However, if for some reason an assembly remains in the GAC than it is used no matter 
+However, if for some reason an assembly remains in the GAC than it is used no matter
 what.
 
 
-The qa test simply executes the cli_bridgetest_inprocess.exe. All console output is decarded.
-When the test fails one should directly run that executable. Then one may see the cause 
+The qa test simply executes the cli_bridgetest_inprocess.exe. All console output is descarded.
+When the test fails one should directly run that executable. Then one may see the cause
 of the failure in the console.
diff --git a/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs b/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs
index ed4f483efbbc..9d629e062c49 100644
--- a/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs
+++ b/testtools/source/bridgetest/cli/cli_cs_bridgetest.cs
@@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ static bool raiseException(XBridgeTest xLBT )
 
     private void perform_test( XBridgeTest xLBT )
     {
-        bool bRet= true;;
+        bool bRet= true;
        bRet = check( performTest( xLBT ), "standard test" ) && bRet;
        bRet = check( raiseException( xLBT ) , "exception test" )&& bRet;
        bRet = check( raiseOnewayException( xLBT ), "oneway exception test" ) && bRet;
diff --git a/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt b/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt
index 81a0a1747860..c2878c3836f5 100644
--- a/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt
+++ b/testtools/source/cliversioning/readme.txt
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GAC and if the policy files are correct. The office must be installed with compl
 system integration. That is, one does not use setup /a for starting the
 installation.
 
-In OOo 3.0 there was a breanking change so that the test created for previous
+In OOo 3.0 there was a breaking change so that the test created for previous
 version do not work anymore. To use these old tests one needs to install a
 version of OOo less than v 3.0. Then one needs to check out the cli_ure module
 for that version. The tests are contained in cli_ure/qa/versioning.
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ because it puts out more information.
 Creating a new version_xxx.dll
 ==============================
 When a version of our assemblies changes then one should provide a new version dll which test exactly the assemblies with the changed version. This is easily done:
-1. set the build environment in which the new versions are effectiv.
+1. set the build environment in which the new versions are effective.
 2  call: dmake name=version_xxx.dll
 3. copy the new version dll from the output tree into qa/versioning/version_libs
 4. commit the new version.dll using the -kb switch (only when creating the new file : cvs new -kb version_3_1_0.dll)
diff --git a/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java b/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java
index 7441767714a0..bde63aa2fc67 100644
--- a/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java
+++ b/toolkit/qa/complex/toolkit/GridControl.java
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ public class GridControl
                 removeColumnIndex, removalIndex );
         }
 
-        // calling addColumn with a column not created by the given model/implementatoion should not succeed
+        // calling addColumn with a column not created by the given model/implementation should not succeed
         boolean caughtExpected = false;
         try
         {
diff --git a/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx b/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx
index 262697baa903..60b456b05004 100644
--- a/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx
+++ b/toolkit/source/awt/vclxtoolkit.cxx
@@ -1017,7 +1017,7 @@ vcl::Window* VCLXToolkit::ImplCreateWindow( VCLXWindow** ppNewComp,
                 *ppNewComp = new VCLXRadioButton;
 
                 // by default, disable RadioCheck
-                // Since the VCLXRadioButton really cares for it's RadioCheck settings, this is important:
+                // Since the VCLXRadioButton really cares for its RadioCheck settings, this is important:
                 // if we enable it, the VCLXRadioButton will use RadioButton::Check instead of RadioButton::SetState
                 // This leads to a strange behaviour if the control is newly created: when settings the initial
                 // state to "checked", the RadioButton::Check (called because RadioCheck=sal_True) will uncheck
diff --git a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx
index 050b0aa61ed9..856ea4cd2005 100644
--- a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx
+++ b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrol.cxx
@@ -620,8 +620,8 @@ void UnoControl::ImplModelPropertiesChanged( const Sequence< PropertyChangeEvent
         {
             SolarMutexGuard aVclGuard;
                 // and now this is the final withdrawal:
-                // I have no other idea than locking the SolarMutex here ....
-                // I really hate the fact that VCL is not theadsafe ....
+                // I have no other idea than locking the SolarMutex here....
+                // I really hate the fact that VCL is not threadsafe....
 
             // Doesn't work for Container!
             getPeer()->dispose();
diff --git a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx
index 46b4ceab96af..366b9e4d51db 100644
--- a/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx
+++ b/toolkit/source/controls/unocontrols.cxx
@@ -1327,7 +1327,7 @@ void UnoRadioButtonControl::itemStateChanged( const awt::ItemEvent& rEvent ) thr
     // Nowadays, since the listener handling changed a lot towards 1.1 (the VCLXWindow reacts on more
     // basic events from the VCL-windows, not anymore on the Link-based events like in 1.0.x), this
     // isn't the case anymore: For instance, this method here gets called for the radio button
-    // which is being implicitily _de_selected, too. This is pretty bad for compatibility.
+    // which is being implicitly _de_selected, too. This is pretty bad for compatibility.
     // Thus, we suppress all events with a new state other than "1". This is unlogical, and weird, when looking
     // from a pure API perspective, but it's _compatible_ with older product versions, and this is
     // all which matters here.
diff --git a/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java b/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java
index 96778c718fae..2ac5c7849da5 100644
--- a/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java
+++ b/toolkit/test/accessibility/QueuedTopWindowListener.java
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ class QueuedTopWindowListener
     public void windowDeactivated (final com.sun.star.lang.EventObject aEvent)
         throws RuntimeException
     {
-        System.out.println ("QueuedTopWindowListener: Top window deactived: " + aEvent);
+        System.out.println ("QueuedTopWindowListener: Top window deactivated: " + aEvent);
     }
 
     public void disposing( final EventObject aEvent)
diff --git a/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx b/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx
index ada70516d1ea..8dc2e21e9947 100644
--- a/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx
+++ b/tools/source/generic/poly.cxx
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ Rectangle Polygon::GetBoundRect() const
     // Removing the assert. Bezier curves have the attribute that each single
     // curve segment defined by four points can not exit the four-point polygon
     // defined by that points. This allows to say that the curve segment can also
-    // never leave the Range of it's defining points.
+    // never leave the Range of its defining points.
     // The result is that Polygon::GetBoundRect() may not create the minimal
     // BoundRect of the Polygon (to get that, use basegfx::B2DPolygon classes),
     // but will always create a valid BoundRect, at least as long as this method
diff --git a/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx b/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx
index 0b3f172ee3ed..577e5491b5ca 100644
--- a/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx
+++ b/tools/source/misc/pathutils.cxx
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ WCHAR * buildPath(
 {
     // Remove leading ".." segments in the second path together with matching
     // segments in the first path that are neither empty nor "." nor ".." nor
-    // end in ":" (which is not foolprove, as it can erroneously erase the start
+    // end in ":" (which is not foolproof, as it can erroneously erase the start
     // of a UNC path, but only if the input is bad data):
     while (backLength >= 2 && backBegin[0] == L'.' && backBegin[1] == L'.' &&
            (backLength == 2 || backBegin[2] == L'\\'))
diff --git a/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx b/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx
index 479657ab1d57..b0976ddf89c0 100644
--- a/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx
+++ b/tools/source/stream/stream.cxx
@@ -1818,7 +1818,7 @@ sal_Size SvMemoryStream::PutData( const void* pData, sal_Size nCount )
             else
             {
                 // lacking memory is larger than nResize,
-                // resize by (nCoount-nMaxCount) + resize offset
+                // resize by (nCount-nMaxCount) + resize offset
                 if( !ReAllocateMemory( nCount-nMaxCount+nNewResize ) )
                 {
                     nCount = 0;
diff --git a/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java b/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java
index 0f0639c9b5a6..2214ff53aa0f 100644
--- a/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java
+++ b/ucb/qa/complex/tdoc/CheckContentProvider.java
@@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ public class CheckContentProvider {
         xChild.oObj = UnoRuntime.queryInterface(XChild.class, xContent);
         // hasParent determines if this content has a parent
         assertNotNull("getParent()", xChild._getParent(hasParent));
-        // parameter does dermine, if this function is supported: generally not supported with tdcp content
+        // parameter does determine, if this function is supported: generally not supported with tdcp content
         assertNotNull("setParent()", xChild._setParent(false));
 
         // check the XPropertyChangeNotifier interface
diff --git a/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx b/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx
index 7f7092fc9fbe..8064360140fb 100644
--- a/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx
+++ b/ucb/source/cacher/cachedcontentresultsetstub.cxx
@@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ void SAL_CALL CachedContentResultSetStub
     ::impl_propagateFetchSizeAndDirection( sal_Int32 nFetchSize, bool bFetchDirection )
         throw ( RuntimeException )
 {
-    //this is done only for the case, that there is another CachedContentResultSet in the chain of underlying ResulSets
+    //this is done only for the case, that there is another CachedContentResultSet in the chain of underlying ResultSets
 
     //we do not propagate the property 'FetchSize' or 'FetchDirection' via 'setPropertyValue' from the above CachedContentResultSet to save remote calls
 
diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx b/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx
index 4bd10c0856ee..b6e2e05056ad 100644
--- a/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx
+++ b/ucb/source/ucp/file/shell.hxx
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ namespace fileaccess {
         css::uno::Sequence< css::ucb::CommandInfo >   m_sCommandInfo;
 
     public:
-        // Misceancellous:
+        // Miscellaneous:
         // Methods for "writeComponentInfo" and "createComponentFactory"
 
         static void SAL_CALL getScheme( OUString& Scheme );
diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx b/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx
index 424c05d8dd9e..28b36767b6c8 100644
--- a/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx
+++ b/ucb/source/ucp/ftp/ftpresultsetI.cxx
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ ResultSetI::ResultSetI(const Reference<XComponentContext>&  rxContext,
     for( size_t i = 0; i < dirvec.size(); ++i)
         m_aPath.push_back(dirvec[i].m_aURL);
 
-    // m_aIdents holds the contentidentifiers
+    // m_aIdents holds the content identifiers
 
     m_aItems.resize( m_aPath.size() );
     m_aIdents.resize( m_aPath.size() );
diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx b/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx
index 5d0cfca8b8d1..df1f552964bd 100644
--- a/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx
+++ b/ucb/source/ucp/tdoc/tdoc_content.cxx
@@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ void Content::transfer(
             ucbhelper::cancelCommandExecution(
                 uno::makeAny( lang::IllegalArgumentException(
                                     OUString( "Invalid source URI! "
-                                        "Unabale to determine source type!" ),
+                                        "Unable to determine source type!" ),
                                     static_cast< cppu::OWeakObject * >( this ),
                                     -1 ) ),
                 xEnv );
diff --git a/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx b/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx
index cab727c141b3..211f588adacb 100644
--- a/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx
+++ b/ucb/source/ucp/webdav-neon/webdavcontent.cxx
@@ -2982,7 +2982,7 @@ void Content::lock(
                 // since it mostly happens on read/only part of webdav, this appears to be the most correct exception available
                 throw
                     ucb::InteractiveNetworkWriteException(
-                        OUString( "Authentication error while tring to lock! Write only WebDAV perhaps?" ),
+                        OUString( "Authentication error while trying to lock! Write only WebDAV perhaps?" ),
                         static_cast< cppu::OWeakObject * >( this ),
                         task::InteractionClassification_ERROR,
                         e.getData() );
diff --git a/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx b/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx
index 8dff80345afd..fdd26ce72cc2 100644
--- a/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx
+++ b/ucbhelper/source/client/interceptedinteraction.cxx
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void InterceptedInteraction::impl_handleDefault(const css::uno::Reference< css::
         case E_NO_CONTINUATION_FOUND:
         {
             // Runtime error! The defined continuation could not be located
-            // inside the set of available containuations of the incoming request.
+            // inside the set of available continuations of the incoming request.
             // Whats wrong - the interception list or the request?
             OSL_FAIL("InterceptedInteraction::handle()\nCould intercept this interaction request - but can't locate the right continuation!");
         }
diff --git a/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl b/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl
index b3b2686ee7be..fbfa1da88aea 100644
--- a/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl
+++ b/udkapi/com/sun/star/io/XPersistObject.idl
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ module com {  module sun {  module star {  module io {
      <p>
      The object needs to be created before it deserializes
      itself again (by using the read method). Therefore it must be
-     createable by name via a factory, which is in general
+     creatable by name via a factory, which is in general
      the global service manager. The create and read mechanism
      is implemented by the com::sun::star::io::ObjectInputStream.
 
diff --git a/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl b/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl
index 4509411f8429..0495070522b3 100644
--- a/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl
+++ b/udkapi/com/sun/star/reflection/XIdlClass.idl
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ published interface XIdlClass: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
         field (/interface attribute) by name.
         <br>
         If the reflected type is not an interface, struct or union or the
-        interace, struct or union does not have a field (/interface attribute)
+        interface, struct or union does not have a field (/interface attribute)
         with the demanded name, then a null-reference is returned.
 
         @param aName
diff --git a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java
index 0f21684db290..0b5c102ab816 100644
--- a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java
+++ b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/FileHelper.java
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ public class FileHelper
     /*
      * Concat a _sRelativePathToAdd to a _sPath and append a '/' to the _sPath only if need.
      *
-     * @return a right concated path
+     * @return a right concatened path
      */
     public static String appendPath(String _sPath, String _sRelativePathToAdd)
     {
diff --git a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java
index f7f9a5e6b90d..3624c22f79d4 100644
--- a/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java
+++ b/unotest/source/java/org/openoffice/test/tools/OfficeDocumentView.java
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ public class OfficeDocumentView
     {
         XDispatch xReturn = null;
 
-        // go get the dispatch provider of it's frame
+        // go get the dispatch provider of its frame
         XDispatchProvider xProvider = UnoRuntime.queryInterface( XDispatchProvider.class, m_controller.getFrame() );
         if ( null != xProvider )
         {
diff --git a/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx b/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx
index 9ca5c0c15281..84573c776c58 100644
--- a/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx
+++ b/unotools/source/i18n/localedatawrapper.cxx
@@ -930,7 +930,7 @@ DateFormat LocaleDataWrapper::scanDateFormatImpl( const OUString& rCode )
     {
         if (areChecksEnabled())
         {
-            OUString aMsg( "LocaleDataWrapper::scanDateFormat: no magic applycable" );
+            OUString aMsg( "LocaleDataWrapper::scanDateFormat: no magic applicable" );
             outputCheckMessage( appendLocaleInfo( aMsg ) );
         }
         return DMY;
diff --git a/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx b/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx
index d6ee2ef72b84..fa8eb9af9791 100644
--- a/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx
+++ b/unoxml/source/dom/attr.cxx
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ namespace DOM
     sal_Bool SAL_CALL CAttr::getSpecified()
         throw (RuntimeException, std::exception)
     {
-        // FIXME if this DOM implemenatation supported DTDs it would need
+        // FIXME if this DOM implementation supported DTDs it would need
         // to check that this attribute is not default or something
         return sal_True;
     }
diff --git a/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx b/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx
index c0c28e148c96..197512072710 100644
--- a/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx
+++ b/unoxml/source/dom/node.cxx
@@ -952,7 +952,7 @@ namespace DOM
     void SAL_CALL CNode::setNodeValue(const OUString& /*nodeValue*/)
         throw (RuntimeException, DOMException, std::exception)
     {
-        // use specific node implememntation
+        // use specific node implementation
         // if we end up down here, something went wrong
         DOMException e;
         e.Code = DOMExceptionType_NO_MODIFICATION_ALLOWED_ERR;
diff --git a/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx b/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx
index b58e67f454b8..7fd7a48685c9 100644
--- a/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx
+++ b/unoxml/source/events/eventdispatcher.cxx
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ namespace DOM { namespace events {
         }
 
         // the capture vector now holds the node path from target to root
-        // first we must search for capture listernes in order root to
+        // first we must search for capture listeners in order root to
         // to target. after that, any target listeners have to be called
         // then bubbeling phase listeners are called in target to root
         // order
diff --git a/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx b/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx
index 937ac4f9af47..6452a42addfb 100644
--- a/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx
+++ b/unoxml/source/xpath/xpathapi.cxx
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ namespace XPath
     }
 
     /**
-     * same as selectNodeList but registers all name space decalratiosn found on namespaceNode
+     * same as selectNodeList but registers all name space declarations found on namespaceNode
      */
     Reference< XNodeList > SAL_CALL CXPathAPI::selectNodeListNS(
             const Reference< XNode >&  contextNode,
diff --git a/vcl/README.lifecycle b/vcl/README.lifecycle
index 4bf17fb96cb5..6ef91ccfce51 100644
--- a/vcl/README.lifecycle
+++ b/vcl/README.lifecycle
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ or:
 	This is an interim measure while we are migrating, such that
 	it is possible to delete an object conventionally and ensure
 	that its dispose method gets called. In the 'end' we would
-	instead assert that a Window has been disposed in it's
+	instead assert that a Window has been disposed in its
 	destructor, and elide these calls.
 
 	As the object's vtable is altered as we go down the
diff --git a/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx b/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx
index 8f46d9c72c8b..3bf390d5f9ef 100644
--- a/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx
+++ b/vcl/generic/print/text_gfx.cxx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace psp {
 /*
  container for a font and its helper fonts:
  1st is the font itself
- 2nd is a fallback font, usually a font with unicode glyph repertoir (e.g. andale)
+ 2nd is a fallback font, usually a font with unicode glyph repertoire (e.g. andale)
  symbol fonts (adobe-fontspecific) may need special glyphmapping
  (symbol page vc. latin page)
 */
diff --git a/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx b/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx
index bbb7517e9ca1..7f11f1ac2a41 100644
--- a/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx
+++ b/vcl/inc/fontmanager.hxx
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ enum type {
 /*
  *  the difference between FastPrintFontInfo and PrintFontInfo
  *  is that the information in FastPrintFontInfo can usually
- *  be gathered without openening either the font file or
+ *  be gathered without opening either the font file or
  *  an afm metric file. they are gathered from fonts.dir alone.
  *  if only FastPrintFontInfo is gathered and PrintFontInfo
  *  on demand and for less fonts, then performance in startup
diff --git a/vcl/inc/sft.hxx b/vcl/inc/sft.hxx
index e383c030835a..b69f07398d20 100644
--- a/vcl/inc/sft.hxx
+++ b/vcl/inc/sft.hxx
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ namespace vcl
         sal_uInt16 macStyle;      /**< macstyle bits from 'HEAD' table */
         int   weight;             /**< value of WeightClass or 0 if can't be determined        */
         int   width;              /**< value of WidthClass or 0 if can't be determined         */
-        int   pitch;              /**< 0: proportianal font, otherwise: monospaced             */
+        int   pitch;              /**< 0: proportional font, otherwise: monospaced             */
         int   italicAngle;        /**< in counter-clockwise degrees * 65536                    */
         int   xMin;               /**< global bounding box: xMin                               */
         int   yMin;               /**< global bounding box: yMin                               */
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ namespace vcl
         int   vdescent;           /**< typographic descent for vertical writing mode           */
         int   typoAscender;       /**< OS/2 portable typographic ascender                      */
         int   typoDescender;      /**< OS/2 portable typographic descender                     */
-        int   typoLineGap;        /**< OS/2 portable typographc line gap                       */
+        int   typoLineGap;        /**< OS/2 portable typographic line gap                       */
         int   winAscent;          /**< ascender metric for Windows                             */
         int   winDescent;         /**< descender metric for Windows                            */
         bool  symbolEncoded;      /**< true: MS symbol encoded */
diff --git a/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx b/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx
index 1cb85da3f5ed..773c52e337ee 100644
--- a/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx
+++ b/vcl/opengl/win/WinDeviceInfo.cxx
@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ void WinOpenGLDeviceInfo::GetData()
 
     /* DeviceKey is "reserved" according to MSDN so we'll be careful with it */
     /* check that DeviceKey begins with DEVICE_KEY_PREFIX */
-    /* some systems have a DeviceKey starting with \REGISTRY\Machine\ so we need to compare case insenstively */
+    /* some systems have a DeviceKey starting with \REGISTRY\Machine\ so we need to compare case insensitively */
     if (_wcsnicmp(displayDevice.DeviceKey, DEVICE_KEY_PREFIX, ArrayLength(DEVICE_KEY_PREFIX)-1) != 0)
     {
         SAL_WARN("vcl.opengl", "incorrect DeviceKey");
diff --git a/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx b/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx
index 9ca266a6604a..7fbf8f787639 100644
--- a/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx
+++ b/vcl/opengl/win/gdiimpl.cxx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ void WinOpenGLSalGraphicsImpl::Init()
          ( mpContext->getOpenGLWindow().hWnd != mrParent.mhWnd ||
            mpContext->getOpenGLWindow().hDC == mrParent.mhLocalDC ) )
     {
-        // This can legitimiately happen, SalFrame keeps 2x
+        // This can legitimately happen, SalFrame keeps 2x
         // SalGraphics which share the same hWnd and hDC.
         // The shape 'Area' dialog does reparenting to trigger this.
         SAL_WARN("vcl.opengl", "Unusual: Windows handle / DC changed without DeInit");
diff --git a/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx b/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx
index 67e76515c52c..6ff1721a0158 100644
--- a/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx
+++ b/vcl/osx/clipboard.hxx
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ class AquaClipboard;
 // instance
 - (EventListener*)initWithAquaClipboard: (AquaClipboard*) pcb;
 
-// Promiss resolver function
+// Promise resolver function
 - (void)pasteboard:(NSPasteboard*)sender provideDataForType:(const NSString *)type;
 
 -(void)applicationDidBecomeActive:(NSNotification*)aNotification;
diff --git a/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm b/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm
index 075a396cb1c7..80885f82de66 100644
--- a/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm
+++ b/vcl/osx/printaccessoryview.mm
@@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ static void addEdit( NSView* pCurParent, long& rCurX, long& rCurY, long nAttachO
     // add the accessory controller to the panel
     [pPrintPanel addAccessoryController: [pAccessoryController autorelease]];
 
-    // set the current selecte tab item
+    // set the current selected tab item
     if( pState->nLastPage >= 0 && pState->nLastPage < [pTabView numberOfTabViewItems] )
         [pTabView selectTabViewItemAtIndex: pState->nLastPage];
 
diff --git a/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx b/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx
index 16ab4f67aca0..b5f738831419 100644
--- a/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx
+++ b/vcl/osx/salnativewidgets.cxx
@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ bool AquaSalGraphics::drawNativeControl(ControlType nType,
                         [NSNumber numberWithBool:NO], @"kCUIWindowFrameDrawTitleSeparatorKey",
                         [NSNumber numberWithBool:YES], @"is.flipped",
                         nil]),
-                        nil);;
+                        nil);
             }
             else
             {
diff --git a/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx b/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx
index 32bbb4fe61a1..f72d5e7781a7 100644
--- a/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx
+++ b/vcl/quartz/salgdi.cxx
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@ static void FakeDirEntry( const char aTag[5], ByteCount nOfs, ByteCount nLen,
 }
 
 // fake a TTF or CFF font as directly accessing font file is not possible
-// when only the fontid is known. This approach also handles *.dfont fonts.
+// when only the fontid is known. This approach also handles *.font fonts.
 bool AquaSalGraphics::GetRawFontData( const PhysicalFontFace* pFontData,
                                       ByteVector& rBuffer, bool* pJustCFF )
 {
diff --git a/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx b/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx
index 0de16d9b4fb8..23e3fd9957ca 100644
--- a/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/app/svmain.cxx
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ void DeInitVCL()
 
     ResMgr::DestroyAllResMgr();
 
-    // destroy all Sal interfaces before destorying the instance
+    // destroy all Sal interfaces before destroying the instance
     // and thereby unloading the plugin
     delete pSVData->mpSalSystem;
     pSVData->mpSalSystem = nullptr;
diff --git a/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx b/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx
index 6782a94ca87b..a2664b702e7c 100644
--- a/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/bitmap/BitmapFilterStackBlur.cxx
@@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ void centerExtendBitmap(Bitmap& rBitmap, sal_Int32 nExtendSize, Color aColor)
  * Stack Blur Algorithm by Mario Klingemann <mario@quasimondo.com>
  * (http://www.quasimondo.com/StackBlurForCanvas/StackBlurDemo.html)
  *
- * Additionally eferences and implementations:
+ * Additionally references and implementations:
  * - Blur.js by Jacob Kelley
  *   (http://www.blurjs.com)
  * - BlurEffectForAndroidDesign by Nicolas Pomepuy
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx b/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx
index e6dc5b808a64..f2040421c735 100644
--- a/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/control/edit.cxx
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ void Edit::ImplInsertText( const OUString& rStr, const Selection* pNewSel, bool
     // take care of input-sequence-checking now
     if (bIsUserInput && !rStr.isEmpty())
     {
-        DBG_ASSERT( rStr.getLength() == 1, "unexpected string length. User input is expected to providse 1 char only!" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( rStr.getLength() == 1, "unexpected string length. User input is expected to provide 1 char only!" );
 
         // determine if input-sequence-checking should be applied or not
 
diff --git a/vcl/source/control/field.cxx b/vcl/source/control/field.cxx
index 7b34014d8ee8..3b6b5b106190 100644
--- a/vcl/source/control/field.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/control/field.cxx
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ static OUString ImplMetricGetUnitText(const OUString& rStr)
     return aStr.makeStringAndClear();
 }
 
-// #104355# support localized mesaurements
+// #104355# support localized measurements
 
 static const OUString ImplMetricToString( FieldUnit rUnit )
 {
diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx
index 822452bd450e..1a3af32d54cd 100644
--- a/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/filter/graphicfilter2.cxx
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ bool GraphicDescriptor::ImpDetectJPG( SvStream& rStm,  bool bExtendedInfo )
                         bScanFinished = true;
                     break;
 
-                    // per default we assume marker segments conaining a length parameter
+                    // per default we assume marker segments containing a length parameter
                     default :
                     {
                         sal_uInt16 nLength = 0;
diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx
index 5f42009d6ca9..78e818d8d8da 100644
--- a/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/filter/jpeg/JpegReader.cxx
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ unsigned char * JPEGReader::CreateBitmap(JPEGCreateBitmapParam& rParam)
     if (nSize > SAL_MAX_INT32 / (bGray?1:3))
         return nullptr;
 
-    // Check if the bitmap is untypically large.
+    // Check if the bitmap is atypically large.
     if (nSize*(bGray?1:3) > MAX_BITMAP_BYTE_SIZE)
     {
         // Do not try to acquire resources for the large bitmap or to
diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx
index 2e9780ad9149..84e65e3316e8 100644
--- a/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/filter/sgvspln.cxx
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ sal_uInt16 ZyklTriDiagGS(bool rep, sal_uInt16 n, double* lower, double* diag,
 /*                                                                    */
 /*  Memory for lowrow[1],..,lowrow[n-3] und ricol[1],...,ricol[n-3]   */
 /*  should be provided separately, as this should be available to     */
-/*  store the decomposition matrix, which is overwritting             */
+/*  store the decomposition matrix, which is overwriting              */
 /*  the 5 vectors mentioned.                                          */
 /*                                                                    */
 /*====================================================================*/
diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx
index 185e2fab9086..e440a60b6e38 100644
--- a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/enhwmf.cxx
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ void EnhWMFReader::ReadAndDrawPolygon(Drawer drawer, const bool skipFirst)
  * The \<class T> parameter is for the type of the points
  * nStartIndex: which is the starting index in the polygon of the first point read
  * nPoints: number of points
- * pWMF: the stream containings the polygons
+ * pWMF: the stream containing the polygons
  * */
 template <class T>
 tools::Polygon EnhWMFReader::ReadPolygon(sal_uInt32 nStartIndex, sal_uInt32 nPoints)
diff --git a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx
index 1b3972110792..8865d3c84f53 100644
--- a/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/filter/wmf/wmf.cxx
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ bool ConvertGDIMetaFileToWMF( const GDIMetaFile & rMTF, SvStream & rTargetStream
     {
         // #i121267# It is necessary to prepare the metafile since the export does *not* support
         // clip regions. This tooling method clips the geometry content of the metafile internally
-        // against it's own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions
+        // against its own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions
         clipMetafileContentAgainstOwnRegions(aGdiMetaFile);
     }
 
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ bool ConvertGDIMetaFileToEMF(const GDIMetaFile & rMTF, SvStream & rTargetStream)
     {
         // #i121267# It is necessary to prepare the metafile since the export does *not* support
         // clip regions. This tooling method clips the geometry content of the metafile internally
-        // against it's own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions
+        // against its own clip regions, so that the export is safe to ignore clip regions
         clipMetafileContentAgainstOwnRegions(aGdiMetaFile);
     }
 
diff --git a/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx b/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx
index 37cd963fc607..608e7dbb0280 100644
--- a/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/fontsubset/sft.cxx
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ static int GetCompoundTTOutline(TrueTypeFont *ttf, sal_uInt32 glyphID, ControlPo
  * but Get{Simple|Compound}GlyphOutline returns 0 in such a case.
  *
  * NOTE: glyphlist is the stack of glyphs traversed while constructing
- * a composite glyph. This is a safequard against endless recursion
+ * a composite glyph. This is a safeguard against endless recursion
  * in corrupted fonts.
  */
 static int GetTTGlyphOutline(TrueTypeFont *ttf, sal_uInt32 glyphID, ControlPoint **pointArray, TTGlyphMetrics *metrics, std::vector< sal_uInt32 >* glyphlist)
@@ -1024,7 +1024,7 @@ static void GetNames(TrueTypeFont *t)
     }
 
     /* #i60349# sanity check psname
-     * psname parctically has to be 7bit ascii and should not contains spaces
+     * psname pratically has to be 7bit ascii and should not contains spaces
      * there is a class of broken fonts which do not fulfill that at all, so let's try
      * if the family name is 7bit ascii and take it instead if so
      */
@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ static void allocTrueTypeFont( TrueTypeFont** ttf )
     }
 }
 
-/* forward declariotn for the two entry points to use*/
+/* forward declaration for the two entry points to use*/
 static int doOpenTTFont( sal_uInt32 facenum, TrueTypeFont* t );
 
 #if !defined(WIN32)
diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx
index f390855e7d7b..7af0f149016c 100644
--- a/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/gdi/bitmapex.cxx
@@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ BitmapEx BitmapEx::getTransformed(
         aTransform.scale(fReduceFactor, fReduceFactor);
     }
 
-    // invert to get transformation from target pixel coordiates to source pixels
+    // invert to get transformation from target pixel coordinates to source pixels
     aTransform.invert();
 
     // create bitmap using source, destination and linear back-transformation
diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx
index fbd5225bde6a..006aa95a24d9 100644
--- a/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/gdi/gdimtf.cxx
@@ -1676,8 +1676,8 @@ Rectangle GDIMetaFile::GetBoundRect( OutputDevice& i_rReference, Rectangle* pHai
         case( MetaActionType::FLOATTRANSPARENT ):
         {
             MetaFloatTransparentAction* pAct = static_cast<MetaFloatTransparentAction*>(pAction);
-            // MetaFloatTransparentAction is defined limiting it's content Metafile
-            // to it's geometry definition(Point, Size), so use these directly
+            // MetaFloatTransparentAction is defined limiting its content Metafile
+            // to its geometry definition(Point, Size), so use these directly
             const Rectangle aRect( pAct->GetPoint(), pAct->GetSize() );
             ImplActionBounds( aBound, OutputDevice::LogicToLogic( aRect, aMapVDev->GetMapMode(), GetPrefMapMode() ), aClipStack, nullptr );
         }
diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx
index 22fa9b6f4245..ed742770a51d 100644
--- a/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/gdi/metaact.cxx
@@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ void MetaCommentAction::Move( long nXMove, long nYMove )
     }
 }
 
-// SJ: 25.07.06 #i56656# we are not able to mirrorcertain kind of
+// SJ: 25.07.06 #i56656# we are not able to mirror certain kind of
 // comments properly, especially the XPATHSTROKE and XPATHFILL lead to
 // problems, so it is better to remove these comments when mirroring
 // FIXME: fake comment to apply the next hunk in the right location
diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx
index 75ce7de43b2a..9e6d8050b8ba 100644
--- a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfextoutdevdata.cxx
@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ void PDFExtOutDevData::SetPageTransition( PDFWriter::PageTransition eType, sal_u
     mpGlobalSyncData->mParaInts.push_back( nPageNr == -1 ? mnPage : nPageNr );
 }
 
-/* local (page), actions have to be played synchroniously to the actions of
+/* local (page), actions have to be played synchronously to the actions of
    of the recorded metafile (created by each xRenderable->render()) */
    sal_Int32 PDFExtOutDevData::BeginStructureElement( PDFWriter::StructElement eType, const OUString& rAlias )
 {
diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx
index ee0bad4d45b1..06e077ceb441 100644
--- a/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/gdi/pdfwriter_impl.cxx
@@ -3791,7 +3791,7 @@ sal_Int32 PDFWriterImpl::createToUnicodeCMap( sal_uInt8* pEncoding,
     }
     aContents.append( "endbfchar\n"
                       "endcmap\n"
-                      "CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop\n"
+                      "CMapName currentdict /CMap define resource pop\n"
                       "end\n"
                       "end\n" );
 #ifndef DEBUG_DISABLE_PDFCOMPRESSION
@@ -5593,7 +5593,7 @@ bool PDFWriterImpl::emitWidgetAnnotations()
             else if( rWidget.m_nTextStyle & DrawTextFlags::Right )
                 aLine.append( "/Q 2\n" );
         }
-        // appearance charactristics for terminal fields
+        // appearance characteristics for terminal fields
         // which are supposed to have an appearance constructed
         // by the viewer application
         if( !rWidget.m_aMKDict.isEmpty() )
@@ -7796,7 +7796,7 @@ sal_Int32 PDFWriterImpl::emitOutputIntent()
     appendLiteralStringEncrypt( aComment ,nOIObject, aLine );
     aLine.append("/DestOutputProfile ");
     aLine.append( nICCObject );
-    aLine.append( " 0 R>>\nendobj\n\n" );;
+    aLine.append( " 0 R>>\nendobj\n\n" );
     if ( !writeBuffer( aLine.getStr(), aLine.getLength() ) ) return 0;
 
     return nOIObject;
@@ -12282,7 +12282,7 @@ sal_Int32 PDFWriterImpl::setLinkURL( sal_Int32 nLinkId, const OUString& rURL )
     if (!m_xTrans.is())
     {
         uno::Reference< uno::XComponentContext > xContext( comphelper::getProcessComponentContext() );
-        m_xTrans = util::URLTransformer::create(xContext);;
+        m_xTrans = util::URLTransformer::create(xContext);
     }
 
     util::URL aURL;
diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx
index db90affa61bb..7e97e845073f 100644
--- a/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/gdi/print3.cxx
@@ -1237,7 +1237,7 @@ DrawModeFlags PrinterController::removeTransparencies( GDIMetaFile& i_rIn, GDIMe
         }
     }
 
-    // convert to greysacles
+    // convert to greyscales
     if( rPrinterOptions.IsConvertToGreyscales() )
     {
         mpImplData->mxPrinter->SetDrawMode( mpImplData->mxPrinter->GetDrawMode() |
diff --git a/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx b/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx
index c77e9cd7b374..48a5cc026031 100644
--- a/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/gdi/region.cxx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 
 namespace
 {
-    /** Return <TRUE/> when the given polygon is rectiliner and oriented so that
+    /** Return <TRUE/> when the given polygon is rectilinear and oriented so that
         all sides are either horizontal or vertical.
     */
     bool ImplIsPolygonRectilinear (const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly)
diff --git a/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx b/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx
index 22eaf94dc3aa..dcdd31dafd1b 100644
--- a/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/glyphs/graphite_layout.cxx
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ namespace
 //    This is an extended vector class with methods added to enable
 //        o Correctly filling with glyphs.
 //        o Querying clustering relationships.
-//        o manipulations that affect neighouring glyphs.
+//        o manipulations that affect neighbouring glyphs.
 
 const int GraphiteLayout::EXTRA_CONTEXT_LENGTH = 32;
 
diff --git a/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx b/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx
index e15f2df55be4..e7f866d4c475 100644
--- a/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/outdev/font.cxx
@@ -2160,7 +2160,7 @@ SalLayout* OutputDevice::ImplGlyphFallbackLayout( SalLayout* pSalLayout, ImplLay
         if( nFallbackLevel < MAX_FALLBACK-1)
         {
             // ignore fallback font if it is the same as the original font
-            // unless we are looking for a substituion for 0x202F, in which
+            // unless we are looking for a substitution for 0x202F, in which
             // case we'll just use a normal space
             if( mpFontEntry->maFontSelData.mpFontData == aFontSelData.mpFontData &&
                 aMissingCodes.indexOf(0x202F) == -1 )
diff --git a/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx b/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx
index 6223de1c0de3..739cbf18c4da 100644
--- a/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/outdev/mask.cxx
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ void OutputDevice::DrawDeviceMask( const Bitmap& rMask, const Color& rMaskColor,
                            ImplLogicWidthToDevicePixel(rDestSize.Width()),
                            ImplLogicHeightToDevicePixel(rDestSize.Height()));
 
-        // we don't want to mirror via cooridates
+        // we don't want to mirror via coordinates
         const BmpMirrorFlags nMirrFlags = AdjustTwoRect( aPosAry, pImpBmp->ImplGetSize() );
 
         // check if output is necessary
diff --git a/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx b/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx
index 4c8a4050f862..6f33f58806f9 100644
--- a/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/outdev/transparent.cxx
@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ bool OutputDevice::DrawTransparentNatively ( const tools::PolyPolygon& rPolyPoly
             // CAUTION: Only non printing (pixel-renderer) VCL commands from OutputDevices
             // should be used when printing. Normally this is avoided by the printer being
             // non-AAed and thus e.g. on WIN GdiPlus calls are not used. It may be necessary
-            // to figure out a way of moving this code to it's own function that is
+            // to figure out a way of moving this code to its own function that is
             // overriden by the Print class, which will mean we deliberately override the
             // functionality and we use the fallback some lines below (which is not very good,
             // though. For now, WinSalGraphics::drawPolyPolygon will detect printer usage and
diff --git a/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx b/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx
index 20950c6f23e6..c4ca45b33ae7 100644
--- a/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/window/dockmgr.cxx
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ css::uno::Reference< css::accessibility::XAccessible > ImplPopupFloatWin::Create
     // this is to avoid appearance of this window as standalone window in the accessibility hierarchy
     // as this window is only used as a helper for subtoolbars that are not teared-off, the parent toolbar
     // has to provide accessibility support (as implemented in the toolkit)
-    // so the contained toolbar should appear as child of the correponsing toolbar item of the parent toolbar
+    // so the contained toolbar should appear as child of the corresponding toolbar item of the parent toolbar
     return css::uno::Reference< css::accessibility::XAccessible >();
 }
 
diff --git a/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx b/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx
index 46ba15e5ef63..9d6ac777df9a 100644
--- a/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/window/splitwin.cxx
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ static void ImplCalcSet( ImplSplitSet* pSet,
             nMins       = 0;
             while ( nSizeDelta && (nItems != nMins) )
             {
-                // determinne which items we can calculate
+                // determine which items we can calculate
                 nCalcItems = 0;
                 while ( !nCalcItems )
                 {
diff --git a/vcl/source/window/status.cxx b/vcl/source/window/status.cxx
index 1982a7053132..9a45ee6d9d6a 100644
--- a/vcl/source/window/status.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/window/status.cxx
@@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ void StatusBar::StartProgressMode( const OUString& rText )
 
 void StatusBar::SetProgressValue( sal_uInt16 nNewPercent )
 {
-    DBG_ASSERT( mbProgressMode, "StatusBar::SetProgressValue(): no progrss mode" );
+    DBG_ASSERT( mbProgressMode, "StatusBar::SetProgressValue(): no progress mode" );
     SAL_WARN_IF( nNewPercent > 100, "vcl", "StatusBar::SetProgressValue(): nPercent > 100" );
 
     if ( mbProgressMode
diff --git a/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx b/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx
index c9b84bf9232a..d0c8e8ca375d 100644
--- a/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/window/syschild.cxx
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ sal_IntPtr SystemChildWindow::GetParentWindowHandle( bool bUseJava )
             try
             {
                     ::rtl::Reference< ::jvmaccess::VirtualMachine > xVM;
-                    uno::Reference< java::XJavaVM >                 xJavaVM = java::JavaVirtualMachine::create(xContext);;
+                    uno::Reference< java::XJavaVM >                 xJavaVM = java::JavaVirtualMachine::create(xContext);
                     uno::Sequence< sal_Int8 >                       aProcessID( 17 );
 
                     rtl_getGlobalProcessId( reinterpret_cast<sal_uInt8*>(aProcessID.getArray()) );
diff --git a/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx b/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx
index fce0d799cf79..4cbf6fdcc514 100644
--- a/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx
+++ b/vcl/source/window/winproc.cxx
@@ -1630,7 +1630,7 @@ static void ImplHandlePaint( vcl::Window* pWindow, const Rectangle& rBoundRect,
         // #i87663# trigger possible pending resize notifications
         // (GetSizePixel does that for us)
         pWindow->GetSizePixel();
-        // force drawing inmmediately
+        // force drawing immediately
         pWindow->Update();
     }
 }
diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx
index 9296a6fd3f5e..be82b331e502 100644
--- a/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx
+++ b/vcl/unx/generic/app/saldisp.cxx
@@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ KeySym SalDisplay::GetKeySym( XKeyEvent        *pEvent,
         // For some X-servers special care is needed for Keypad keys.
         // For example Solaris XServer:
         // 2, 4, 6, 8 are classified as Cursorkeys (Up, Down, Left, Right)
-        // 1, 3, 5, 9 are classified as Funtionkeys (F27,F29,F33,F35)
+        // 1, 3, 5, 9 are classified as Functionkeys (F27,F29,F33,F35)
         // 0 as Keypadkey, and the decimal point key not at all (KP_Insert)
         KeySym nNewKeySym = XLookupKeysym( pEvent, nNumLockIndex_ );
         if( nNewKeySym != NoSymbol )
diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx
index 946aaf0a3b73..1f7d39da63ec 100644
--- a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx
+++ b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.cxx
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ void SelectionManager::initialize( const Sequence< Any >& arguments ) throw (css
             m_aWindow = XCreateSimpleWindow( m_pDisplay, DefaultRootWindow( m_pDisplay ),
                                              10, 10, 10, 10, 0, 0, 1 );
 
-            // initialize threshold for incremetal transfers
+            // initialize threshold for incremental transfers
             // ICCCM says it should be smaller that the max request size
             // which in turn is guaranteed to be at least 16k bytes
             m_nIncrementalThreshold = XMaxRequestSize( m_pDisplay ) - 1024;
diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx
index 39034a18728f..ba897216a749 100644
--- a/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx
+++ b/vcl/unx/generic/dtrans/X11_selection.hxx
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ namespace x11 {
 
         // contains the XdndEnterEvent of a drop action running
         // with one of our targets. The data.l[0] member
-        // (conatining the drag source ::Window) is set
+        // (containing the drag source ::Window) is set
         // to None while that is not the case
         XClientMessageEvent         m_aDropEnterEvent;
         // set to false on XdndEnter
diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx
index 395da5ae5588..91c1f6fcd109 100644
--- a/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx
+++ b/vcl/unx/generic/gdi/salbmp.cxx
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ bool ImplSalDDB::ImplMatches( SalX11Screen nXScreen, long nDepth, const SalTwoRe
            && rTwoRect.mnDestHeight == maTwoRect.mnDestHeight
            )
         {
-            // absolutely indentically
+            // absolutely identically
             bRet = true;
         }
         else if(  rTwoRect.mnSrcWidth   == rTwoRect.mnDestWidth
diff --git a/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx b/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx
index 8ae6e0139b54..823ca7034866 100644
--- a/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx
+++ b/vcl/unx/generic/printer/ppdparser.cxx
@@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ void PPDParser::parseOrderDependency(const OString& rLine)
     OString aSetup = GetCommandLineToken( 1, aLine );
     OUString aKey(OStringToOUString(GetCommandLineToken(2, aLine), RTL_TEXTENCODING_MS_1252));
     if( aKey[ 0 ] != '*' )
-        return; // invalid order dependecy
+        return; // invalid order dependency
     aKey = aKey.replaceAt( 0, 1, "" );
 
     PPDKey* pKey;
diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx
index 965768d36b08..7221d92fe002 100644
--- a/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx
+++ b/vcl/unx/gtk/fpicker/SalGtkFilePicker.cxx
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@ uno::Sequence<OUString> SAL_CALL SalGtkFilePicker::getFiles() throw( uno::Runtim
     uno::Sequence< OUString > aFiles = getSelectedFiles();
     /*
       The previous multiselection API design was completely broken
-      and unimplementable for some hetrogenous pseudo-URIs eg. search:
+      and unimplementable for some heterogeneous pseudo-URIs eg. search:
       Thus crop unconditionally to a single selection.
     */
     aFiles.realloc (1);
diff --git a/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx b/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx
index 22ac4319b39d..d212259bc6ac 100644
--- a/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx
+++ b/vcl/unx/gtk/gtkdata.cxx
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ void GtkData::Init()
 #if !GTK_CHECK_VERSION(3,0,0)
     /*
      * if a -display switch was used, we need
-     * to set the environment accoringly since
+     * to set the environment accordingly since
      * the clipboard build another connection
      * to the xserver using $DISPLAY
      */
diff --git a/vcl/win/source/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx b/vcl/win/source/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx
index 6ed1f4257d18..affc752dd6e5 100644
--- a/vcl/win/source/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx
+++ b/vcl/win/source/gdi/gdiimpl.cxx
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ void WinSalGraphicsImpl::copyArea( long nDestX, long nDestY,
 
                     // by excluding hInvalidateRgn from the system's clip region
                     // we will prevent bitblt from copying useless data
-                    // epsecially now shadows from overlapping windows will appear (#i36344)
+                    // especially now shadows from overlapping windows will appear (#i36344)
                     hOldClipRgn = CreateRectRgn( 0, 0, 0, 0 );
                     nOldClipRgnType = GetClipRgn( mrParent.getHDC(), hOldClipRgn );
 
diff --git a/vcl/win/source/gdi/salgdi3.cxx b/vcl/win/source/gdi/salgdi3.cxx
index b99914f8a73d..7a9d4a623b94 100644
--- a/vcl/win/source/gdi/salgdi3.cxx
+++ b/vcl/win/source/gdi/salgdi3.cxx
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ LanguageType MapCharToLanguage( sal_UCS4 uChar )
     {
         bFirst = false;
 
-        // use method suggested in #i97086# to determnine the systems default language
+        // use method suggested in #i97086# to determine the systems default language
         // TODO: move into i18npool or sal/osl/w32/nlsupport.c
         LanguageType nDefaultLang = 0;
         HKEY hKey = NULL;
diff --git a/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx b/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx
index 776dee4522fc..81dc60705ba5 100644
--- a/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx
+++ b/vcl/win/source/gdi/winlayout.cxx
@@ -1755,7 +1755,7 @@ bool UniscribeLayout::LayoutText( ImplLayoutArgs& rArgs )
     }
 
     // prepare layout
-    // TODO: fix case when recyclying old UniscribeLayout object
+    // TODO: fix case when recycling old UniscribeLayout object
     mnMinCharPos = rArgs.mnMinCharPos;
     mnEndCharPos = rArgs.mnEndCharPos;
 
diff --git a/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx b/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx
index ea2abb20feb8..b3b7cb35f017 100644
--- a/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx
+++ b/vcl/win/source/window/salframe.cxx
@@ -3344,7 +3344,7 @@ bool WinSalFrame::MapUnicodeToKeyCode( sal_Unicode aUnicode, LanguageType aLangT
             BYTE vkeycode   = LOBYTE(scan);
             BYTE shiftstate = HIBYTE(scan);
 
-            // Last argument is set to FALSE, because there's no decission made
+            // Last argument is set to FALSE, because there's no decision made
             // yet which key should be assigned to MOD3 modifier on Windows.
             // Windows key - user's can be confused, because it should display
             //               Windows menu (applies to both left/right key)
diff --git a/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx b/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx
index 94ce67cba093..6a89a117dce2 100644
--- a/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx
+++ b/winaccessibility/inc/AccObjectContainerEventListener.hxx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
     virtual void HandleStateChangedEvent(
             css::uno::Any oldValue, css::uno::Any newValue) override;
 
-    //for visible data changed event, for shapes, the visiabledatachanged should be mapped to LOCATION_CHANGED
+    //for visible data changed event, for shapes, the visibledatachanged should be mapped to LOCATION_CHANGED
     virtual void HandleVisibleDataChangedEvent() override;
 };
 
diff --git a/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx b/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx
index 87b429b765f1..68a384659881 100644
--- a/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx
+++ b/winaccessibility/inc/AccResource.hxx
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ private:
     ~ResourceManager()
     { }
 
-    // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in it's dtor,
+    // we'll instantiate one static member of the following class, which, in its dtor,
     // ensures that m_pImpl will be deleted
     class EnsureDelete
     {
diff --git a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h
index 5e142d2ac9f4..7f715cab0a4a 100644
--- a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h
+++ b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccHyperLink.h
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ public:
     // hyperlink (group) starts.
     STDMETHOD(get_startIndex)(/* [retval][out] */ long __RPC_FAR *index);
 
-    // Returns the index at which the textual rerpesentation of the
+    // Returns the index at which the textual representation of the
     // hyperlink (group) ends.
     STDMETHOD(get_endIndex)(/* [retval][out] */ long __RPC_FAR *index);
 
diff --git a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx
index 1dc691291369..f89bd7671629 100644
--- a/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx
+++ b/winaccessibility/source/UAccCOM/AccValue.cxx
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ STDMETHODIMP CAccValue::setCurrentValue(VARIANT value)
 
     default:
         {
-            // Unsupport type conversion.
+            // Unsupported type conversion.
             hRet = E_FAIL;
         }
         break;
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py
index 06cb6a33c1c0..3802732fb0c1 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/AgendaDocument.py
@@ -60,14 +60,14 @@ Tables contain *only* those pairs.<br/>
 2.b. design is arbitrary.<br/>
 As result the following limitations:<br/>
 No column merge is allowed.<br/>
-One compolsary Heading row.<br/>
+One compulsory Heading row.<br/>
 <br/><br/>
 To let the template be flexible, we use a kind of "detection": we look where
 the items are read the design of each table, reaplying it after writing the
 table.self.xTextDocument
 <br/><br/>
 A note about threads:<br/>
-Many methods here are synchronized, in order to avoid colission made by
+Many methods here are synchronized, in order to avoid collision made by
 events fired too often.
 '''
 class AgendaDocument(TextDocument):
@@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ class Topics(object):
     in the preview document, in response to a change in the gui (by the user)
     Since the structure of the topics table is flexible,
     The Topics object, which analyzed the structure of the topics table upon
-    initialization, refreshes the approperiate cell.
+    initialization, refreshes the appropriate cell.
     '''
     def writeCell(self, row, column, data):
         # if the whole row should be written...
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py
index 5c83ba39167c..149faba9c840 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/agenda/TopicsControl.py
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Once the row is not blank (thus, the user entered data...),
 a new blank row is added.<br/>
 Once the user removes the last *unempty* row, binsertRowy deleting its data, it becomes
 the *last empty row* and the one after is being automatically removed.<br/><br/>
-The contorl shows 5 rows at a time.<br/>
+The control shows 5 rows at a time.<br/>
 If, for example, only 2 rows exist (from which the 2ed one is empty...)
 then the other three rows, which do not exist in the data model, are disabled.
 <br/>
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ class TopicsControl(ControlScroller):
                 if (guiRow + self.nscrollvalue) \
                         == len(self.scrollfields) - 2:
                     self.removeLastRow()
-                    '''now consequentially check the last two rows,
+                    '''now consequently check the last two rows,
                     and remove the last one if they are both empty.
                     (actually I check always the "before last" row,
                     because the last one is always empty...
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java
index 0b03f0453024..99b48405b1d1 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/db/DBMetaData.java
@@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ public class DBMetaData
         WidthList[15][0] = DataType.TIME; // ==  92;
         WidthList[16][0] = DataType.TIMESTAMP; // ==  93;
         // NumericTypes are all types where aggregate functions can be performed on.
-        // Similarly to a major competitor date/time/timmestamp fields are not included
+        // Similarly to a major competitor date/time/timestamp fields are not included
 
 
     }
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py
index 405c2c3c62cf..ca222132f9ff 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/fax/CallWizard.py
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ class CallWizard(unohelper.Base, XJobExecutor, XServiceInfo):
 
 g_ImplementationHelper.addImplementation( \
     CallWizard,                               # UNO object class
-    g_implName,                               # implemtenation name
+    g_implName,                               # implementation name
     ("com.sun.star.task.Job",),)              # list of implemented services
                                               # (the only service)
 
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java
index 9c723c5f9deb..acc05d767c3a 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/reportbuilder/layout/ReportBuilderLayouter.java
@@ -1561,7 +1561,7 @@ abstract public class ReportBuilderLayouter implements IReportBuilderLayouter
     }
 
     /**
-     * load the given string as a template and use it's content to paint the other
+     * load the given string as a template and use its content to paint the other
      */
     public void loadAndSetBackgroundTemplate(String LayoutTemplatePath)
     {
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py
index 3ae8d052fe1a..74ff09415f2d 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/ui/event/DataAware.py
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ It is used as listener on UI events, to keep the DataObject up to date.
 This class, as a base abstract class, sets a frame of functionality,
 delegating the data Object get/set methods to a Value object,
 and leaving the UI get/set methods abstract.
-Note that event listenning is *not* a part of this model.
+Note that event listening is *not* a part of this model.
 the updateData() or updateUI() methods should be porogramatically called.
 in child classes, the updateData() will be binded to UI event calls.
 <br><br>
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py
index 52fb229747d9..6fb858d8c742 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/AbstractErrorHandler.py
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ from com.sun.star.awt.VclWindowPeerAttribute import YES_NO, DEF_NO, DEF_YES
 # uses a renderer method geMessageFor(Exception, Object, int, int)
 # (in this class still abstract...)
 # to render the errors, and displays
-# error messeges.
+# error messages.
 class AbstractErrorHandler(ErrorHandler):
 
     xmsf = None
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py
index 673102a298db..63d3f2cb0f66 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/FTPDialog.py
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ from com.sun.star.ucb.OpenMode import FOLDERS
 # (*) choosing a directory on the server.
 # If a connection was established successfully, the user may
 # press OK, which will change
-# the CGPublish object propertiers according the user's input.
+# the CGPublish object properties according the user's input.
 # If no connection was established. the OK and Choose-Dir button are disabled.
 # See the method "disconnect()" which disables them.
 #
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py
index 156ea150f74f..1db10788a9f4 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ImageListDialog.py
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ to enable choosing images that are not in the list and
 so dialogs which do not need those, should set the corresponding
 members showDeselectButton and/or showOtherButton to false.
 <br/>
-the consturctor should receive, among others, an Array of String resources
+the constructor should receive, among others, an Array of String resources
 see constructor documentation for details.
 
 @author rpiterman
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py
index 85c8f9b97762..a3c76f98b56b 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/Process.py
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ class Process(ProcessErrors):
 
     # copies layout files which are not .xsl files
     # to the target directory.
-    # @param ucb UCB encapsulatzion object
+    # @param ucb UCB encapsulation object
     # @param fileAccess filaAccess encapsulation object
     # @param settings web wizard settings
     # @param layout the layout object
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py
index 84201d323f4f..2b2d279428d5 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/ProcessErrorHandler.py
@@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ from .ProcessErrors import ProcessErrors
 from .AbstractErrorHandler import AbstractErrorHandler
 from .WebWizardConst import *
 
-# used to interact error accuring when generating the
+# used to interact error occurring when generating the
 # web-site to the user.
 # This class renders the different errors,
-# replaceing some strings from the resources with
+# replacing some strings from the resources with
 # content of the given arguments, depending on the error
 # that accured.
 class ProcessErrorHandler(AbstractErrorHandler, ProcessErrors):
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py
index cbb4dff9f3c6..51871eb95cf8 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Events.py
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ class WWD_Events(WWD_Startup):
             # update the list to show the right selection.
 
         self.docListDA.updateUI()
-        # disables all the next steps, if the list of docuemnts
+        # disables all the next steps, if the list of documents
         # is empty.
         self.checkSteps()
 
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py
index 4cdbee62d68e..96d72e92c919 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_General.py
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ class WWD_General(WebWizardDialog):
 
     def enableSteps(self, enabled):
         if not enabled and not self.isStepEnabled(3):
-            #disbale steps 3-7
+            #disable steps 3-7
             return
 
         for i in range(3,8):
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ class WWD_General(WebWizardDialog):
     '''
     substitutes path variables with the corresponding values.
     @param path a path, which might contain OOo path variables.
-    @return the path, after substituing path variables.
+    @return the path, after substituting path variables.
     '''
 
     def substitute(self, path):
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py
index 3d15335c6036..c789c19e5038 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/WWD_Startup.py
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ class WWD_Startup(WWD_General):
     check the content (documents) specified in the default session.<br/>
     fill the list boxes (saved sessions, styles, combobox save session). <br/>
     make data aware. <br/>
-    updateUI (refreshes the display to crrespond to the data in
+    updateUI (refreshes the display to correspond to the data in
     the default session.)<br/>
     fill the documents listbox. <br/>
     if proxies are set, disable the ftp controls in step 7.
diff --git a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py
index 9ae627e7016d..59ec90dc9b6d 100644
--- a/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py
+++ b/wizards/com/sun/star/wizards/web/data/CGDocument.py
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ from com.sun.star.document.UpdateDocMode import NO_UPDATE
 
 '''
 About the member fields Title, Description and Author:
-There is an ambiguicy in handling these fields.
+There is an ambiguity in handling these fields.
 On the one hand, the user can set those fields to a custom value,
 relevant only for the web-wizard.
 On the other-hand, the web-wizard can read those fields automatically
diff --git a/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba b/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba
index 4034b0a0f3a8..661e286286d4 100644
--- a/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba
+++ b/wizards/source/access2base/L10N.xba
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Dim sLocal As String
 				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRMETHOD				:	sLocal = &quot;La méthode &apos;%0&apos; n&apos;est pas applicable dans ce contexte&quot;
 				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRPROPERTYINIT		:	sLocal = &quot;Propriété &apos;%0&apos; applicable mais non initialisée&quot;
 				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRFILENOTCREATED		:	sLocal = &quot;Erreur de création du fichier &apos;%0&apos;&quot;
-				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRDIALOGNOTFOUND		:	sLocal = &quot;Dialogue &apos;%0&apos; introuvable dans les librairies chargées actuellement&quot;
+				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRDIALOGNOTFOUND		:	sLocal = &quot;Dialogue &apos;%0&apos; introuvable dans les libraries chargées actuellement&quot;
 				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRDIALOGUNDEFINED		:	sLocal = &quot;Boîte de dialogue inconnue&quot;
 				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRDIALOGSTARTED		:	sLocal = &quot;Dialogue déjà initialisé précédemment&quot;
 				Case &quot;ERR&quot; &amp; ERRDIALOGNOTSTARTED	:	sLocal = &quot;Dialogue &apos;%0&apos; non initialisé&quot;
@@ -297,4 +297,4 @@ Dim oLocale as Object
 End Function	&apos;	GetLocale			V0.8.9
 
 
-</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file
+</script:module>
diff --git a/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba b/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba
index dcc1b4cfe400..dd639d513e25 100644
--- a/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba
+++ b/wizards/source/access2base/Utils.xba
@@ -597,13 +597,13 @@ Private Function _PercentEncode(ByVal psChar As String) As String
 
 Dim lChar As Long, sByte1 As String, sByte2 As String, sByte3 As String
 	lChar = Asc(psChar)
-	
+
 	Select Case lChar
 		Case 48 To 57, 65 To 90, 97 To 122		&apos;	0-9, A-Z, a-z
 			_PercentEncode = psChar
 		Case Asc(&quot;-&quot;), Asc(&quot;.&quot;), Asc(&quot;_&quot;), Asc(&quot;~&quot;)
 			_PercentEncode = psChar
-		Case Asc(&quot;!&quot;), Asc(&quot;$&quot;), Asc(&quot;&amp;&quot;), Asc(&quot;&apos;&quot;), Asc(&quot;(&quot;), Asc(&quot;)&quot;), Asc(&quot;*&quot;), Asc(&quot;+&quot;), Asc(&quot;,&quot;), Asc(&quot;;&quot;), Asc(&quot;=&quot;)	&apos;	Reserved characters used as delimitors in query strings
+		Case Asc(&quot;!&quot;), Asc(&quot;$&quot;), Asc(&quot;&amp;&quot;), Asc(&quot;&apos;&quot;), Asc(&quot;(&quot;), Asc(&quot;)&quot;), Asc(&quot;*&quot;), Asc(&quot;+&quot;), Asc(&quot;,&quot;), Asc(&quot;;&quot;), Asc(&quot;=&quot;)	&apos;	Reserved characters used as delimiters in query strings
 			_PercentEncode = psChar
 		Case Asc(&quot; &quot;), Asc(&quot;%&quot;)
 			_PercentEncode = &quot;%&quot; &amp; Right(&quot;00&quot; &amp; Hex(lChar), 2)
@@ -839,4 +839,4 @@ Private Function _UTF8Encode(ByVal psChar As String) As String
 End Function	&apos;	_UTF8Encode V1.4.0
 
 
-</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file
+</script:module>
diff --git a/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba b/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba
index 32badc3f5164..68ffc72f18ce 100644
--- a/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba
+++ b/wizards/source/euro/Protect.xba
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ End Sub
 
 
 &apos; Reprotects the previousliy protected sheets
-&apos; The passwordinformation is stored in the List &apos;UnProtectList()&apos;
+&apos; The password information is stored in the List &apos;UnProtectList()&apos;
 Sub ReprotectSheets()
 Dim i as Integer
 Dim oProtectSheet as Object
@@ -189,4 +189,4 @@ Dim bProtectedSheets as Boolean
 		End If
 	Next i
 	CheckSheetProtection() = False
-End Function</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file
+End Function</script:module>
diff --git a/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba b/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba
index 3bf6322e33a2..d6f8ed419c73 100644
--- a/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba
+++ b/wizards/source/formwizard/tools.xba
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Function SetNumerics(ByVal oLocObject as Object, iLocFieldType as Integer) as Ob
 		oLocObject.DefaultTime = CurDefaultValue
 &apos; Todo: Property TimeFormat? from where?
 	ElseIf CurControlType = cCheckBox Then
-&apos; Todo Why does this not work?:		oLocObject.DefautState = CurDefaultValue
+&apos; Todo Why does this not work?:		oLocObject.DefaultState = CurDefaultValue
 	End If
 	If oLocObject.PropertySetInfo.HasPropertybyName(&quot;FormatKey&quot;) Then
 		On Local Error Resume Next
diff --git a/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba b/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba
index 749ac1476ad9..96f23ad866d4 100644
--- a/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba
+++ b/wizards/source/tools/ModuleControls.xba
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Dim FilterIndex as Integer
 		End If
 		On Local Error Goto NOSAVING
 		If FilterName = &quot;&quot;  Then
-			&apos; Todo: Catch the case that a document that has to be overwritten is writeportected (e.g. it is open)
+			&apos; Todo: Catch the case that a document that has to be overwritten is writeprotected (e.g. it is open)
 			oDocument.StoreAsUrl(sPath, NoArgs())
 		Else
 			oStoreProperties(0).Name = &quot;FilterName&quot;
@@ -384,4 +384,4 @@ Sub SetOVERWRITEToNever()
 	iGeneralOverwrite = SBOVERWRITENEVER
 	DlgOverwrite.EndExecute()
 End Sub
-</script:module>
\ No newline at end of file
+</script:module>
diff --git a/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba b/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba
index d05555fd9901..69389388251d 100644
--- a/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba
+++ b/wizards/source/tools/Strings.xba
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Dim a as Integer
 End Sub
 
 
-&apos; Searches for a String in a two-dimensional Array by querying all Searchindexex of the second dimension 
+&apos; Searches for a String in a two-dimensional Array by querying all Searchindexes of the second dimension
 &apos; and delivers the specific String of the ReturnIndex in the second dimension of the Searchlist()
 Function StringInMultiArray(SearchList(), SearchString as String, SearchIndex as Integer, ReturnIndex as Integer, Optional MaxIndex as Integer) as String
 Dim i as integer
diff --git a/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt b/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt
index a13880e5fb90..6c84daf0fd90 100644
--- a/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt
+++ b/writerfilter/documentation/KnownIssues.txt
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
 #   the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 .
 #
 
-- foonotes/endnotes: font index cannot be applied to Writer's footnote symbol 
+- footnotes/endnotes: font index cannot be applied to Writer's footnote symbol
 in the footnote area
-- border types: width of border lines are changed to fit Writer's defaults, 
+- border types: width of border lines are changed to fit Writer's defaults,
 triple borders unsupported
-- there are no unlocked (writeable) sections within a read only document in 
+- there are no unlocked (writeable) sections within a read only document in
 Writer
-- multiple fields are either unsupported or drastically converted (see 
+- multiple fields are either unsupported or drastically converted (see
 DomainMapper_Impl.cxx)
 - borders cannot be applied to whole document (from sections)
diff --git a/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx b/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx
index 6f55b7d8437f..043c160516f0 100644
--- a/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx
+++ b/writerfilter/inc/dmapper/resourcemodel.hxx
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ public:
 #endif
 
     /**
-       Returns string repesentation of sprm.
+       Returns string representation of sprm.
      */
 #ifdef DEBUG_WRITERFILTER
     virtual std::string toString() const = 0;
diff --git a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx
index b771358fff55..5c446a30c354 100644
--- a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx
+++ b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/FieldTypes.hxx
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ enum FieldId
      */
     ,FIELD_MACROBUTTON
     /* MERGEFIELD ColumName \b prefix \f suffix \* MERGEFORMAT ->
-        ww8filterimprovement: column-only API now upporterd
+        ww8filterimprovement: column-only API now supported
      */
     ,FIELD_MERGEFIELD
     /* MERGEREC \* MERGEFORMAT ->
diff --git a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx
index 639a4501609d..96280ea8964d 100644
--- a/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx
+++ b/writerfilter/source/dmapper/StyleSheetTable.cxx
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ beans::PropertyValue StyleSheetEntry::GetInteropGrabBag()
     beans::PropertyValue aRet;
     aRet.Name = sStyleIdentifierI;
 
-    beans::PropertyValues aSeq = GetInteropGrabBagSeq();;
+    beans::PropertyValues aSeq = GetInteropGrabBagSeq();
     aRet.Value = uno::makeAny(aSeq);
     return aRet;
 }
@@ -1440,7 +1440,7 @@ OUString StyleSheetTable::ConvertStyleName( const OUString& rWWName, bool bExten
     {
         //search for the rWWName in the IdentifierD of the existing styles and convert the sStyleName member
         std::vector< StyleSheetEntryPtr >::iterator aIt = m_pImpl->m_aStyleSheetEntries.begin();
-        //TODO: performance issue - put styles list into a map sorted by it's sStyleIdentifierD members
+        //TODO: performance issue - put styles list into a map sorted by its sStyleIdentifierD members
         while( aIt != m_pImpl->m_aStyleSheetEntries.end() )
         {
             if( rWWName == ( *aIt )->sStyleIdentifierD )
diff --git a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx
index 8c516ec7905c..1a4787431aa7 100644
--- a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx
+++ b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/OOXMLFastContextHandler.cxx
@@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ OOXMLFastContextHandlerWrapper::lcl_createFastChildContext
 
     // We have methods to _add_ individual tokens or whole namespaces to be
     // processed by writerfilter (instead of oox), but we have no method to
-    // filter out a single token. Just hardwire the wrap token here untill we
+    // filter out a single token. Just hardwire the wrap token here until we
     // need a more generic solution.
     bool bIsWrap = Element == static_cast<sal_Int32>(NMSP_vmlWord | XML_wrap);
     bool bSkipImages = getDocument()->IsSkipImages() && oox::getNamespace(Element) == static_cast<sal_Int32>(NMSP_dml) &&
diff --git a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml
index 5158ee79c7bc..32935c98fb83 100644
--- a/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml
+++ b/writerfilter/source/ooxml/model.xml
@@ -9299,7 +9299,7 @@
           <value>thinThick</value>
           <!-- Thick Line Outside Thin Line -->
           <value>thickThin</value>
-          <!-- Thck Line Between Thin Lines -->
+          <!-- Thick Line Between Thin Lines -->
           <value>thickBetweenThin</value>
         </choice>
       </define>
diff --git a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java
index 33cab9fd8f87..c39c2d9d9fd3 100644
--- a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java
+++ b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/converter/xml/sxc/DocumentMergerImpl.java
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ public class DocumentMergerImpl implements DocumentMerger {
             if (matchingWorkSheet != null) {
 
                 // need to put it into a row Iterator
-                // use a straight comparsion algorithm then do a merge on it
+                // use a straight comparision algorithm then do a merge on it
                 Iterator i1 = new RowIterator(cc_, workSheet);
                 Iterator i2 = new RowIterator(cc_, matchingWorkSheet);
 
@@ -180,4 +180,4 @@ public class DocumentMergerImpl implements DocumentMerger {
 
         return matchSheet;
     }
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
diff --git a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java
index c6698283f980..33db7cd3e956 100644
--- a/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java
+++ b/xmerge/source/xmerge/java/org/openoffice/xmerge/merger/Iterator.java
@@ -74,12 +74,12 @@ public interface Iterator {
     boolean equivalent(Object obj1, Object obj2);
 
     /**
-     * A method to force the {@code Iterator} to transverse the tree again to
+     * A method to force the {@code Iterator} to traverse the tree again to
      * refresh the content.
      *
-     * <p>It is used mainly for {@code Iterator} objects which take a snap shot
-     * instead of dynamically transversing the tree.  The current position will
+     * <p>It is used mainly for {@code Iterator} objects which take a snapshot
+     * instead of dynamically tranversing the tree.  The current position will
      * be set to the beginning.</p>
      */
     void refresh();
-}
\ No newline at end of file
+}
diff --git a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx
index 202c6dae04ac..0b3f2b7ec51b 100644
--- a/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx
+++ b/xmlhelp/source/cxxhelp/provider/provider.hxx
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ namespace chelp {
             (void)aListener;
         }
 
-        // XConainerListener ( derive from XEventListener )
+        // XContainerListener ( derive from XEventListener )
 
         virtual void SAL_CALL
         disposing( const css::lang::EventObject& /*Source*/ )
diff --git a/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod b/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod
index 42a601382129..c38da67d3376 100644
--- a/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod
+++ b/xmloff/dtd/drawing.mod
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
 <!ENTITY % layerName "CDATA">
 <!ENTITY % table-background "table:table-background (true | false) #IMPLIED">
 
-<!-- commont presentation shape attributes -->
+<!-- common presentation shape attributes -->
 <!ENTITY % presentation-style-name "presentation:style-name %styleName; #IMPLIED">
 <!ENTITY % presentation-classes "(title|outline|subtitle|text|graphic|object|chart|table|orgchart|page|notes)" >
 <!-- ENTITY % presentation-class "presentation:class %presentation-classes; #IMPLIED" -->
diff --git a/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx b/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx
index 10f1e091f0d9..b48e0e5071f4 100644
--- a/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx
+++ b/xmloff/inc/txtflde.hxx
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ public:
                 ::com::sun::star::text::XText > & rText);
 
     /// export all field declarations, or only those that have been used?
-    /// Calling this method will reset the list of used field declataions.
+    /// Calling this method will reset the list of used field declarations.
     void SetExportOnlyUsedFieldDeclarations(
         bool bExportOnlyUsed = true);
 
diff --git a/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx b/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx
index 8d30f0845024..e7e28fe43230 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/chart/SchXMLAxisContext.cxx
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ void SchXMLAxisContext::CreateAxis()
         // Compatibility option: starting from LibreOffice 5.1 the rotated
         // layout is preferred to staggering for axis labels.
         // So the import default value for having compatibility with ODF
-        // documents created with erlier LibreOffice versions is `true`.
+        // documents created with earlier LibreOffice versions is `true`.
         if( GetImport().getGeneratorVersion() != SvXMLImport::ProductVersionUnknown )
             m_xAxisProps->setPropertyValue("TryStaggeringFirst", aTrueBool );
 
diff --git a/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx b/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx
index 0e2a2cbc2a24..e6bf7401f2f2 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/core/unointerfacetouniqueidentifiermapper.cxx
@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ void UnoInterfaceToUniqueIdentifierMapper::insertReference( const OUString& rIde
     while(nLength--)
     {
         if( (*p < '0') || (*p > '9') )
-            return; // a custom id, that will never conflict with genereated id's
+            return; // a custom id, that will never conflict with generated id's
 
         p++;
     }
diff --git a/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx b/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx
index daf319fa7728..4eb3bbffd12b 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/core/xmlexp.cxx
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ sal_uInt32 SvXMLExport::exportDoc( enum ::xmloff::token::XMLTokenEnum eClass )
         if( mnExportFlags & SvXMLExportFlags::SCRIPTS )
             _ExportScripts();
 
-        // font declerations
+        // font declarations
         if( mnExportFlags & SvXMLExportFlags::FONTDECLS )
             _ExportFontDecls();
 
diff --git a/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx b/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx
index d98b12bab154..482ae9b2ffd6 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/draw/shapeexport.cxx
@@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ void XMLShapeExport::collectShapeAutoStyles(const uno::Reference< drawing::XShap
                     // * control models are allowed to have an Align of "void"
                     // * the Default for control model's Align is TextAlign_LEFT
                     // * defaults for style properties are not written, but we need to write the "left",
-                    //   because we need to distiguish this "left" from the case where not align attribute
+                    //   because we need to distinguish this "left" from the case where not align attribute
                     //   is present which means "void"
                     if  (   xPropSetInfo->hasPropertyByName( "ParaAdjust" )
                         &&  ( beans::PropertyState_DEFAULT_VALUE == xPropState->getPropertyState( "ParaAdjust" ) )
diff --git a/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx b/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx
index 84415738adf9..291040d71aa1 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/draw/ximpstyl.cxx
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ SdXMLPresentationPageLayoutContext::SdXMLPresentationPageLayoutContext(
 :   SvXMLStyleContext(rImport, nPrfx, rLName, xAttrList, XML_STYLE_FAMILY_SD_PRESENTATIONPAGELAYOUT_ID),
     mnTypeId( 20 ) // AUTOLAYOUT_NONE
 {
-    // set family to somethiong special at SvXMLStyleContext
+    // set family to something special at SvXMLStyleContext
     // for differences in search-methods
 
     sal_Int16 nAttrCount = xAttrList.is() ? xAttrList->getLength() : 0;
@@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ static bool canSkipReset(const OUString &rName, const XMLPropStyleContext* pProp
                     bool bNewStyleTextAutoGrowHeight(false);
                     property->maValue >>= bNewStyleTextAutoGrowHeight;
                     if (bNewStyleTextAutoGrowHeight == bOldStyleTextAutoGrowHeight)
-                        bCanSkipReset = true;;
+                        bCanSkipReset = true;
                     break;
                 }
             }
diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx
index fbe3fb80915c..5788361f8d7e 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/forms/attriblistmerge.hxx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ namespace xmloff
                                     >   OAttribListMerger_Base;
     /** implements the XAttributeList list by merging different source attribute lists
 
-        <p>Currently, the time behavious is O(n), though it would be possible to change it to O(log n).</p>
+        <p>Currently, the time behaviour is O(n), though it would be possible to change it to O(log n).</p>
     */
     class OAttribListMerger : public OAttribListMerger_Base
     {
diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx b/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx
index 1ecf02e38706..7ebc5c2d933d 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/forms/elementimport.cxx
@@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ namespace xmloff
         if ( !m_xElement.is() )
             return;
 
-        // register our control with it's id
+        // register our control with its id
         if (!m_sControlId.isEmpty())
             m_rFormImport.registerControlId(m_xElement, m_sControlId);
         // it's allowed to have no control id. In this case we're importing a column
@@ -1520,7 +1520,7 @@ namespace xmloff
         rtl::Reference < XMLTextImportHelper > xTextImportHelper( m_rContext.getGlobalContext().GetTextImport() );
         if ( m_xCursor.is() )
         {
-            // delete the newline which has been imported errornously
+            // delete the newline which has been imported erroneously
             // TODO (fs): stole this code somewhere - why don't we fix the text import??
             m_xCursor->gotoEnd( sal_False );
             m_xCursor->goLeft( 1, sal_True );
@@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ namespace xmloff
         // split up the value string
         if (!_rValue.isEmpty())
         {
-            // For the moment, we build a vector instead of a Sequence. It's easier to handle because of it's
+            // For the moment, we build a vector instead of a Sequence. It's easier to handle because of its
             // push_back method
             ::std::vector< OUString > aElements;
             // estimate the number of tokens
diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx
index 4897f7d103a0..dfb92692ecd1 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/forms/formattributes.hxx
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ namespace xmloff
 
             // entries which are special to some value types
             const SvXMLEnumMapEntry*        pEnumMap;               // the enum map, if appliable
-            bool                        bInverseSemantics;      // for booleanss: attribute and property value have the same or an inverse semantics?
+            bool                        bInverseSemantics;      // for booleans: attribute and property value have the same or an inverse semantics?
 
             AttributeAssignment() : pEnumMap(nullptr), bInverseSemantics(false) { }
         };
diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx
index e58205e98a41..64bda9e1cc0d 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/forms/formcellbinding.hxx
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ namespace xmloff
     public:
         /** determines whether the given control model lives in a spreadsheet document
             <p>If this method returns <FALSE/>, you cannot instantiate a CellBindingHelper with
-            this model, since then no of it's functionality will be available.</p>
+            this model, since then no of its functionality will be available.</p>
         */
         static  bool    livesInSpreadsheetDocument(
                                 const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::beans::XPropertySet >& _rxControlModel
diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx
index fa2042623453..e1cbd3634468 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/forms/layerexport.hxx
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ namespace xmloff
 
         /** ensures that the number format of the given control exist in our own formats supplier.
 
-            <p>The given control is examined for it's format (i.e. it's FormatKey/FormatsSupplier properties),
+            <p>The given control is examined for its format (i.e. it's FormatKey/FormatsSupplier properties),
             and the format is added (if necessary) to m_xControlNumberFormats</p>.
 
             @return
diff --git a/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx b/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx
index e672d71e905e..9ff80d8c27fd 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/forms/officeforms.hxx
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ namespace xmloff
         OFormsRootImport( SvXMLImport& _rImport, sal_uInt16 _nPrfx, const OUString& _rLocalName);
         virtual ~OFormsRootImport();
 
-        // SvXMLImportContext overriabled
+        // SvXMLImportContext overridable
         virtual SvXMLImportContext * CreateChildContext( sal_uInt16 nPrefix, const OUString& rLocalName,
             const com::sun::star::uno::Reference< com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList>& xAttrList ) override;
         virtual void StartElement( const ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::xml::sax::XAttributeList >& _rxAttrList ) override;
diff --git a/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx b/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx
index 2fe2953a8b40..44229af18de7 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/style/prstylei.cxx
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ void XMLPropStyleContext::Finish( bool bOverwrite )
         if( sParent != mxStyle->getParentStyle() )
         {
             // this may except if setting the parent style forms a
-            // circle in the style depencies; especially if the parent
+            // circle in the style dependencies; especially if the parent
             // style is the same as the current style
             try
             {
diff --git a/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx b/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx
index 5bbbdd3063a0..e0cc35af4da8 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/style/xmlnumfe.cxx
@@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ static bool lcl_IsDefaultDateFormat( const SvNumberformat& rFormat, bool bSystem
 void SvXMLNumFmtExport::ExportPart_Impl( const SvNumberformat& rFormat, sal_uInt32 nKey,
                                             sal_uInt16 nPart, bool bDefPart )
 {
-    //! for the default part, pass the coditions from the other parts!
+    //! for the default part, pass the conditions from the other parts!
 
     //  element name
 
diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx
index 8ed5bff5ccc5..5f8ebcd65a3d 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtflde.cxx
@@ -2631,7 +2631,7 @@ void XMLTextFieldExport::ProcessDateTime(enum XMLTokenEnum eName,
     OUStringBuffer aBuffer;
     if (bIsDuration)
     {
-        // date/time durationM handle bOmitDurationIfZero
+        // date/time duration handle bOmitDurationIfZero
         if (!bOmitDurationIfZero || !::rtl::math::approxEqual(dValue, 0.0))
         {
             ::sax::Converter::convertDuration(aBuffer, dValue);
diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx
index 5b740f1b6717..5033fa10db5f 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtimp.cxx
@@ -2634,7 +2634,7 @@ void XMLTextImportHelper::ConnectFrameChains(
         {
             if((*j).equals(rFrmName))
             {
-                // The previuous frame must exist, because it existing than
+                // The previous frame must exist, because it existing than
                 // inserting the entry
                 rFrmPropSet->setPropertyValue(s_ChainPrevName, makeAny(*i));
 
diff --git a/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx b/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx
index 0d4b7e3c83e1..f2ac9f27bb14 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/text/txtparai.cxx
@@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ XMLNumberedParaContext::XMLNumberedParaContext(
                 break;
             case XML_TOK_TEXT_NUMBERED_PARAGRAPH_CONTINUE_NUMBERING:
                 // this attribute is deprecated
-//                ContinuteNumbering = IsXMLToken(rValue, XML_TRUE);
+//                ContinueNumbering = IsXMLToken(rValue, XML_TRUE);
                 break;
             case XML_TOK_TEXT_NUMBERED_PARAGRAPH_START_VALUE:
                 {
diff --git a/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx b/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx
index 8a8531063556..768b058872cb 100644
--- a/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx
+++ b/xmloff/source/xforms/TokenContext.hxx
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ public:
 
     /** call HandleChild for each child element in the token map;
      * create a warning for all others. Classes that wish to override
-     * CreateChildCotnenxt may want to call the parent method for
+     * CreateChildContext may want to call the parent method for
      * handling of defaults. */
     virtual SvXMLImportContext* CreateChildContext(
         sal_uInt16 nPrefix,
diff --git a/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx b/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx
index 393d5a7b2f43..937626164fab 100644
--- a/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx
+++ b/xmlscript/test/imexp.cxx
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ void MyApp::Main()
             importFile( aParam1.getStr(), xContext ) );
         OSL_ASSERT( xModel.is() );
 
-        Reference< awt::XUnoControlDialog > xDlg = UnoControlDialog::create( xContext );;
+        Reference< awt::XUnoControlDialog > xDlg = UnoControlDialog::create( xContext );
         xDlg->setModel( xModel );
         xDlg->createPeer( xToolkit, 0 );
         xDlg->execute();
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx b/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx
index d0b90a800280..9b00b55771f5 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/inc/xmlsecurity/xmlsignaturehelper.hxx
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
                 // Get the security environment
     ::com::sun::star::uno::Reference< ::com::sun::star::xml::crypto::XSecurityEnvironment > GetSecurityEnvironment();
 
-                // After signing/veryfieng, get information about signatures
+                // After signing/verifying, get information about signatures
     SignatureInformation  GetSignatureInformation( sal_Int32 nSecurityId ) const;
     SignatureInformations GetSignatureInformations() const;
 
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx
index f715bbae8816..a008e5b965e9 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/source/component/documentdigitalsignatures.cxx
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ DocumentDigitalSignatures::ImplVerifySignatures(
         DBG_ASSERT(false, "Error, no XStorage provided");
         return Sequence<css::security::DocumentSignatureInformation>();
     }
-    // First check for the InputStream, to avoid unnecessary initialization of the security environemnt...
+    // First check for the InputStream, to avoid unnecessary initialization of the security environment...
     SignatureStreamHelper aStreamHelper;
     Reference< io::XInputStream > xInputStream = xSignStream;
 
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx
index 1288a5ac8c65..97cd7cd56b99 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/source/dialogs/digitalsignaturesdialog.cxx
@@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ void DigitalSignaturesDialog::ImplShowSignaturesDetails()
         if (!xCert.is())
             xCert = xSecEnv->getCertificate( rInfo.ouX509IssuerName, xSerialNumberAdapter->toSequence( rInfo.ouX509SerialNumber ) );
 
-        DBG_ASSERT( xCert.is(), "Error getting cCertificate!" );
+        DBG_ASSERT( xCert.is(), "Error getting Certificate!" );
         if ( xCert.is() )
         {
             ScopedVclPtrInstance< CertificateViewer > aViewer( this, maSignatureManager.maSignatureHelper.GetSecurityEnvironment(), xCert, false );
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx
index a808f42434bf..462a98c4ee62 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/buffernode.cxx
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ void BufferNode::setReceivedAll()
  *
  *   NAME
  *  setReceivedAll -- indicates that the element in this BufferNode has
- *  been compeletely bufferred.
+ *  been completely bufferred.
  *
  *   SYNOPSIS
  *  setReceivedAll();
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx
index d86688ad12f7..be2a56ec4c47 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/source/framework/saxeventkeeperimpl.cxx
@@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ sal_Int32 SAXEventKeeperImpl::createElementCollector(
  *
  *   INPUTS
  *  nSecurityId -   the security Id of the new ElementCollector
- *  nPriority -     the prirority of the new ElementCollector
+ *  nPriority -     the priority of the new ElementCollector
  *  bModifyElement -whether this BufferNode will modify the content of
  *                  the corresponding element it works on
  *  xReferenceResolvedListener - the listener for the new ElementCollector.
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx b/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx
index 1978473eae12..36f6dc2e9e8b 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/source/helper/xsecctl.hxx
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ private:
     com::sun::star::uno::Reference<
         com::sun::star::uno::XInterface > m_xPreviousNodeOnSAXChain;
     /*
-     * whether the previous node can provide an XInitiazlize interface,
+     * whether the previous node can provide an XInitialize interface,
      * use this variable in order to typecast the XInterface to the
      * correct interface type.
      */
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx
index 32be4fd5af6e..2b6bd5507ca5 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/nss/securityenvironment_nssimpl.cxx
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ verifyCertificate( const Reference< csss::XCertificate >& aCert,
         cvout[1].value.pointer.log = &log;
         cvout[2].type = cert_po_end;
 
-        // We check SSL server certificates, CA certificates and signing sertificates.
+        // We check SSL server certificates, CA certificates and signing certificates.
         //
         // ToDo check keyusage, looking at CERT_KeyUsageAndTypeForCertUsage (
         // mozilla/security/nss/lib/certdb/certdb.c indicates that
diff --git a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx
index 5143aac3d8e2..01cf090ffa41 100644
--- a/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx
+++ b/xmlsecurity/source/xmlsec/saxhelper.cxx
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ SAXHelper::SAXHelper( )
 /**
  * Destructor
  *
- * In this destructor, a libxml sax parser context is desturcted. The XML tree
+ * In this destructor, a libxml sax parser context is destructed. The XML tree
  * in the context is not deallocated because the tree is bind with a document
  * model by the setTargetDocument method, which delegate the target document to
  * destruct the xml tree.
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ void SAXHelper::ignorableWhitespace( const OUString& aWhitespaces )
 }
 
 /**
- * XDocumentHandler -- preaorocessing instruction
+ * XDocumentHandler -- preprocessing instruction
  */
 void SAXHelper::processingInstruction(
     const OUString& aTarget,